Operator'S Manual: B95C B95C TC B110C Tier 4B (Final)

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS
OPERATOR’S MANUAL
B95C
B95C TC
B110C
Tier 4B (final)
Tractor Loader Backhoe
PIN NZHH03067 and after
Part number 90453215

2nd edition English
November 2020
Replaces part number 51420356
Contents
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Note to the owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Intended use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Read the operator's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Operator's manual storage on the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Machine orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
2 SAFETY INFORMATION
Safety rules and signal word definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety rules - Utility precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Safety rules - Fuel handling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Safety rules - Specific precautions to this machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Support strut for loader lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Safety rules - Ductile iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Hand signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Ecology and the environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
3 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
Access to operator’s platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
OPERATOR'S SEAT
Operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
FORWARD CONTROLS
Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Front controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Right-hand side control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Pedal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Transmission controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

Key start switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Instrument cluster panel – Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
EXTERIOR CONTROLS
Rotating beacon (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Battery master switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Menu screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
CAB CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS

Cab and platform - Control identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
LOADER ATTACHMENT CONTROLS

Loader attachment control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Loader attachment controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Loader attachment – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Detent position for loader control auxiliary hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
BACKHOE ATTACHMENT CONTROLS

Remove the backhoe from the stowed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Place the backhoe in the stowed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Backhoe attachment mechanical controls version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Backhoe attachment hydraulic controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
CLIMATE CONTROLS
Heating and air-conditioning controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Cab air louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
Before using the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Run in period of a new machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
STARTING THE UNIT

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Normal engine starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Cold temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Hot temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Operating the machine in high altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Operating the machine in water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Assisted starting (Jump-starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
STOPPING THE UNIT

Shutting down the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
MOVING THE UNIT
Job site travel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Before operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Traveling on a hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Auto powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) control switch (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Differential lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Glide Ride™ - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) – Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
PARKING THE UNIT

Parking the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
ROAD TRANSPORT
Precautions for road travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT

Preparing the machine for road travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
SHIPPING TRANSPORT
Transporting on a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Lifting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
RECOVERY TRANSPORT
Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
6 WORKING OPERATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Maximum throttle/Cold start idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Throttle sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Auto engine shutdown time-out adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Auto engine protection shutdown setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) speed thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
LOADER ATTACHMENT
Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Job layout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Operating the loader attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Loader digging force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
Loader attachment safety strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Loader bucket Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Loader bucket Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Loader bucket with quick coupler (B95CTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Loader bucket with forks (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Lifting loads with the loader attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
BACKHOE ATTACHMENT
Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29
Backhoe danger area. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32
Setting the backhoe attachment in working position – center pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Stabilizer pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Operating the backhoe attachment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Backhoe bucket – Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Backhoe bucket – Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Backhoe bucket – Digging angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Ballasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Lifting loads with backhoe attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
7 MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maintenance safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Capacities - B95C, B95C LR, and B95C TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Capacities – B110C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Fuel tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
General specification - Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
General specification - Biodiesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Recommended engine oil for operating temperature ranges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
Diagnostic/Service tool port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Hydraulic diagnostic test ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Work hours and intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
MAINTENANCE CHART
Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
At warning message display
Engine air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Hydraulic filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Fuel system water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Hydrocarbon management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Initial 10 hours
Wheels - Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Every 10 hours
Checks at start-up and before each workshift (10 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Working attachments — Loader attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Working attachments — Backhoe attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Windshield washer fluid level — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Engine oil level — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Engine coolant — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Radiator, oil cooler, and condenser — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Alternator — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Hydraulic oil level — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Hydraulic hoses, tubes, and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Every 50 hours
Working attachments - greasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Door hinges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Front axle trunnion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Front axle king pins. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Seat and seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Fuel pre-filter - draining condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Every 250 hours

Drive shaft lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
Engine cooling system — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Fuel tank - Drain fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Hydraulic oil tank breather / filler cap - cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Transmission oil level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Front axle breather (4WD) - Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Front axle and reduction gear oil level (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Front axle system - Check — (2WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Rear axle oil level - Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Rear axle breather. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Radiator and condenser - cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Drive belts - check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Cab air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Heater and evaporator (Air-conditioning system) - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
Telescopic dipper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Battery terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Cab protection system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Every 500 hours

Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Fuel filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Fuel prefilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank filler screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
Every 1000 hours

Hydraulic oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-97
Power shuttle transmission - Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Power shuttle transmission - Oil filter replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
Power shuttle transmission - Screen filter cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
Powershift transmission - Oil change. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
Powershift transmission - Oil filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
Machine inspection and cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111
Brake pedal lever - Greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112
Hydraulic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113
Alternator - check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114
Every 1500 hours of operation or annually

Engine breather filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
Every 3000 hours

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® supply module filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116
Every 4000 hours

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122
As required
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124
Air-conditioning compressor drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126
Turbocharger - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127
Fuel system bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-129
Hydraulic system - Release pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135
Fuses and relays – Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-137
Fuses and relays – Power shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143
Telematics system fuses (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149
Battery removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-150
Telescopic dipper (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152
Bucket teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153
Loader bucket - Self-leveling adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154
Disable parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156
STORAGE
Machine storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158
Preparation for use after storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-159
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
FAULT CODE RESOLUTION
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Engine - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Starter motor - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Alternator - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Transmission - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Axles - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Steering system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Hydraulic systems - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Loader attachment - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Backhoe attachment - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Swing - Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
Hydraulic pump - Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Electrical systems - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Cab - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
ALARM(S)
Display screen messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
9 SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities - B95C, B95C LR, and B95C TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Capacities – B110C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Powertrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Brakes and controls - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Front counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Noise and vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Dimensions and performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Dimensions and performance – 6 in 1 bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Backhoe attachment performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Backhoe attachment lifting capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
10 ACCESSORIES
Mechanical loader bucket quick coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Mechanical backhoe bucket quick coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Backhoe attachment auxiliary hydraulic tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Hand held auxiliary hydraulic tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Backhoe attachment safety valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Reversible stabilizer pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Telematics - Overview with New Holland FleetForce™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
1 - GENERAL INFORMATION
1 - GENERAL INFORMATION###_1_###
Note to the owner
This manual contains important information about the safe operation, adjustment, and maintenance of your backhoe
loader. Refer to the table of contents in this manual as an outline or guide to information about your machine. Use
the index at the end of this manual for locating specific items about your machine. The backhoe loader conforms to
current safety regulations.
Use this manual as a guide. Service your machine properly and at the suggested intervals. Regular maintenance and
correct operation will ensure that your machine will remain a reliable working tool for a long time. If you need more
information, contact your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer.
DO NOT operate or permit anyone to operate or service this machine until you or the other persons have read and
understand the safety, operation, and maintenance instructions in this manual. Use only trained operators who have
demonstrated the ability to operate and service this machine correctly and safely.
The information in this manual is provided on the basis of information that was available at the time that the manual
was written. Settings, procedures, part numbers, software, and other items can change. These changes can affect
the service of the machine. Ensure that you have the complete and most current information from your dealer before
you start any machine operation.
The operator's manual is to be stored in the manual compartment equipped on this machine. Make sure that this
manual is complete and in good condition. Consult your dealer to obtain additional manuals or manuals in other
languages. An Association of Equipment Manufacturers (AEM) safety booklet is included with each machine. Take
the time to read the booklet and understand its content.
Contact your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer for any further information or assistance about your machine.
Your dealer has NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION approved service parts. Your dealer has technicians with special
training that know the best methods of repair and maintenance for your machine. NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
customer assistance is also available. Go to www.newholland.com.
Use only approved accessories and attachments designed for your machine. Consult your dealer on changes, addi-
tions, or modifications that may be required for your machine. Do not make any unauthorized modifications to your
machine.
ATTENTION: The fuel system and engine on your machine are designed and built to government emissions stan-
dards. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators, and users is strictly prohibited by law. Failure to comply could
result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action, and possible confiscation of the machine
until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be done by a certified technician
only!
1-1
Intended use
DANGER
Illustrations in this manual may show protective shielding open or removed to better illustrate a par-
ticular feature or adjustment.
Replace all shields before operating the machine.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0118A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Using the machine for purposes other than or beyond the intended use is not allowed; for example:
- for the transportation of persons,
- as a working platform,
- for pulling attached loads,
- for pulling or transporting loads without the intended working equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W1142B
CAUTION
Equipment failure could cause accident or injury!
Tampering with or changing the setting of any hydraulic system valve is strictly forbidden.
Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury.
C0160A
Backhoe loaders B95C - B95C LR - B95C TC - B110C

have been designed to perform most earth-moving oper-
ations.
If you use this machine for duties involving the use of

attachments, accessories, or special tools, consult your
dealer to make sure that the adaptations or modifications
carried out are in conformity with the machine’s technical
specifications and with current regulations on safety.
Any modifications or adaptations which are not approved

by the manufacturer may invalidate the machine’s original
conformity with safety requirements.
LEEN12T0528AA_1 1
This machine has been built with the most advanced tech-
nology and in accordance with recognized safety rules.
The machine must be used according to its intended use, Instructions concerning safety, operation, and mainte-
respecting the safety and precautionary rules, and strictly nance provided in this manual have been developed to
following the operating instructions. Any functional disor- permit safe service and operation of this machine.
ders, especially those affecting the safety of the machine,
should therefore be rectified immediately before operat- In the event of queries or suggestions relevant to your
ing the machine. machine do not hesitate to address to your dealer. Deal-
ers have qualified and trained personnel at disposal as
The manufacturer/supplier cannot be held responsible for well as original spares, means, and equipment suitable
any damage resulting from unintended use. The risk in- to carry out all necessary maintenance.
volved in such misuse lies entirely with the user.
Do not use this machine for any purpose or in any man-
The current operator’s manual is the user’s guide for corner other than as described in the manual, safety signs,
rect run-in procedure, use, and maintenance of the ma- or other product safety information provided with the ma-
chine. chine. These materials define the machine's intended
use.
Carefully read this operator’s manual and store it in the
cab for quick location and reference.
1-2
Spare parts
The “non-genuine” spare parts have not been checked and authorized by the manufacturer. The assembly and/or
use of such products may have negative effects on the machine design features and could impair its operation safety.
The manufacturer is not liable for any damage caused by “non-genuine” spare parts or accessories.
NOTE: Each machine is supplied complete with a copy of this manual. Descriptions and illustrations provided herein
are not binding. The manufacturer, provided that the basic characteristics of machine types described and shown in
this manual remain the same, reserves the right to change components, parts and accessories supplied without any
commitment to timely update this publication, and this any time it deems it convenient for improvement purposes or
due to commercial or manufacturing requirements. For exact information, please consult your dealer or contact the
manufacturer’s branch offices, who remain at your disposal for further help.
1-3
Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Interference may arise as a result of add‐on equipment that may not necessarily meet the required standards. As
such interference can result in serious malfunction of the unit and/or create unsafe situations, you must observe
the following:
• The maximum power of emission equipment (radio, telephones, etc.) must not exceed the limits imposed by the
national authorities of the country where you use the machine
• The electro‐magnetic field generated by the add‐on system should not exceed 24 V/m at any time and at any lo-
cation in the proximity of electronic components
• The add‐on equipment must not interfere with the functioning of the on board electronics
Failure to comply with these rules will render the NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION warranty null and void.
Product identification
Record the Product Identification Numbers (PIN). If needed, give these numbers to your dealer when you need parts
or information for your machine. Keep a record of these numbers and your Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin in a
safe place. If the machine is stolen, report the numbers to your local law enforcement agency.
Machine identification
Model
PIN
Locate the Product Identification Number (PIN) plate on

the right-hand side beneath the loader lift cylinder pivot
point.
RAIL15TLB0039AA 1
NOTE: The PIN is also stamped on the right-hand side

chassis rail.
RAIL16TLB0369BA 2
1-4
Engine
Model
PIN
The PIN plate is located on the left-hand side of the oil

pan below the water separator.
RAIL11TLB0009AA 3
Power shuttle transmission

Model
PIN
The PIN plate is on the lower right-hand side of the trans-

mission. View the PIN plate from under the machine.
LEEN11T0340AA 4
Powershift transmission
Model
PIN
The PIN plate is on the lower right-hand side of the trans-

mission. View the PIN plate from under the machine.
LEEN11T0341AA 5
Front axle
Model
PIN
The PIN plate is on the right-hand back side of the axle.

View the PIN plate from under the machine.
LEEN11T0342AA 6
1-5
Rear axle
Model
PIN
The PIN plate is on the right-hand front side of the axle.

View the PIN plate from under the machine.
LEEN11T0344AA 7
Cab
Cab with a certified Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS)
and Falling Object Protective Structure (FOPS).
Model
PIN
The PIN plate is on the left-hand side back post inside the
LEEN12T0532AA_1 8
cab.
Canopy
Model
Canopy with a certified Roll Over Protective Structure

(ROPS) and Falling Object Protective Structure (FOPS).
PIN
The PIN plate is on the inside of the upper canopy frame.

LEEN12T0533AA_1 9
1-6
Read the operator's manual

Improper operation of this machine can cause death or serious injury. Before using the machine, make certain
that every operator
• is instructed in safe and proper use of the machine.
• reads and understands the manual(s) pertaining to the machine.
• reads and understands all safety signs on the machine.
• clears the area of other persons and domestic animals.
• learns and practices safe use of machine controls in a safe, clear area before operating this machine on a job site.
It is your responsibility to observe pertinent laws and regulations and follow NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION in-
structions on machine operation and maintenance.
Operator's manual storage on the machine

Keep the Operator's Manual and the Association of Equip-
ment Manufacturers (AEM) safety booklet in the storage
compartment provided on the loader backhoe. The Oper-
ator's Manual and the AEM safety booklet must be avail-
able for use by all operators.
LEEN11T0064AA 1
1-7
Machine orientation
The terms right-hand and left-hand, when used in this manual, indicate the right and left sides of the machine as seen
from the operator's seat.
Operator and seat in the driving and loader operation position

1. Front side
2. Rear side
3. Right-hand side
4. Left-hand side
LEEN12T0529AA_1 1
Operator and seat in the backhoe operation position

1. Front side
2. Rear side
3. Right-hand side
4. Left-hand side
LEEN12T0530AA_1 2
1-8
Component identification
RAIL15TLB0249FA 1
1. Loader bucket 8. Left-hand side stabilizer

2. Loader bucket cylinder and linkage 9. Entry or exit steps
3. Cab with Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) 10. Fuel tank
4. Backhoe dipper or telescopic dipper 11. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF)/ADBLUE® tank
5. Backhoe bucket 12. Loader arm lift cylinder with safety support strut
6. Backhoe boom 13. Loader lift arm
7. Backhoe swing tower
1-9
RAIL15TLB0250FA 2
1. Right-hand side stabilizer 6. Battery compartment

2. Exhaust stack 7. Entry or exit steps
3. Engine hood 8. Rear axle
4. Front axle 9. Swing lock pin (lock position)
5. Hydraulic tank 10. Backhoe boom lock (hydraulic or mechanical)
1-10
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product

overview
What is Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)?
Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION machine is equipped with additional components to comply with national
and local exhaust emissions requirements. The main components of the SCR system include the SCR catalyst, the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® dosing module, and the DEF/ADBLUE® tank.
How does Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) work?

During combustion, harmful nitrogen oxide (NOx ) molecules are formed in the exhaust. By injecting a DEF/ADBLUE®
solution into the exhaust prior to a catalyst, the NOx can be converted to harmless elemental nitrogen and water. This
happens when the NOx molecules react inside the catalyst with the heat generated by the engine and the ammonia
in the DEF/ADBLUE® solution.
NOTICE: Do not idle the machine with no load for more than 6 h, or damage to the SCR catalyst will occur.
During cold engine operation at low engine coolant and ambient air temperatures, water vapor will be visible from the
exhaust. This water vapor will resemble steam or light white smoke, and will dissipate as the engine and machine
components warm. This water vapor is considered normal.
NOTE: After engine shutdown, the SCR system will perform a purge cycle, which permits the supply module to con-
tinue to run for up to 90 seconds. This is considered normal and requires no action from the operator.
What is Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) and how does it work?

Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION machine is equipped with additional components to comply with national
and local exhaust emissions requirements. The main components of the EGR system include EGR valve, exhaust
temperature sensors, differential pressure sensor, and throttle valve actuator.
EGR works by recirculating a portion of the engine ex-

haust gasses back into the engine combustion chamber
to lower combustion temperatures.
What is Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®?

DEF/ADBLUE® is a clear, colorless, non-toxic, aqueous urea solution ( 32.5%) with a slight ammonia odor. It is used
to chemically reduce NOx emissions from heavy-duty diesel-powered vehicles. DEF/ADBLUE® is neither explosive
nor harmful to the environment. DEF/ADBLUE® is classified under the minimum-risk category of transportable fluids.
International standard ISO 22241-1 defines DEF/
ADBLUE® quality. The American Petroleum Insti-
tute (API®) has a voluntary certification program for
DEF/ADBLUE®. To ensure that DEF/ADBLUE® satis-
fies the requirements of ISO 22241, look for the API®
DEF Certification Mark™ whenever you purchase
DEF/ADBLUE®. API Diesel Exhaust Fluid Certification
Mark is a registered trademark of API in the United States
and or other countries.
Finding Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®

Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer is fully equipped to accommodate all your DEF/ADBLUE® needs.
New Holland Construction Customer Service:

Call 1-888-365-NHCE (1-888-365-6423) or email customerservice.na@cnh.com.
1-11
Storage, handling, and transport

NOTICE: Storage temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F) greatly reduce the shelf life of DEF/ADBLUE®.
DEF/ADBLUE® has a typical shelf life of 6-12 months. See the “Shelf life” table below. In order for DEF/ADBLUE® to
remain in a useable condition, storage requirements must be met.
• Store between -11 °C (12 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F).
• Use only an approved DEF/ADBLUE® container. Contact your dealer to obtain proper storage container(s).
• Keep container tightly closed.
• Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area.
• Keep away from heat and direct sunlight.
If the machine will exceed a four month shut down period:

1. Key OFF.
NOTE: Allow 2 – 5 min after Key OFF before disconnecting the batteries.
2. Drain the DEF/ADBLUE® tank.
3. Flush the tank with deionized water.
4. Drain the deionized water
NOTICE: Do not disconnect any electrical connections from the DEF/ADBLUE® system.
Machine start-up after extended shutdown:

1. Fill the DEF/ADBLUE® tank.
2. Replace the main filter in the supply module.
3. Start the machine.
Thawing
• Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION machine is equipped with an internal tank heater to thaw frozen DEF/
ADBLUE®. Your machine will still function until the DEF/ADBLUE® begins to flow. The SCR system will then function
normally.
NOTE: You may notice a slight reduction in engine torque in high demand situations until the DEF/ADBLUE® is fully
thawed.
• Do not heat DEF/ADBLUE® for long periods of time at temperatures above 30 °C (86 °F). This causes the solution
to decompose, which very slowly decreases the expected shelf life.
NOTICE: Do not use an anti-gelling or freeze point improver in your DEF/ADBLUE®. The 32.5% solution is specifically
designed to provide the optimum NOx reduction properties. Any further blending or adjusting of the DEF/ADBLUE®
mixture will lessen its ability to perform correctly and may cause damage to the SCR components.
Handling and supply of additives, if any.

• Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is not required under normal conditions. If splashing is likely, wear eye pro-
tection. For prolonged or repeated contact, impervious gloves are recommended. Follow the precautions listed in
the SAFETY INFORMATION chapter when handling any service fluid.
• No additives are required.
NOTICE: Contaminated DEF/ADBLUE® can affect the performance of your machine. Follow all instructions in this
manual when handling DEF/ADBLUE®.
Shelf life
Constant ambient storage temperature Minimum shelf life
Less than or equal to 10 °C (50 °F) 36 months
Less than or equal to 25 °C (77 °F) ¹ 18 months
Greater than 35 °C (95 °F) -²
1-12
Constant ambient storage temperature Minimum shelf life

¹ To prevent decomposition of DEF/ADBLUE®, prolonged transportation or storage above 25 °C (77 °F) should
be avoided.
² Significant loss of shelf life: check every batch before use. See your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer
for more information on testing.
NOTE: The main factors taken into account to define the shelf life in the table above are the ambient storage tem-
perature and the initial alkalinity of DEF/ADBLUE®. The difference in evaporation between vented and non-vented
storage containers is an additional factor.
NOTE: The information in the Shelf life table is for reference only. Source: ISO 22241-3 Diesel engines - NOx reduc-
tion agent AUS 32 - Part 3: Handling, transportation and storage.
Disposal
• Dispose of DEF/ADBLUE® and any filter accumulations in accordance with all applicable Federal, State, and local
laws governing waste disposal.
Hydrocarbon management
If the engine operates at low idle speed for a prolonged period of time, hydrocarbons can accumulate in the SCR cat-
alyst. To manage this accumulation, your machine will monitor current conditions and increase idle speed or request
action from the operator in order to increase the temperature inside the SCR catalyst and eliminate the hydrocarbons.
NOTICE: Unless the Hydrocarbon (HC) level has reached the most critical level (SCR catalyst full ), running
the unit under load is advantageous for quickly reducing the HC levels.
There are three messages that can be displayed to inform you that hydrocarbon management is active:
Low Idle Increase Recommended

Display Audible alert Action
The Engine Control Unit (ECU) requires the operator to
3 consecutive beeps increase load on the engine or increase engine idle speed to a
minimum of 1350 RPM.
Low Idle Increase Active

The Engine Control Unit (ECU) will automatically increase
engine idle speed to 1350 RPM.
The Engine Control Module (ECU) will allow automatic

Hydrocarbon management only if the machine meets the
5 consecutive beeps following requirements for 10 min:
• the FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R) lever is kept
in the NEUTRAL position
• the park brake is engaged
• the engine idle speed is below 1350 RPM
NOTE: This automatic engine idle speed increase is inhibited if any of the conditions are not met or certain features
are active on the machine. For example: operating the hand or foot throttle.
NOTE: The operator is free to interrupt the auto idle increase and operate the machine. The display may change to
the low idle increase recommended , if the system determines that additional Hydrocarbon (HC) reduction
is required.
1-13
SCR Catalyst Full

1. Place the FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R) lever
in the NEUTRAL position.
2. Engage the park brake.
Constant audible alarm
3. Use the hand throttle and manually increase the engine
speed to 1500 RPM.
with illumination
NOTE: The operator does not need to stay with the machine during the Hydrocarbon management procedure. Once
the procedure is complete the display message will disappear and the operator may resume machine operation.
NOTE: This procedure may take approximately 1 – 2 h to complete depending on the ambient air temperature.
NOTICE: Do not turn off the engine, drive the machine, or increase the load on the machine to avoid damage to the
catalyst.
US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Warranty Statement

FPT Industrial S.p.A. warrants to the ultimate purchaser and each subsequent purchaser that the engine is
designed, built and equipped so as to conform with US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in workmanship or material which would
cause it not to meet these regulations for a period of:
• 2 years or 1,500 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for engines less than 19 kW (25 Hp)
• 5 years or 3,000 hours of operation, whichever occurs first, for engines greater than or equal to 19 kW (25 Hp)
NOTE: This warranty applies to all units operated in the United States or Canada.
Coverage
The model year, class of diesel engine, and emission application determination for your engine are identified on the
Emission Control Information Label. This label is affixed to one of the following areas of the engine: the top of en-
gine's rocker arm cover, the right-hand side of the oil pan, and the right-hand side of the engine front gear cover.
The warranty period begins on the date the new equipment is sold to the first retail purchaser. The presence of the
emission control label is the indication that the engine conforms to the applicable standards. Any emission control
system parts which are proven defective during normal use will be repaired or replaced during the warranty period.
The engine owner has responsibility to perform all the required maintenance listed in the Owner's Manual. FPT In-
dustrial S.p.A. will not deny an emission warranty claim solely because no record of maintenance exists; however, a
claim may be denied if failure to perform maintenance resulted in the failure of a warranted part.
It is recommended that replacement parts used for maintenance or repairs be FPT Industrial S.p.A. Service Parts
to maintain the quality originally designed into your emission certified engine. The use of non- FPT Industrial S.p.A.
parts does not invalidate the warranty on other components unless the use of such parts causes damage to warranted
parts.
The manufacturer is liable for damages to other engine components caused by the failure of any warranted emission
control system part. FPT Industrial S.p.A. is not responsible for failures resulting from improper repair or the use of
parts that are not genuine FPT Industrial S.p.A. or FPT Industrial S.p.A. approved parts.
Component coverage
New engines certified for sale and registered will have the following items covered by the emission warranty, depend-
ing on the emission level of the engine, if the items were first installed on the new engine as original equipment:
Fuel injection system Air induction system

• Fuel injection pump • Intake manifold
• Fuel injectors • Turbocharger system (includes exhaust manifold)
• Fuel injection lines • Charge air cooler
1-14
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system (if • Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and dispensing sys-
applicable) tems
• PCV valve Exhaust Gas Recirculation Systems (EGR)
• Oil fill cap
• EGR valve assembly
Exhaust after treatment Devices (if applicable) • EGR cooler
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Cold Start Enrichment Systems
• Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
Electronic Control Units, Sensors, Solenoids, and Wiring
harnesses used in above systems
Emissions warranty does not cover

• Repairs arising from storage deterioration, failure to maintain the equipment, negligence, alteration, improper use
of the equipment, collision or other accident, vandalism, or other casualty, or operation beyond rated capacity or
specification.
• Repairs arising from abuse or neglect, including but not limited to: operation without adequate coolant or lubricants,
adjustments to the fuel system outside equipment specifications, over-speeding, improper storage, starting, warm-
up, or shutdown practices, incorrect fuel or contaminated fuel, oil or other fluids.
• Normal maintenance services, such as engine tune-ups, engine fuel system cleaning, checks, adjustments, shim-
ming, etc.
• Items replaced due to customer demand.
• Labor charges performed by anyone except a dealer authorized by contract to repair the equipment, unless they
qualify under special provisions (i.e. outside labor).
• Any and all travel costs for items such as towing, service calls, or transporting a unit to and from the place where
the warranty service is performed.
• Normal maintenance costs, including but not limited to: lubricants, coolants, fluids, fuel, filters, and associated labor.
Lubricants, filters, and coolants may qualify for warranty reimbursement if they require replacement as a DIRECT
RESULT of a defect in material or workmanship.
• Claims involving the inspection or reconditioning of units after storage or prior use.
• Repairs arising from service performed by agents not approved by NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION.
• Repairs arising from any unauthorized modification to the product or the use of non- NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUC-
TION parts, implements or attachments.
• Removal, replacement, or installation of non- NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION optional equipment, attachments
or components.
• Premiums charged for overtime labor costs or out of shop expenses.
• Economic loss including lost profits, crop loss, equipment rental, or other expense.
• Unauthorized modification or updating machines without a warrantable failure.
• Any and all costs of dealer shop supplies incurred with repairs, including but not limited to: solvents, cleaners,
anti-seize lubricants, loctite™, sealant, adhesive, oil-dry, shop towels, etc.
• Failure of the machine, its implements or attachments caused by improper field application or loading.
• Any and all costs for coolant, fuel, or lube (oil) analysis including supplies and lab recommendations.
• Cost associated with cleaning of machine in preparation for servicing.
California Emission Control Warranty Statement
Your warranty rights and obligations

California Air Resources Board and FPT Industrial S.p.A. are pleased to explain the emission control system warranty
on 2015 through 2017 off-road diesel engines. In California, new heavy-duty off-road engines must be designed, built
and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog standards. FPT Industrial S.p.A. must warrant the emission
control system on your engine for the periods of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, neglect or
improper maintenance of your engine.
1-15
Your emission control system may include parts such as the fuel injection system and the air induction system. Also
included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-related assemblies.
Where a warrantable condition exists, FPT Industrial S.p.A. will repair your heavy-duty off-road engine at no cost to
you including diagnosis, parts and labor.
MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY COVERAGE:

The 2015-2017 heavy-duty off-road engines are warranted for 5 years or 3000 hours, whichever comes first. If any
emission-related part on your engine is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by FPT Industrial S.p.A.
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:

• As the off-road engine owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your
owner's manual. FPT Industrial S.p.A. recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your off-
road engine, but NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts or for your
failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance.
• As the off-road engine owner, you should however be aware that FPT Industrial S.p.A. may deny you warranty
coverage if your off-road engine or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved
modifications.
• Your engine is designed to operate on Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel only. Use of any other fuel may result in your
engine no longer operating in compliance with California's emissions requirements.
• You are responsible for initiating the warranty process. The ARB suggests that you present your off-road engine to a
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer as soon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed
by the dealer as expeditiously as possible.
If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact NAFTA Technical
Service Group at 1-630-481-2905 or email: fpt-na-warranty@fptindustrial.com.
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY PARTS LIST

Fuel injection system: • Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
• Fuel injection pump • Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and dispensing sys-
tems
• Fuel injectors
• Fuel injection lines Exhaust Gas Recirculation Systems (EGR)
Air induction system: • EGR valve assembly
• Intake manifold • EGR cooler
• Turbocharger system (includes exhaust manifold) Cold Start Enrichment Systems

• Charge air cooler Electronic Control Units, Sensors, Solenoids, and Wiring
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system (if harnesses used in above systems
applicable)
Miscellaneous items used in above systems, such as
• PCV valve hoses, belts, connectors, tubing, gaskets, and mounting
hardware.
• Oil fill cap
Exhaust after treatment Devices (if applicable) Emission Control Information Labels
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
1-16
2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
2 - SAFETY INFORMATION###_2_###
Safety rules and signal word definitions
Personal safety
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey all
safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible death or injury.
Throughout this manual and on machine safety signs, you will find the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAU-
TION followed by special instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and those
working with you.
Read and understand all the safety messages in this manual before you operate or service the machine.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with DANGER is RED.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with WARNING is ORANGE.
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury. The
color associated with CAUTION is YELLOW.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION MESSAGES COULD RESULT

IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Machine safety
NOTICE: Notice indicates a situation that, if not avoided, could result in machine damage or property damage. The
color associated with Notice is BLUE.
Throughout this manual you will find the signal word Notice followed by special instructions to prevent machine dam-
age or property damage. The word Notice is used to address practices not related to personal safety.
Information
NOTE: Note indicates additional information that clarifies steps, procedures, or other information in this manual.
Throughout this manual you will find the word Note followed by additional information about a step, procedure, or
other information in the manual. The word Note is not intended to address personal safety or property damage.
2-1
Safety rules
General safety rules
Use caution when you operate the machine on slopes. A person or pet within the operating area of a machine can
Raised equipment, full tanks and other loads will change be struck or crushed by the machine or its equipment. DO
the center of gravity of the machine. The machine can NOT allow anyone to enter the work area.
tip or roll over when near ditches and embankments or
uneven surfaces. Raised equipment and/or loads can fall unexpectedly and
crush persons underneath. Never allow anyone to enter
Never permit anyone other than the operator to ride on the area underneath raised equipment during operation.
the machine.
Never operate the engine in enclosed spaces as harmful
Never operate the machine under the influence of alcohol exhaust gases may build up.
or drugs, or while you are otherwise impaired.
Before you start the machine, be sure that all controls are
When digging or using ground-engaging attachments, be in neutral or park lock position with the backhoe swing
aware of buried cables. Contact local utilities to determine lock pin in the lock position. The backhoe swing lock pin
the locations of services. must be in the lock position when you are not using the
backhoe.
Pay attention to overhead power lines and hanging obsta-
cles. High voltage lines may require significant clearance Start the engine only from the operator’s seat. If you
for safety. bypass the safety start switch, the engine can start with
the transmission in gear. Do not connect or short across
Hydraulic oil or diesel fuel leaking under pressure can terminals on the starter solenoid. Attach jumper cables
penetrate the skin, causing serious injury or infection. as described in the manual. Starting in gear may cause
• DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use a piece death or serious injury.
of cardboard or paper.
Always keep windows, mirrors, all lighting, and
• Stop the engine, remove the key, and relieve the pres- Slow-Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem clean to provide the
sure before you connect or disconnect fluid lines. best possible visibility while you operate the machine.
• Make sure that all components are in good condition.
Operate controls only when seated in the operator’s seat,
Tighten all connections before you start the engine or
except for those controls expressly intended for use from
pressurize the system.
other locations.
• If hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel penetrates the skin, seek
medical attention immediately. From the operator's platform, install the backhoe swing
lock pin when the backhoe is not in use and before all
• Continuous long term contact with hydraulic fluid may
other operation.
cause skin cancer. Avoid long term contact and wash
the skin promptly with soap and water. Before you leave the machine:
Keep clear of moving parts. Loose clothing, jewelry, 1. Park the machine on a firm, level surface.
watches, long hair, and other loose or hanging items can 2. Put all controls in neutral or park lock position.
become entangled in moving parts.
3. Engage the parking brake. Use wheel chocks if re-
Wear protective equipment when appropriate. quired.
4. Lower the loader bucket or other front attachment to
DO NOT attempt to remove material from any part of the
the ground.
machine while it is being operated or while components
are in motion. 5. Move the operator’s seat to the backhoe operating
position and choose one of the following backhoe
Make sure that all guards and shields are in good con- positions:
dition and properly installed before you operate the ma-
chine. Never operate the machine with shields removed. • Move the backhoe into the stowed position and from
the operator's seat install the backhoe swing lock
Always close access doors or panels before you operate
pin. See 6-31.
the machine.
• Lower the backhoe bucket or other attachment to
Dirty or slippery steps, ladders, walkways, and platforms the ground.
can cause falls. Make sure these surfaces remain clean
6. Turn off the engine and remove the key.
and clear of debris.
7. Move the operator’s seat into the driving position.
2-2
When, due to exceptional circumstances, you decide to 3. Move the operator’s seat to the backhoe operating
keep the engine running after you leave the operator’s position and choose one of the following backhoe
station, then you must follow these precautions: positions:
1. Bring the engine to low idle speed. ○ Move the backhoe into the stowed position and from
the operator's seat install the backhoe swing lock
2. Disengage all drive systems. pin. See 6-31.
○ Lower the backhoe bucket or other attachment to
WARNING the ground.
Some components may continue to run
4. Shift the transmission into neutral.
down after you disengage drive systems.
Make sure all drive systems are fully disen- 5. Apply the parking brake.
gaged.
Failure to comply could result in death or
serious injury.
W0113A
General maintenance safety
Do not attempt to clean, lubricate, clear obstructions, or Stop the engine, remove the key, and relieve pressure
make adjustments to the machine while it is in motion or before you connect or disconnect fluid lines.
while the engine is running.
Stop the engine and remove the key before you connect
Keep the area used for servicing the machine clean and or disconnect electrical connections.
dry. Clean up spilled fluids.
Scalding can result from incorrect removal of coolant
Service the machine on a firm, level surface. caps. Cooling systems operate under pressure. Hot
coolant can spray out if you remove a cap while the sys-
Install guards and shields after you service the machine. tem is hot. Allow the system to cool before you remove
the cap. When you remove the cap, turn it slowly to allow
Close all access doors and install all panels after servicing pressure to escape before you completely remove the
the machine. cap.
Always make sure that working area is clear of tools, Replace damaged or worn tubes, hoses, electrical wiring,
parts, other persons and pets before you start operating etc.
the machine.
The engine, transmission, exhaust components, and hy-
Unsupported hydraulic cylinders can lose pressure and draulic lines may become hot during operation. Take care
drop the equipment, causing a crushing hazard. Do not when you service such components. Allow surfaces to
leave equipment in a raised position while parked or dur- cool before you handle or disconnect hot components.
ing service, unless the equipment is securely supported. Wear protective equipment when appropriate.
Jack or lift the machine only at jack or lift points indicated When welding, follow the instructions in the manual. Al-
in this manual. ways disconnect the battery before you weld on the ma-
chine. Always wash your hands after you handle battery
Incorrect towing procedures can cause accidents. When components.
you tow a disabled machine follow the procedure in this
manual. Use only rigid tow bars.
2-3
Wheels and tires
Make sure that tires are correctly inflated. Do not exceed wheel to a tire shop or your dealer for service. Explosive
any recommended load or pressure. Follow the instruc- separation of the tire can cause serious injury.
tions in the manual for proper tire inflation.
DO NOT weld to a wheel or rim until the tire is completely
Tires are heavy. Handling tires without proper equipment removed. Inflated tires can generate a gas mixture with
could cause death or serious injury. the air that can be ignited by high temperatures from weld-
ing procedures performed on the wheel or rim. Removing
Never weld on a wheel with a tire installed. Always re- the air or loosening the tire on the rim (breaking the bead)
move the tire completely from the wheel prior to welding. will NOT eliminate the hazard. This condition can exist
whether tires are inflated or deflated. The tire MUST be
Always have a qualified tire technician service the tires completely removed from the wheel or rim prior to weld-
and wheels. If a tire has lost all pressure, take the tire and ing the wheel or rim.
Driving on public roads and general transportation safety
Comply with local laws and regulations. When you transport equipment or a machine on a trans-
port trailer, make sure that it is properly secured. Be sure
Make sure that the backhoe swing lock pin is in the lock the Slow-Moving Vehicle (SMV) on the equipment or ma-
position. See 6-31 for more information. chine is covered while being transported on a trailer.
Use appropriate lighting to meet local regulations. Be aware of overhead structures or power lines and make
sure that the machine and/or attachments can pass safely
Make sure that the Slow-Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem under.
is visible.
Travel speed should be such that you maintain complete
Make sure that the brake pedal latch is engaged. You control and machine stability at all times.
must lock brake pedals together for road travel.
Slow down and signal before turning.
Use safety chains for trailed equipment when safety
chains are provided with machine or equipment. Pull over to allow faster traffic to pass.
Lift implements and attachments high enough above Follow correct towing procedure for equipment with or
ground to prevent accidental contact with road. without brakes.
Fire and explosion prevention
Fuel or oil that is leaked or spilled on hot surfaces or elec- belts, gears, cleaning fans, etc. More frequent cleaning
trical components can cause a fire. of your machine may be necessary depending on the
operating environment and conditions.
Crop materials, trash, debris, bird nests, or flammable
material can ignite on hot surfaces. Inspect the electrical system for loose connections and
frayed insulation. Repair or replace loose or damaged
Always have a fire extinguisher on or near the machine. parts.
Make sure that the fire extinguisher(s) is maintained and Do not store oily rags or other flammable material on the
serviced according to the manufacturer’s instructions. machine.
At least once each day and at the end of the day, remove Do not weld or flame cut any items that contain flammable
all trash and debris from the machine especially around material. Clean items thoroughly with non-flammable sol-
hot components such as the engine, transmission, ex- vents before welding or flame-cutting.
haust, battery, etc. More frequent cleaning of your ma-
chine may be necessary depending on the operating en- Do not expose the machine to flames, burning brush, or
vironment and conditions. explosives.
At least once each day, remove debris accumulation Promptly investigate any unusual smells or odors that
around moving components such as bearings, pulleys, may occur during operation of the machine.
2-4
General battery safety
Always wear eye protection when you work with batteries. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions when you store
and handle batteries.
Do not create sparks or have open flame near a battery.
Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain
Ventilate the area when you charge a battery or use a lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.
battery in an enclosed area.
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Disconnect the negative (-) terminal first and reconnect Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Antidote (exter-
the negative (-) terminal last. nal): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush with water
for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately.
When you weld on the machine, disconnect both termi- Antidote (internal): Drink large quantities of water or milk.
nals of the battery. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immedi-
ately.
Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
Keep out of reach of children and other unauthorized per-
When you use auxiliary batteries or connect jumper ca- sons.
bles to start the engine, use the procedure shown in the
operator’s manual. Do not short across terminals.
Reflectors and warning lights
You must use flashing amber warning lights when you

operate equipment on public roads.
2-5
Seat belts
Seat belts must be worn at all times. • Check that bolts are tight on the seat bracket or mount-
ing.
Seat belt inspection and maintenance:
• If the belt is attached to the seat, make sure that the
• Keep seat belts in good condition. seat or seat brackets are mounted securely.
• Keep sharp edges and items than can cause damage • Keep seat belts clean and dry.
away from the belts.
• Clean belts only with soap solution and warm water.
• Periodically check belts, buckles, retractors, tethers,
slack take-up system, and mounting bolts for damage • Do not use bleach or dye on the belts because this can
and wear. make the belts weak.
• Replace all parts that have damage or wear.

• Replace belts that have cuts that can make the belt
weak.
Fasten/release
1. Pull the right-hand belt strap from the retractor.
2. Insert the metal end into the latch mechanism of the
left-hand side of the seat.
RAIL14UTL0054BA 1
3. To release, press the red button on the latch mecha-

nism. The seat belt will automatically retract.
RAIL14UTL0054BA 2
2-6
Operator protective structure
Your machine is equipped with an operator protective After an accident, fire, tip over, or roll over, the following
structure, such as: a Roll Over Protective Structure MUST be performed by a qualified technician before
(ROPS), Falling Objects Protective Structure (FOPS), returning the machine to field or job-site operations:
or a cab with a ROPS. A ROPS may be a can frame
• The protective structure MUST BE REPLACED.
or a two-posted or four-posted structure used for the
protection of the operator to minimize the possibility of • The mounting or suspension for the protective struc-
serious injury. The mounting structure and fasteners ture, operator’s seat and suspension, seat belts and
forming the mounting connection with the machine are mounting components, and wiring within the operator’s
part of the ROPS. protective system MUST be carefully inspected for
damage.
The protective structure is a special safety component of
• All damaged parts MUST BE REPLACED.
your machine.
DO NOT WELD, DRILL HOLES, ATTEMPT TO
DO NOT attach any device to the protective structure for STRAIGHTEN, OR REPAIR THE PROTECTIVE STRUC-
pulling purposes. DO NOT drill holes to the protective TURE. MODIFICATION IN ANY WAY CAN REDUCE
structure. THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE,
WHICH COULD CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
The protective structure and interconnecting components
IN THE EVENT OF FIRE, TIP OVER, ROLL OVER,
are a certified system. Any damage, fire, corrosion, or
COLLISION, OR ACCIDENT.
modification will weaken the structure and reduce your
protection. If this occurs, THE PROTECTIVE STRUC- Seat belts are part of your protective system and must be
TURE MUST BE REPLACED so that it will provide the worn at all times. The operator must be held to the seat
same protection as a new protective structure. Contact inside the frame in order for the protective system to work.
your dealer for protective structure inspection and re-
placement.
Backup alarm system
The audible backup alarm system notifies others in the Place the directional lever in the reverse travel position
area that the machine will be or is moving in reverse and an audible alarm will sound repeatedly until the oper-
ator moves the directional lever into the neutral position
or the forward travel position.
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as hard

hat, eye protection, heavy gloves, hearing protection, pro-
tective clothing, etc.
DCAPLT5NE020S2A 3
2-7
Do Not Operate tag
Before you start servicing the machine, attach a ‘Do Not

Operate’ warning tag to the machine in an area that will
be visible.
RH99E029 4
Hazardous chemicals
If you are exposed to or come in contact with hazardous Dispose of all fluids, filters, and containers in an environ-
chemicals you can be seriously injured. The fluids, lu- mentally safe manner according to local laws and regula-
bricants, paints, adhesives, coolant, etc. required for the tions. Check with local environmental and recycling cen-
function of your machine can be hazardous. They may ters or your dealer for correct disposal information.
be attractive and harmful to domestic animals as well as
humans. Store fluids and filters in accordance with local laws and
regulations. Use only appropriate containers for the stor-
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) provide information age of chemicals or petrochemical substances.
about the chemical substances within a product, safe
handling and storage procedures, first aid measures, and Keep out of reach or children or other unauthorized per-
procedures to take in the event of a spill or accidental sons.
release. MSDS are available from your dealer.
Applied chemicals require additional precautions. Obtain
Before you service your machine check the MSDS for complete information from the manufacturer or distributor
each lubricant, fluid, etc. used in this machine. This in- of the chemicals before you use them.
formation indicates the associated risks and will help you
service the machine safely. Follow the information in the
MSDS, and on manufacturer containers, as well as the in-
formation in this manual, when you service the machine.
Utility safety
When digging or using ground-engaging equipment, be power source occur, the following precautions must be
aware of buried cables and other services. Contact your taken:
local utilities or authorities, as appropriate, to determine
• Stop the machine movement immediately.
the locations of services.
• Apply the parking brake, stop the engine, and remove
Make sure that the machine has sufficient clearance to the key.
pass in all directions. Pay special attention to overhead
• Check if you can safely leave the cab or your actual po-
power lines and hanging obstacles. High voltage lines sition without contact with electrical wires. If not, stay
may require significant clearance for safety. Contact local in your position and call for help. If you can leave your
authorities or utilities to obtain safe clearance distances position without touching lines, jump clear of the ma-
from high voltage power lines. chine to make sure that you do not make contact with
the ground and the machine at the same time.
Retract raised or extended components, if necessary.
Remove or lower radio antennas or other accessories. • Do not permit anyone to touch the machine until power
Should a contact between the machine and an electric has been shut off to the power lines.
2-8
Electrical storm safety
Do not operate machine during an electrical storm. If an electrical storm should strike during operation, re-
main in the cab. Do not leave the cab or operator’s plat-
If you are on the ground during an electrical storm, stay form. Do not make contact with the ground or objects
away from machinery and equipment. Seek shelter in a outside the machine.
permanent, protected structure.
Mounting and dismounting
Mount and dismount the machine only at designated lo- Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and
cations that have handholds, steps, and/or or ladders. handholds.
Do not jump off of the machine. Never mount or dismount from a moving machine.
Make sure that steps, ladders, and platforms remain Do not use the steering wheel or other controls or acces-
clean and clear of debris and foreign substances. Injury sories as handholds when you enter or exit the cab or
may result from slippery surfaces. operator’s platform.
Face the machine when you mount and dismount the ma-
chine.
Working at heights
When the normal use and maintenance of the machine • Do not stand on surfaces that are not designated as
requires you to work at heights: steps or platforms.
• Correctly use installed steps, ladders, and railings. Do not use the machine as a lift, ladder, or platform for
• Never use ladders, steps, or railings while the machine working at heights.
is moving.
Lifting and overhead loads
Never use loader buckets, forks, etc. or other lifting, han- Load items can fall off the loader bucket or lifting equip-
dling, or digging equipment to lift persons. ment and crush the operator. Care must be taken when
lifting a load. Use proper lifting equipment.
Do not use raised equipment as a work platform.
Do not lift load higher than necessary. Lower loads to
Know the full area of movement of the machine and equip- transport. Remember to leave appropriate clearance to
ment and do not enter or permit anyone to enter the area the ground and other obstacles.
of movement while the machine is in operation.
Equipment and associated loads can block visibility and
Never enter or permit anyone to enter the area under- cause an accident. Do not operate with insufficient visi-
neath raised equipment. Equipment and/or loads can fall bility.
unexpectedly and crush persons underneath it.
Keep the load or tool as low as possible while moving the
Do not leave equipment in raised position while parked machine around the work site.
or during service, unless securely supported. Hydraulic
cylinders must be mechanically locked or supported if Release all hydraulic pressure before servicing the ma-
they are left in a raised position for service or access. chine.
Loader buckets, forks, etc. or other lifting, handling, or You must know which circuits have accumulators and how
digging equipment and its load will change the center of to release pressure properly.
gravity of the machine. This can cause the machine to tip
on slopes or uneven ground. Always use the lift arm support strut when servicing the
machine with lift arms up.
2-9
Air-conditioning system
• The air-conditioning system is under high pressure. Do mosphere. Do not attempt to service or repair the sys-
not disconnect any lines. The release of high pressure tem.
can cause serious injury.
• Only trained service technicians can service, repair,
• The air-conditioning system contains gases that are and recharge the air-conditioning system.
harmful to the environment when released into the at-
2-10
Safety rules - Utility precautions
YOU MUST FOLLOW safety precautions when you work Call all utility companies before you perform
near buried utility lines. any machine operation
During operation, it is likely that you will be working After you locate any buried utility lines, carefully dig a hole
around or near buried utility lines that may include, but to the utility line by hand and/or with automatic vacuum
are not limited to: equipment. Verify the location and depth of the line.
• Electrical power line
Where applicable, know the utility color code.
• Gas line
Electric Red
• Water line
Gas, Oil, or Petroleum Yellow
• Communication line - telephone or cable television Communication, Telephone, Orange
• Sewer line Television
Water Blue
NOTE: Before construction work begins it is your respon- Sewer Green or Brown
sibility to be aware of all utility lines in the area of your
Proposed Excavation White
project and to avoid them.
Surveying Pink
ALWAYS have all local utility companies mark the location Reclaimed Water and Slurry Purple
of their lines.
Coordinate all excavation activity with the proper author-
In U.S.A. and Canada call one of many One Call Sys- ities and professionals before beginning.
tem Director services. If you do not know the local num-
ber, call the national number (U.S.A. and Canada only):
1-888-258-0808. This number will direct you to the state
or regional utility that assists with excavation activity.
NOTE: Check with local authorities for laws, regulations,
and/or strict penalties requiring you to locate and avoid
existing utilities.
2-11
Safety rules - Fuel handling precautions
• Do not smoke or permit open flames while fueling or • Tighten the fuel tank cap securely. Should the fuel
near fueling operations. cap be lost, replace it only with the original manufac-
turer's approved cap. Use of a non-approved cap with-
• Do not fill the fuel tank completely to the top. Allow
out proper venting may result in pressurization of the
room for expansion.
tank.
• Clean up spilled fuel immediately and dispose of con-
taminated material in an environmentally correct man- • Never use fuel for cleaning purposes.
ner. • Use the correct fuel grade for the operating season.
2-12
Safety rules - Specific precautions to this machine
• From the operator's platform, install the backhoe swing • Always use the lift arm support strut when servicing the
lock pin when the backhoe is not in use and before all machine with lift arms up.
other operation.
When using the backhoe:
• When traveling on the road or working with the front
loader keep the backhoe in the stowed position. • Position the stabilizer pads for maximum stability.
• Keep operator's platform clean. Never transport items • Install a guard rail and warning signs to keep other per-
in the operator's platform. sons away from the machine if operating in an area with
reduced visibility, such as a building.
• Keep the load or tool as low as possible while moving
the machine around the work site. • Place the direction control lever and the transmission in
neutral and apply the parking brake before turning the
• Adjust the rear window before actuating the backhoe operator's seat around to the backhoe position.
hydraulics. The rear window could come into contact
with the control lever. • Ensure the seat is locked into position.
• Pilot control machines are equipped with two backhoe • Know which control pattern is engaged before actuating
control patterns. You must know which pattern the ma- the hydraulics (pilot control machines only).
chine is in, before operating the machine (actuating the • Use caution when swinging the backhoe completely to
hydraulics). the side to prevent contact with the stabilizers.
• Release all hydraulic pressure before servicing the ma-
chine.
• You must know which circuits have accumulators and
how to release pressure properly.
2-13
Support strut for loader lift arm

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the support strut. Remove the
retaining pin and place the support strut onto the cylinder rod. Install the retaining pin into the support
strut. Lower the lift arms onto the support strut.
W0230A
Machines without the Tool Carrier (TC) option

Engage the loader arm support strut:
1. Empty the loader bucket.
2. Raise the loader lift arms to the maximum height.
3. Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key.
4. Remove the split pin (1) and the lock pin (2).
MOLI12LBB0260AB 1
5. Place the strut (3) on the cylinder rod and install the
pin (2) and the split pin (1) back into the holes in the
strut.
6. Lower the loader attachment until the safety strut is
firmly against the cylinder.
MOLI12LBB0261AB 2
Disengage the loader arm support strut:

MOLI12LBB0262AB 3
2-14
4. Remove the strut (3) from the attachment and install

the pin (1) and the split pin (2) back into the holes in
the strut.
5. Start the engine and lower the loader attachment.
MOLI12LBB0263AB 4
2-15
Machines with the Tool Carrier (TC) option

1. Remove the split pins (1) and the safety strut (2) from
the storage position on the loader arm. Put the split
pins back in place.
5. Place the strut (2) on the cylinder rod and fasten it by
means of the fastening flip (3).
firmly against the cylinder. MOLI12LBB0264AB 5
7.
MOLI12LBB0265AB 6

3. Remove the flip (3) and the strut (2) from the cylinder
rod.
MOLI12LBB0265AB 7

5. Stop the engine.
6. Install the safety strut (2) in the storage position on the
loader arm by means of the split pins (1).
MOLI12LBB0264AB 8
2-16
Safety rules - Ductile iron
DANGER
Altering cast ductile iron can cause it to weaken or break.
Before you weld, cut, or drill holes on any part of this machine, make sure that the part is not cast
ductile iron.
D0148A
Altering cast ductile iron can cause it to weaken or break. Unauthorized modifications to cast ductile iron parts can
cause death or serious injury. Do not weld, cut, drill, repair, or attach items to cast ductile iron parts on this machine.
Before you weld, cut, or drill holes on any part of this machine, make sure that the part is not cast ductile iron. See
your dealer if you do not know if a part is cast ductile iron.
The following items are examples of cast ductile iron parts. There may also be other parts made of cast ductile
iron that are not on the list below.
• Two-wheel drive steering link
• Front axle
• Swing tower
• Air-Conditioning (A/C) compressor mounting bracket
Do not make any unauthorized modifications. Consult an authorized dealer before making any changes, additions,
or modifications to this machine.
2-17
Hand signals
When operating the machine, never attempt to carry out tasks calling for fine control or to work in areas where visibility
is poor or impaired without seeking the assistance of a signal person. Make perfectly sure that you and the signal
person understand the signals to be used.
Start the engine
LEEN11T0005AA 1
Stop the engine
LEEN11T0006AA 2
Come to me
Wave hands back and forth (palms inward).
LEEN11T0007AA 3
2-18
Move away from me

Wave hands back and forth (palms outward).
LEEN11T0008AA 4
Go this far
LEEN11T0009AA 5
All stop and hold
LEEN11T0010AA 6
Stop
Move one hand back and forth.
LEEN12T0534AA 7
2-19
Emergency stop
Move both hands back and forth.
LEEN11T0012AA 8
Raise load or bucket
LEEN11T0013AA 9
Lower load or bucket
LEEN11T0014AA 10
Raise load or bucket slowly
LEEN11T0015AA 11
2-20
Lower load or bucket slowly
LEEN11T0016AA 12
Turn machine left swing load left

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist.
LEEN11T0017AA 13
Turn machine right swing load right

To stop movement, stop moving hand and make a fist
LEEN11T0018AA 14
Roll back loader bucket
LEEN12T0535AA 15
2-21
Dump loader bucket
LEEN12T0536AA 16
Raise backhoe boom
LEEN11T0019AA 17
Lower backhoe boom
LEEN11T0020AA 18
Backhoe dipper in
LEEN11T0021AA 19
2-22
Backhoe dipper out
LEEN11T0022AA 20
Backhoe bucket dig
LEEN11T0023AA 21
Backhoe bucket dump
LEEN11T0024AA 22
Retract telescopic dipper (if fitted)
LEEN12T0537AA 23
2-23
Extend telescopic dipper (if fitted)
LEEN12T0538AA 24
2-24
Ecology and the environment

Soil, air, and water quality is important for all industries Battery recycling
and life in general. When legislation does not yet rule the
treatment of some of the substances that advanced tech- Batteries and electric accumulators contain several
nology requires, sound judgment should govern the use substances that can have a harmful effect on the envi-
and disposal of products of a chemical and petrochemical ronment if the batteries are not properly recycled after
nature. use. Improper disposal of batteries can contaminate
the soil, groundwater, and waterways. NEW HOLLAND
Familiarize yourself with the relative legislation applica- CONSTRUCTION strongly recommends that you return
ble to your country, and make sure that you understand all used batteries to a NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
this legislation. Where no legislation exists, obtain in- dealer, who will dispose of the used batteries or recycle
formation from suppliers of oils, filters, batteries, fuels, the used batteries properly. In some countries, this is a
anti-freeze, cleaning agents, etc., with regard to the ef- legal requirement.
fect of these substances on man and nature and how to
safely store, use, and dispose of these substances. Your
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer can also pro-
vide assistance.
Helpful hints
• Avoid the use of cans or other inappropriate pressur-
ized fuel delivery systems to fill tanks. Such delivery
systems may cause considerable spillage.
• In general, avoid skin contact with all fuels, oils, acids,
solvents, etc. Most of these products contain sub-
stances that may be harmful to your health.
NHIL14GEN0038AA 1
• Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contami-
nated fuels and or waste oils in ordinary heating sys-
tems.
Mandatory battery recycling
• Avoid spillage when you drain fluids such as used en- NOTE: The following requirements are mandatory in
gine coolant mixtures, engine oil, hydraulic fluid, brake Brazil.
fluid, etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids or fuels with
lubricants. Store all drained fluids safely until you can Batteries are made of lead plates and a sulfuric acid so-
dispose of the fluids in a proper way that complies with lution. Because batteries contain heavy metals such as
all local legislation and available resources. lead, CONAMA Resolution 401/2008 requires you to re-
turn all used batteries to the battery dealer when you re-
• Do not allow coolant mixtures to get into the soil. Col- place any batteries. Do not dispose of batteries in your
lect and dispose of coolant mixtures properly. household garbage.
• Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself. It
contains gases that should not be released into the at- Points of sale are obliged to:
mosphere. Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION • Accept the return of your used batteries
dealer or air-conditioning specialist has a special ex-
tractor for this purpose and can recharge the system • Store the returned batteries in a suitable location
properly. • Send the returned batteries to the battery manufacturer
for recycling
• Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling sys-
tem or hydraulic system immediately.
• Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as
this may lead to a component failure.
2-25
Safety signs
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Make sure safety signs are legible. Clean safety signs regularly. Replace all damaged, missing,
painted over, or illegible safety signs. See your dealer for replacement safety signs. If a safety sign
is on a part that is replaced, make sure the new part has a safety sign.
W0168A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
An illegible or missing safety sign can have far-reaching consequences. Inspect safety signs daily.
Clean and replace damaged safety signs as necessary.
W0167A
The following safety signs are on your machine as a guide for your safety and for the safety of those working with you.
Walk around the machine and note the content and the location of all safety signs before you operate your machine.
Keep all safety signs clean and legible. Clean safety signs with a soft cloth, water, and gentle detergent.
NOTICE: Do not use solvent, gasoline, or other harsh chemicals. Solvents, gasoline, and other harsh chemicals may
damage or remove safety signs.
Replace all safety signs that are damaged, missing, painted over, or illegible. If a safety sign is on a part you or
your dealer replaces, make sure that you or your dealer install the safety sign on the new part. See your dealer for
replacement safety signs.
Safety signs that display the “Read operator’s manual”
symbol direct you to the operator’s manual for further in-
formation regarding maintenance, adjustments, or proce-
dures for particular areas of the machine. When a safety
sign displays this symbol, consult the appropriate page of
the operator’s manual.
Safety signs that display the “Read service manual” sym-

bol direct you to the service manual. If you doubt your
ability to perform service operations, contact your dealer.
2-26
Safety sign locations
RAIL15TLB0251HA 1
When replacing safety signs, be sure to install them in the locations shown. Detailed description of the
safety signs given below:
2-27
NOTE: Safety signs 1 through 5 are viewed from the op-

erator’s seat.
(1) Seat belt

This safety sign can be located in the cab.
Part numbers:
English: 85821920
French Canadian: 85828063
Latin American Spanish: 85828064
WARNING
Crush hazard!
Do not jump if machine tips. Wear seat belt.
85821920- 2
2-28
(2) Safety instructions

This safety sign can be located in the cab.
Part numbers:
English: 85821923
WARNING
Misuse hazard!
• Read Operator’s Manual.
• Fasten seat belt.
• No riders.
• Keep others away.
Injury or DEATH to operator and others could occur if in-

structions are not followed.
85821923_C 3
2-29
(3) Torque converter transmission (only on power shuttle models)

This operational instruction sign can be located in the cab
on left-hand side.
Part numbers:
English: 47562801
TORQUE CONVERTER TRANSMISSION WITH

CLUTCH DISCONNECT
BEFORE STARTING – Place both shuttle (power revers-

ing) and gear shift lever in neutral and assure parking
brake is applied.
85804091 4
TO SHIFT – Select operating gear (1, 2, 3, or 4). Then
use shuttle lever to select direction of travel
SHUTTLE SHIFTING – Reduce engine speed when

changing direction of travel from to
CLUTCH DISCONNECT – Press button on loader control

or gear shift levers to disconnect hydraulic clutch during
loader lift cycle or gear changes.
(4) Gearshift lever (only on powershift models)

This safety sign can be located in the cab (Right-hand
side).
Part numbers:
Pictorial: 84148447
This safety sign indicates the operation of the gearshift

lever.
LEEN12T0718AA 5
2-30
(5) Unexpected machine movement

This safety sign can be located on the backhoe control
lever in the cab.
Part numbers:
English: 87305413
WARNING
Unexpected movement hazard!
Machine equipped with two backhoe control patterns. Be-

fore operating verify desired control pattern selected for
use.
87305413A 6
(6) High pressure fuel

This safety sign can be located on the left front side of the
machine (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 87581010
87581010 7
WARNING
Pressurized system hazard!
Do not open high pressure fuel system with engine run-

ning. Engine operation causes high fuel pressure.
2-31
(7) Tie-down and lift points

This safety sign can be located on the left front, rear left,
rear right and right front sides of the machine (See Image
1)
Part numbers:
Pictorial: 86500514
This safety sign shows the tie-down and lift points to be

used when securing the machine for transport or lifting.
87051987A 8
(8) Hot liquid under pressure

This safety sign can be located on the left front and right
front sides of the machine (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821916
WARNING
Hot liquid under pressure hazard!
Service when cool.
85821916 9
2-32
(9) Battery
This safety sign can be located on the battery cover on
the right front side of the machine (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821917
DANGER
Run over hazard!
Read procedures in Operator’s Manual before jump start 85821917_A2 10
or service to avoid injury.
Explosion hazard!
Sparks, flames and cigarettes can cause explosion. Wear

eye protection. Read battery maintenance in Operator’s
Manual
Poison / Burn hazard!
Avoid contact with battery acid. Read battery mainte-

nance in Operator’s Manual. KEEP CHILDREN AWAY
(10) Entanglement area

This safety sign can be located on the left front and right
front sides of the engine hood (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821919
WARNING
Entanglement hazard!
Keep clear or stop engine before servicing
85821919 11
2-33
(11) Hydraulic oil tank

This safety sign can be located on the hydraulic tank on
the right hand side of the machine (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
Pictorial: 85804341
Make sure that you only fill a reservoir bearing this safety
sign with hydraulic fluid.
LEEN12T0726AA 12
(12) Loader lift arm safety support

This safety sign can be located on the left loader arm (See
Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821921
85821921 13
WARNING
Crush hazard!
Use lift arm support device when servicing machine with

raised loader
1. Empty loader bucket, raise loader lift arms to maxi-
mum height. Stop engine.
2. Remove rear pin in support device. Lower support
device onto cylinder rod.
3. Install rear pin in support device.
4. Slowly lower lift arms onto support device.
Injury or DEATH could occur IF THIS PROCEDURE is not

followed and loader lift arms are lowered by accident.
(13) Fuel tank, low sulfur diesel fuel

This safety sign can be located on the fuel tank (See Im-
age 1)
Part numbers:
Pictorial: 84319035
This safety sign indicates to make sure that the tank bear-
ing this safety sign contains low sulfur diesel fuel only.
LEEN12T0729AA 14
2-34
(14) Starting the engine

This safety sign can be located on the right-hand side
loader support (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821918
DANGER
Runover hazard!
Start engine only from operator’s seat with transmission

in NEUTRAL.
85821918 15
2-35
(15) Backhoe attachment

This safety sign can be located on the right-hand side
loader support (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821922
DANGER
Crush hazard!
Keep clear
Swinging boom can KILL or Seriously injure.
Do not enter the platform from the rear.
Do not place loose objects inside of cab area.
Start and operate backhoe from operator’s seat ONLY.
Read Operator’s Manual for transport instruction.
85821922NA 16
2-36
(16) Precautions for lifting loads

This safety sign can be located on the left side of the back-
hoe boom (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821924
WARNING
Rollover Crush hazard!
Lifting too heavy a load can cause machine roll over or

loss of operator control.
Do not use transport lock while craning to avoid machine

damage and personal injury.
IMPORTANT
• Center and raise boom before engaging or disengaging

the transport lock to avoid vehicle damage.
85821924 17
• Boom may hit raised stabilizer cylinder when swinging
to full left or full right
(17) Stabilizers
This safety sign can be located on the left-hand and the
right-hand stabilizers (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821927
WARNING
Pinch point hazard!
Keep clear.
LEEN12T0733BA 18
2-37
(18) Air-conditioning (Optional)

Part numbers:
Pictorial: 85804441
This safety sign indicates that an air-conditioning system

is installed in the machine. The maintenance operations
must be performed by qualified personnel.
LEEN12T0734BA 19
(19) Air-conditioning (Optional)

Part numbers:
Pictorial: 87324469
CAUTION
Air-conditioning system
Contains “ HFC R134A”. A non ozone depleting refriger-

ant and PAG oil. Service, repair or recharging must be
performed by qualified personnel only.
Refrigerant HFC R134A charge 1 kg (2.2 lb)
LEEN12T0735BA 20
2-38
(20) Do not use ether

This safety sign can be located on the right-hand side of
the engine compartment (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 8603092
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Do not use ether.
8603092 21
(21) Maintenance
Part numbers:
English: 47667823
This safety sign indicates all operations of maintenance

schedule.
LEEN12T0737BA 22
2-39
(22) Support loader lift arms

This safety sign can be located on the right-hand loader
lift arm (See Image 1)
Part numbers:
English: 85821946
WARNING
Crush hazard!
Keep clear. LEEN12T0738AA 23
Support loader lift arms during maintenance or repair.
(23) Do not pressure wash

This safety sign is located under the engine hood on the
left-hand side and the right-hand side of the fan shroud
(See Image 1)
Part numbers:
51512906
IMPORTANT
Do not pressure wash this area. Fan or surrounding area.
51512906 24
2-40
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) decals

Only fill the DEF/AdBlue® tank with approved
DEF/AdBlue® solution. Do not fill with diesel fuel or
water. Refer to the Operator's Manual.
Quantity: 1
English 84284896
84284896_C 1
Location:
Near the DEF/AdBlue® fill cap.
RAIL15TLB0021AA 2
Only use Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel.

Quantity: 1
English 84319035
84319035_A 3
Location:
Near the fuel tank fill cap.
RAIL15TLB0021AA 4
2-41
2-42
3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS
3 - CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS###_3_###

ACCESS TO OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
Access to operator’s platform

CAUTION
Fall hazard!
When entering or exiting the cab, never use the control levers as handholds. Always mount and dis-
mount the machine in a safe way. Maintain a three-point contact with steps, ladders, and/or handholds.
C0075B
WARNING
Fall hazard!
Clean the steps and access handles to remove all traces of grease, oil, mud, and ice (in winter).
W0139A
Entering the machine:

1. Canopy machines proceed to Step 5.
2. Use the starter key to unlock the cab door.
3. Pull the handle (2) to open the door.
4. Fully open the door so that the door grab handle is
within your reach.
WARNING
Moving parts!
Make sure all entry and mechanical access
doors are properly closed before operating the
machine.
Failure to comply could result in death or se-
rious injury. RAIL14TLB0456BA 1
W0238A
5. Use the steps (1) and access handles (2) when enter-
ing or leaving the operator’s compartment.
RAIL15TLB0036AA 2
3-1
Cab door window

Partially opened
Raise the handle (1) and push it outwards and downwards
to lock the window in a partially opened position.
Fully opened
With the window closed, raise the handle (1) to the hor-
izontal position and then tilt it rearwards to disengage it
from the pin. Open the window until it engages in the rub-
ber locking device.
Closed
MOLI12LBB0134AB 3
Make sure the window handle (1) completely engages in

the lock pin, close the window and then tilt the handle
downwards.
Side windows
Use the window handle to open the window until it en-
gages in the rubber locking device (1). Pull on the knob
(2) to release the window.
NOTICE: Do not leave the windows free to swing but fix
them in latched position.
NOTICE: When opening or closing windows, always hold
them firmly until they are completely locked in position.
MOLI12LBB0135AB 4
3-2
Rear window
Opening the rear window
1. Release the rear window pin locks (1). One on each
side.
2. Swing the bottom of the window outwards with the both
handles (2).
3. Bring the window into horizontal position and lock the
window in position with the latches (3).
NOTICE: Make sure that the window is in a completely
locked position.
Closing the rear window

1. Release the latches (3). MOLI12LBB0136AB 5
2. Slowly tilt and lower the window with both handles (2).
3. Lock the rear window in the closed position with the
window pin locks (1).
NOTICE: Make sure that the window is in a completely
locked position.
MOLI12LBB0137AB 6
3-3
OPERATOR'S SEAT
Operator's seat
To operate the machine correctly with maximum efficiency
and comfort, check that the operator’s seat and its adjust-
ment controls are in good condition and then adjust the
seat to suit the operator’s size and weight.
CAUTION
Avoid injury!
Before operating the machine, and whenever
a new operator takes over, adjust the seat sus-
pension to suit the operator’s specific weight.
Failure to comply could result in minor or
moderate injury.
C0093A
MOLI12LBB0154AA 1
WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
Securely fasten the seat belt. Your machine
is equipped with a Roll-Over Protective Struc-
ture (ROPS) cab for your protection. The seat
belt can help ensure your safety if it is prop-
erly used and maintained. Never wear a seat
belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.
rious injury.
W0376A
NOTE: The seat complies with standard ISO 7096:2000

class EM5.
Standard Seat – mechanical suspension
Seat belt
Attach the seat belt, pull and insert the buckle (1) into the
socket (4).
Release the belt, press the button on the socket (3) and
retract the seat belt to the resting position.
Armrest angle adjustment

Rotate the knob (2) to set the armrest position incline
when in a down position. You may rotate either armrest
up or down by lifting or pushing on the armrest.
RAIL18TLB0198BA 2
3-4
Seat back angle adjustment

Adjust the seat back angle. Pull and hold the lever (1)
upward, tilt the seat back to obtain the desired position
and then release the lever.
Swing
Lift the lever (2) to rotate the seat between the normal
driving/loader operating position and the backhoe operat-
ing position. Release the lever and make sure the seat
locks into position.
RAIL18TLB0192BA 3
Seat fore-and-aft adjustment

Pull up and hold the lever (1) in position, slide the seat
back and forth until the desired position is reached and
then release the lever.
Combined height and weight adjustment

Adjust the height and firmness of the seat. Rotate the
handle on the control (3) to obtain the desired height. If
necessary use the weight indicator (2) as a guide.
RAIL18TLB0194BA 4
RAIL18TLB0193BA 5
3-5
Deluxe seat – pneumatic suspension with heated seat

Seat belt
Pull and insert the buckle (4) into the socket (3).
Press the button (2) on the socket (3) to release the

buckle. Guide the buckle back into position.
Armrest angle adjustment

Rotate the knob (1) to set the armrest position incline
when in a down position. You may rotate either armrest
up or down by lifting or pushing on the armrest.
RAIL18TLB0199BA 6
Cushion tilt adjustment

Lift handle (1) up and move the cushion to the desired
depth. Release the handle to lock the cushion in place.
Lift up on the handle (2). Move the seat cushion to the

desired angle. Release the handle to lock the cushion
angle.
RAIL18TLB0195BA 7
3-6
Heated seat switch
Press the emblem side of the switch (1) to turn on

the heat function. Press the “0” side of the switch to turn
off the heat function.
Lumbar adjustment
Turn the knob (2) to adjust the lumbar back.
Seat back angle adjustment

Adjust the seat back angle. Pull and hold the lever (3)
upward, tilt the seat back to obtain the desired position
and then release the lever.
RAIL18TLB0197BA 8
Swing
Lift the lever (1) to rotate the seat between the normal
driving/loader operating position and the backhoe operat-
ing position. Release the lever and make sure that the
seat locks into position.
Combined height and weight adjustment

Adjust the height and firmness of the seat. Press down on
the lever (3) to reduce the rigidity of the suspension. Pull
up on the lever to increase the rigidity of the suspension.
With the operator in the seat the indicator (2) will be green
after the proper adjustments have been made.
RAIL18TLB0196BA 9
3-7
Backrest support extension

Lift up on the backrest extension (1) to the desired posi-
tion. Use tab (2) on posts to lower the backrest extension.
RAIL18TLB0200BA 10
3-8
FORWARD CONTROLS
Steering column
The machine is equipped with a hydrostatic power steer-
ing, which considerably reduces the effort necessary to
turn the steering wheel (1). Familiarize yourself with the
effort required to turn the wheel before driving the ma-
chine for the first time.
NOTICE: Because your machine is equipped with hy-
drostatic power steering, never hold the steering wheel
against either of the steering stops. Failure to observe
this precaution may result in damage to the steering
system components.
NOTICE: If the steering hose broke and the machine
could not be steered, stop the machine immediately.
Contact your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION Dealer
for further assistance. LEEN11T0038AA 1
In the event of loss of power steering due to engine failure,

the machine can still be driven to a place of safety. The
force necessary to turn the steering wheel and steer the
machine will, however, be much higher.
3-9
Front controls
LEEN11T0010FA 1
(1) Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) switch (optional)

Two function switch:
• Power shuttle machines, – Press the blank side to switch for rear wheel drive and braking on rear
wheels (for all gears) (control lamp off).
• Powershift machines – Press the blank side to switch for rear wheel drive with braking only on rear
wheels (only in first and second gear) (control lamp off); four wheel drive and braking (in third and
fourth gear) (control lamp on).
• Press the emblem side of the switch for Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) and braking on all four wheels
(control lamp on).
NOTICE: To prevent undue tire wear when traveling on public highways or on any hard surface, disengage 4WD,
particularly in 3rd or 4th gear.
(2) Hand-held auxiliary hydraulic attachment switch (Optional)

This two position switch:
1. Press the blank side of the switch to turn OFF or disable the auxiliary hydraulics (control lamp OFF).
2. Press the emblem side to turn ON or enable the auxiliary hydraulic attachments (control lamp ON)..
(3) Blank
(4) Loader attachment lock valve switch (optional)

This two position switch:
1. First position (control lamp off) condition with blocked valves.
2. Second position (control lamp on), by pressing the side with the symbol, the valves are released.
3-10
(5) Rotating beacon switch

This switch has two positions:
1. Press the emblem to turn ON the beacon (control lamp off).
2. Press the blank side to turn OFF the beacon (control lamp off).
(6) Blank
(7) Blank
(8) Auto or manual shift (optional) - Powershift machines only

Three position switch
• In situations where manual gearshifting (up or downshift) is required, the automatic gearshift of the
powershift transmission can be overridden with this switch.
• When the manual mode is no longer required, place the switch back to the OFF position to return to
automatic gearshifting.
(9) Horn switch - Powershift machines only

• Press the switch to sound the horn.
• Press and hold the switch will sound the horn until the button is released.
(10) Hazard light switch

This switch has two positions button switch:
1. Press the emblem to turn ON the hazard lights(control lamp off). Turn signal lights will continuously
flash ON and OFF.
2. Press the emblem again to turn OFF the hazard lights (control lamp off).
3-11
Right-hand side control lever

Lever for direction indicators, main beams, front windshield wiper and washer (cab)
Located on the right of the steering wheel, this lever has
five positions:
Position 0: Neutral.
Position 1: The left-hand direction indicators and the di-

rection indicator lamp on the side instrument cluster flash
at the same speed.
Position 2: The right-hand direction indicators and the di-

rection indicator lamp on the side instrument cluster flash
at the same speed.
NOTE: For canopy models the turn signal switch is on
the right-hand side of the steering column. Press up to
activate a left-hand turn. Press down to activate a right- LEEN11T0041AA 1
hand turn. The turn signal indicator lamp is in the same
location as shown.
Position 3: (Light switch in low beam position) Push the
lever downwards to turn on the main beams and the cor-
responding indicator lamp.
LEEN11T0042AA 2
Position 4: Turn the knob of the handle counterclockwise

to activate the front windshield wiper.
0 = Stop
I = Normal speed
Position 5: (Momentary action control) Press and hold

down the button on the tip of the handle to operate the
windshield washer.
LEEN11T0043AA 3
3-12
Pedal controls
Foot throttle
The foot throttle (1) is under the steering wheel. Use the
foot throttle to increase or decrease engine speed when
traveling. Use the foot throttle to increase or decrease
power for loader operations.
• Press the pedal to increase the engine speed.
• Release the pedal to reduce the engine speed.
NOTE: This pedal is coupled with the hand throttle. Be-
fore using the pedal, make sure that the hand throttle is in
the minimum speed position.
NOTICE: Never use this pedal when working with the MOLI12LBB0125AB 1
backhoe attachment.
Brake pedals
The two brake pedals (1) are equipped with a locking sys-
tem (2).
Unlock the brake pedals to assist with turns.

• Press the left-hand pedal to help turn the machine to
the left.
• Press the right-hand pedal to help turn the machine to
the right.
Braking with one pedal only should only be carried out at

low speed. MOLI12LBB0128AB 2
NOTE: Only use the one pedal braking when traveling at

low speeds. Lock the service brake pedals together for
uniform braking and maximum stopping ability.
WARNING
Loss of control hazard!
Brake pedals shall be locked together for road
travel. This ensures uniform brake application
and maximum stopping ability.
rious injury.
W0308A
To lock the two pedals together, tilt the latch (2) so it en-
gages on the right-hand pedal.
3-13
Transmission controls
WARNING
To prevent inadvertent machine movement, take care to avoid accidental contact with the gearshift
levers. Always stop the engine, firmly apply the parking brake, and place all gearshift levers in neutral
before leaving the machine.
W0130A
Power shuttle
RAIL18TLB0066FA 1
(1) Gearshift lever: It is possible to select four forward and four rearward travel speeds.
(2) Transmission disconnect button (on gearshift lever): Press and hold when changing gears.
(3) Direction control lever: This lever controls the direction the machine will travel.
NEUTRAL (N) position, FORWARD (F) travel, or REVERSE (R) travel.
NOTE: In reverse gear an audible alarm device sounds.
(4) Horn button: Sounds the horn.
(5) Transmission disconnect button (on the backside of the loader control lever): Press and hold, increase the
engine speed will provide more power to the loader.
3-14
Manual transmission
The transmission is fully synchronized providing four
forward and four reverse speeds allowing gear ratio
changes on the move. A torque converter is used to
connect the engine to the transmission and the direction
control lever (3) enables shifts between forward and
reverse travel without disengaging gear ratios.
NOTE: The transmission disconnects when the parking
brake is ON.
Direction control lever
NOTE: Stop the machine from moving before switching
between FORWARD and REVERSE travel.
The direction control lever is on the left-hand side of

the steering column and controls the direction of travel
for the machine.
• The top position (F) is FORWARD. To travel forward, lift
the lever and push completely forward.
• The center position (N) is NEUTRAL. Make sure that
the direction control lever is in NEUTRAL before you
start the engine or before you operate the backhoe.
• The bottom position (R) is REVERSE. To travel in re- LEEN11T0046AA 2
verse, lift the lever and pull completely rearward. An
audible alarm will sound when in reverse.
NOTE: The engine will not start with the direction control
lever in the FORWARD or REVERSE positions.
NOTE: The direction control lever is equipped with a
neutral lock to prevent an accidental engagement of
the transmission. With this design, the direction control
lever moves through a “T” slot to the forward or reverse
positions.
NOTICE: The direction control lever can be shifted at
any engine speed; however, as a safety and precau-
tionary measure, the engine must run at approximately
1200 RPM.
Use the foot accelerator to control engine and ground
speed.
3-15
Transmission disconnect button

WARNING
Machines with four-wheel drive engaged or
disengaged should not exceed 50 km/h (31
mph) where permitted. Over speeding by
towing or coasting downhill with clutch de-
pressed or transmission in neutral may cause
loss of control, personal injury to the operator
or bystanders, or mechanical failure.
rious injury.
W0454A
LEEN11T0044AA 3
The fully synchronized transmission provides for easy up-
ward and downward gear ratio changes on the move.
Use the transmission disconnect button to disconnect the
power flow between the engine and transmission. Use
the transmission disconnect button when switch gears or
if you need more power during loader operation.
Press and hold the transmission disconnect button (2) on

the gearshift lever (1) to disconnect transmission power.
Release the button to engage the transmission.
NOTE: The machine is free to roll when the disconnect
button is engaged even though the gearshift lever and
direction control lever may be “In Gear”. Use the brake
pedals to stop the machine.
NOTICE: Do not use the disconnect switch control to
coast down hill.
Gearshift lever
The single gearshift lever (1) is used to select any of the
four gear ratios. The transmission disconnect button (2) is
depressed and held as the lever is shifted from one gear
to another and then released to reconnect transmission
drive.
direction control lever may be “In Gear”.
LEEN11T0044AA 4
3-16
To make upward gear ratio changes

1. Press and hold the button (2) on the gearshift lever (1)
while moving the lever from a lower gear to a higher
gear.
2. Release the button and allow the unit to gain engine
speed and ground speed.
3. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
To make downward gear ratio changes

1. Reduce the engine speed.
2. Press and hold the button (2) on the gearshift lever (1)
while moving the lever from a higher gear to a lower
gear.
3. Release the button and allow the unit to adjust to the
engine speed and ground speed.
4. Repeat the procedure if necessary.
NOTICE: Operating the machine in a too high gear or
under a too heavy load will cause the torque converter
to slip excessively and overheat. If the machine is over-
loaded, the engine speed will not exceed a range of 1800
– 2200 RPM at maximum accelerator and the torque con-
verter will “stall” bringing the machine to a complete stop.
If “stall” does occur, there is still sufficient engine power
to operate the loader attachment; however, to prevent the
transmission from overheating, either reduce the load on
the machine or select a lower gear ratio.
NOTICE: Operating at a “stall” for more than 20 s can
cause the transmission to overheat and can possibly dam-
age the transmission. If the transmission overheats, the
needle (3) reaches the red field. Shift both the direction
control lever and the gearshift lever to neutral. Let the en-
gine run idle ( 1000 RPM) until transmission oil cools down
enough to have the needle (3) return to correct position.
Once the needle is returned to its position, all operations
can be resumed.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 5
3-17
Powershift transmission controls (optional)
RAIL18TLB0067FA 6
(1) Powershift transmission gearshift and direction control lever: This lever controls machine direction and gear
selection.
(2) Kickdown control: The kickdown control allows the operator to temporarily switch from second gear to first gear,
without changing the gear selection control setting.
(3) Transmission mode selection switch: Select between manual shift mode or auto-shift mode.
(4) Horn button.
(5) Transmission disconnect button (on the backside of the loader control lever): press and hold, increase the
engine speed will provide more power to the loader.
3-18
Powershift transmission
On powershift transmissions the gear selection control is
on the direction control lever on the left-hand side of the
steering wheel.
Direction control lever
NOTE: Stop the machine from moving before switching
between FORWARD and REVERSE travel.
The direction control lever is on the left-hand side of

the steering column and controls the direction of travel
for the machine.
• The top position (F) is FORWARD. To travel forward, lift
the lever and push completely forward.
• The center position (N) is NEUTRAL. Make sure that
the direction control lever is in NEUTRAL before you
start the engine or before you operate the backhoe.
• The bottom position (R) is REVERSE. To travel in re- LEEN11T0048AA 7
verse, lift the lever and pull completely rearward. An
audible alarm will sound when in reverse.
NOTE: The engine will not start with the direction control
lever in the FORWARD or REVERSE positions.
NOTE: The direction control lever is equipped with a
neutral lock to prevent an accidental engagement of
the transmission. With this design, the direction control
lever moves through a “T” slot to the forward or reverse
positions.
Gear selection
To select a gear, rotate the hand grip to align the number
with the indicator mark on the control lever. The machine
remains in the gear selection until the operator changes
the selection. The operator may select gears without
stopping the machine.
• (1) First gear: Forward or reverse
• (2) Second gear: Forward or reverse
• (3) Third gear: Forward or reverse
• (4) Fourth gear: Forward only
Engage the auto shift button on the left-hand side of the

LEEN11T0048AA 8
front console to allow the Powershift transmission to shift
automatically. You must select third gear or fourth gear
for auto shift to operate, see 4-20 for more details. Disen-
gage auto shift mode to manually shift between gears.
3-19
Kickdown control
NOTE: Only available on machines with the optional Pow-
ershift transmissions.
NOTE: This feature will only activate when in second gear.
Kickdown is used to increase the loader breakout force.

The kickdown control lets the operator temporarily switch
from second gear to first gear, without changing the gear
selection control setting. The operator may experience a
short pause or delay before the gear shift occurs.
1. Press the button at the end on the control lever to shift
from second to first gear.
2. Press the button again to shift back to second gear. LEEN11T0048AA 9
Transmission disconnection
WARNING
rious injury.
W0454A
RAIL18TLB0403BA 10
Use the transmission disconnect button to disconnect
the power flow between the engine and transmission.
1. Press and hold the disconnect button on the backside
of the loader control lever, increase engine speed to
supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for greater
loader power and faster control function.
direction control lever may be “In Gear”. Use the brake
pedals to stop the machine.
NOTICE: Do not use the disconnect switch control to
coast down hill.
2. Release the disconnect button (1) to engage the trans-
mission power.
3-20
RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS
Key start switch

NOTE: The instruments represented may not exactly correspond to the instruments on your machine.
Starter switch key
WARNING
Misuse hazard!
Before starting the engine, make sure you are
fully aware of the location and the function of
each control.
rious injury.
W0226A
Located on the right of the operator’s seat (with seat in

loader attachment position), this switch has four positions:
Position 1: Not used.

LEEN11T0037AA 1
Position 2: Stop.
Position 3: Contact (the audible alarm sounds).
Position 4: Start.
NOTE: This key can be used to lock the cab doors, the
engine guard and the fuel tank plug.
Hand throttle
The hand throttle (1) enables the engine speed to be in-
creased or decreased.
NOTICE: Only use the hand throttle to control engine
speed for backhoe operations.
Turn to the to increase the speed.
Turn to the to decrease the speed.

NOTE: Never use the knob (1) during travel on public
highways.
LEEN11T0054AA 2
3-21
Instrument cluster panel – Side
LEEN11T0021FA 1
(1) Front work lights

Front work light switch: This switch has three positions:
• The first position is OFF (control lamp off).
• Second position, by pressing the symbol side (first click) the outer front work lights are turned on
(control lamp on).
• Third position, by pressing the symbol side again (second click) the inner front work lights are turned
on too (control lamp on).
(2) Driving lights

Driving light switch: This switch has three positions:
• Second position, by pressing the symbol side (first click) the instrument cluster panel is powered, the
side lights and the low beam indicator lamp are turned on (control lamp on).
• Third position, by pressing the symbol side again (second click) the high beams are enabled and the
low beams and the low beam indicator lamp are turned on (control lamp on).
3-22
(3)Glide Ride™ switch (optional on 2WD models) or Auto-Glide Ride™ switch (Optional on 4WD models)
Glide Ride™
The Glide Ride™ system control improves the machine comfort during travel, regardless of a full or
empty bucket over any type of terrain.
It reduces forward and rearward pitching when moving rearwards or forwards and when carrying loads,
at the same time increasing productivity and operator comfort.
It also reduces impact forces to the machine during operation. Do not use this system while operating
the loader attachment.
Auto-Glide Ride™
The Auto-Glide Ride™ system control improves the machine comfort during travel, regardless of
a full or empty bucket over any type of terrain.
It reduces forward and rearward pitching when moving rearwards or forwards and when carrying loads,
at the same time increasing productivity and operator comfort.
It also reduces impact forces to the machine during operation. Do not use this system while operating
the loader attachment.
This is a three function switch

1. Manual ON position. Auto-Glide Ride™ can be left ON at all times, whether loading or roading. Do
not use the ON position while operating the loader attachment or for fine grading operations.
2. In the AUTO position, Auto-Glide Ride™ will automatically activate when ground speed is above a
threshold set by the operator. The center position is the automatic and most commonly used position.
3. The OFF position. Auto-Glide Ride™ control system is OFF.
NOTE: To change or set the Auto-Glide Ride™ speed thresholds, see “Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) speed thresholds
- Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only” 6-11.
(4) Backhoe attachment locking switch

Backhoe attachment locking switch:
• The switch is used to lock or unlock the backhoe attachment safety hook in preparation for road travel.
(5) Spring-Applied, Hydraulically-Release (SAHR) brake switch

Spring-Applied, Hydraulically-Release (SAHR) brake switch:
• At start up, cycle the switch from the position to the position. Cycle the switch, regardless of the
position the switch was in at startup.
• Press to engage the parking brake (the control lamp on the instrument cluster turns ON).
• Press to release the parking brake (the control lamp on the instrument cluster turns OFF).
NOTE: Engage the parking brake before turning off the engine. The parking brake automatically engages when the
ignition switch is turned off.
(6) Side instrument cluster. See 3-27 for more details.
(7) Up/down switch

Up/down switch:
• Press to scroll through the menu or data options shown on the display. The side of the switch you
press determines which way you are scrolling through the menu.
(8) Menu select switch
Use the escape button to return to the previous top menu or escape back to the main screen. Use
the enter button to select specific display screens or store screen-defined configuration settings
to memory.
3-23
(9) Rear windshield wiper and washer switch (cab only)

Rear windshield wiper and washer switch: This switch has three positions:
• Press the switch to activate the windshield wiper.
• Press and hold the switch will activate the windshield washer. Release the switch the washer stops
and the wiper operates.
• Press the blank side to turn OFF the wiper.
(10) Combo Auxiliary switch (pilot controls only)

Combo Auxiliary switch.:
• Press the top emblem to enable bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics. Use the auxiliary hydraulic control
(lever or buttons) for the attachment as normal.
• Press the bottom emblem of the rocker switch to enable uni-directional auxiliary hydraulics. Use the
auxiliary hydraulic control (pedal or button) for the attachment as normal.
The auxiliary hydraulic switch enables power for the selected hydraulic flow only. For example, if the switch is
enabled for bi-directional control, the uni-directional controls (such as the foot pedal) are disabled. Once the switch
is enabled, use the auxiliary hydraulic control for the attachment as normal.
(11) Rear work light switch

Rear work light switch: This switch has three positions:
• Second position, by pressing the symbol side (first click) the outer rear work lights are turned on
(control lamp on).
• Third position, by pressing the symbol side again (second click) the inner rear work lights are turned
on too (control lamp on).
(12) Blank
(13) Blank
3-24
EXTERIOR CONTROLS
Rotating beacon (Optional)

The rotating beacon (1) should be placed on the cab roof
and the cable connected to one of the 12 V sockets over
the door on each side of the machine.
NOTICE: The rotating beacon must be installed and op-
erated when undertaking road travel
LEEN11T0081AA 1
3-25
Battery master switch

NOTICE: Wait at least 60 s after you place the ignition
key in the OFF position before turning master disconnect
switch to OFF. This allows the machine controllers to shut
down properly.
NOTE: The battery master switch must be switched off at
the end of each working day, for machine service or for
any operations on the electrical system.
It acts as an anti-theft device when the cab doors and
windows are locked.
Use the master disconnect switch the enable or disable

electrical power from the machine batteries to the electri-
cal components. The master disconnect switch (1) is in
the battery compartment.
Turn the master disconnect switch counter-clockwise to RAIL15TLB0014AA 1

disconnect battery power.
Turn the master disconnect switch clockwise to connect

battery power.
NOTICE: Some machine service procedures require an
actual terminal disconnect of the batteries. Do not use the
master disconnect switch for those types of procedures,
such as welding on the machine.
3-26
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Instrument cluster
The vehicle controller, engine controller, and electronic transmission controller, if equipped, on the machine monitors
machine functions and controls. The control modules also activate warning lamps and audible alarms and display
information on the AIC display.
NOTICE: Before starting the machine, turn the key switch to the ON position and wait two seconds before turning the
key switch to the START position. The two second delay is required as it allows the engine controller time to power
up before engine cranking is allowed.
Indicator/warning/danger lamps
Machine fault
Warning lamp. Illuminates when a
machine fault (vehicle, engine, or electronic
transmission controller) has been detected. A
one second audible alarm will sound per key
cycle.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 1
Side light and low beam lights

Indicator lamp.
Illuminates when the low beam switch is in the
ON position.
Illuminates when the side lamp switches are
in the ON position.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 2
Main beam lights

Indicator lamp.
Illuminates when the driving lamp switch is in
the ON position.
Illuminates when the front and/or rear work
lamp switches are in the ON position.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 3
3-27
Direction (turn signal or hazard)

Indicator lamp.
Illuminates when the turn signals or hazard
lights are ON
RAIL19TLB0004AA 4
Low engine oil pressure

Warning lamp. Illuminates when, with the
engine running, there is no or low oil pressure
in the engine. Do not run the engine when this
lamp illuminates. A continuous audible alarm
will sound when this condition exists.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 5
Stop engine
NOTICE: Always stop the machine and shut down the
engine whenever this lamp illuminates. The display will
provide additional information to what the possible fault
is.
Danger lamp. Illuminates with a continuous

audible alarm when a critical condition is
detected by the vehicle controller, engine
controller, or electronic transmission controller,
if equipped.
Examples of critical conditions:

RAIL19TLB0004AA 6
• Engine coolant temperature is too high.
• Engine oil pressure is too low or too high.
• Transmission oil pressure is too low.
• Transmission oil temperature is too high.
• Poor DEF/AdBlue® quality.
• Low or no DEF/AdBlue® fluid in the tank.
• After Treatment System (ATS) failure.
• Unauthorized software upgrades (engine
de-rate will occur)
• If equipped, the Engine protection shutdown
feature detects a critical error.
3-28
Alternator
Warning lamp. Illuminates when, with the
engine running, the alternator is not charging
the battery.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 7
Parking brake
Indicator lamp. Illuminates when the parking
brake is set.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 8
Air filter restriction

Warning lamp. Illuminates and a one second
audible alarm sounds when, with the engine
running, the air filter element is restricted and
requires service. Clean or replace the primary
filter and/or replace the secondary filter when
this lamp illuminates.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 9
Air-conditioning system pressure

Indicator lamp. Illuminates when the
air-conditioner stops working due to refrigerant
pressures that are too high.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 10
3-29
Engine glow plugs

Indicator lamp. Illuminates when, with the key
switch in the ON position, the engine glow
plugs are active due to cold temperatures.
Wait until the lamp goes off before turning the
key switch to the START position.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 11
Low fuel level

Warning lamp. Illuminates and a one second
audible alarm sounds when the fuel level is
low.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 12
Gauges and meters

Engine coolant temperature
Indicates the coolant temperature of the
engine. The temperature of the coolant is
normal when the gauge needle is in the green
area of the gauge. When the gauge needle
goes to the end of the red area (last tick mark),
a continuous audible alarm will sound. Stop
the engine and check the level of the coolant
in the coolant reservoir, check for debris on
the radiator/oil cooler, and/or check for a
thermostat that does not operate correctly.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 13
Oil temperature, torque converter

Indicates the oil temperature of the torque
converter. The temperature of the oil is normal
when the gauge needle is in the green area
of the gauge. When the gauge needle goes
to the end of the red area (last tick mark), a
continuous audible alarm will sound.
When the gauge needle goes into the red
area, move the direction control lever to the
neutral position and run the engine at full
throttle. If this procedure does not reduce the
temperature of the oil, check the oil level and
check for obstruction in the radiator and oil RAIL19TLB0004AA 14
cooler.
3-30
Tachometer
Shows the engine speed in Revolutions Per
Minute (RPM). Each tick mark on the gauge is
equal to 100 RPM. It is recommended that the
engine be run in the green area of the gauge.
NOTE: Above the top of the tachometer is a guide for

traveling speeds.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 15
Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEF/AdBlue® level

Indicates the level of DEF/AdBlue® in the
reservoir. When the DEF/AdBlue® level is
low the instrument cluster will display a refill
symbol.
NOTICE: Low quality DEF/AdBlue® and low DEF/Ad-

Blue® fluid levels of DEF/AdBlue® in the tank will de-rate
the engine. Always maintain high quality fluid and proper
levels.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 16
Fuel level
Indicates the level of fuel in the machine.
When the fuel level is low, the low fuel level
warning light also illuminates.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 17
3-31
Menu screen display

Display screen
Display screen
In addition to the indicator/warning lamps, the Advanced
Instrument Cluster (AIC) displays information on the dis-
play screen. The next few pages describe the standard
menu screens that are used to program machine func-
tionality, perform diagnostics, and troubleshooting.
NOTE: The machine’s electronic controllers communicate
with the Advanced Instrument Cluster (AIC) to notify the
operator of required actions, machine warnings, and as-
sist technicians with diagnostics and troubleshooting. For
a list of possible display screen messages not part of the
standard display menu see “Display screen messages”
8-22.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 1
Use the two rocker switches on the side console to move

through the menu screens.
• Escape (1) - Return to the previous top menu or escape
back to the main screen.
• Up arrow (2) - Move backward through the menu
screens.
• Down arrow (3) - Move forward through the menu
screens.
• Enter (4) - Select specific display screens or store
screen-defined configuration settings to memory.
LEEN12T0526FA_4 2
Main screen (engine hour or hourmeter)

On start up, shows the main screen graphic along with the
machine hours.
NOTE: You may check the engine hours without the ig-
nition key. Press either of the menu selection switches
and the current engine hours will appear in the display for
10 s.
RCPH10TLB194AAF 3
3-32
Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) sensitivity

NOTE: Machines with the optional Powershift transmis-
sion only. The factory default setting is 2.
Increase or decrease the sensitivity setting for shifting

between Forward-Neutral-Reverse, 1 is least aggressive
and 3 is most aggressive.
NOTE: See “Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sen-
sitivity” 6-1 for more details.
RCIL10TLB035AAF 4
Display dimmer/brightness
Increase or decease the screen brightness. Four bars are
maximum screen brightness.
NOTE: See “Display brightness” 6-2 for more details.
RCPH10TLB196AAF 5
Service interval
Select the service interval, when reached, displays on
the screen at key up.
• Heavy service hours: 500 – 1000 h at 100 h incre-
ments.
• Light service hours: 50 – 500 h at 50 h increments.
NOTE: The screen displays '---' if no service interval is
specified.
RCPH10TLB198AAF 6
Stored fault code

Access the stored fault code information to view reported
error codes, the number of occurrences, and time of last
occurrence.
RCPH10TLB199AAF 7
3-33
Maximum throttle/cold start idle

Access the Idle Increment screen to adjust the cold start
idle and maximum throttle values for special operating
conditions.
NOTE: See “Maximum throttle/Cold start idle” 6-3 for
more details.
RCPH10TLB201AAF 8
Machine hardware
Displays machine hardware information.
NOTE: The figure is for example purposes only.
RCPH10TLB422AAF 9
Machine software
Displays machine software information.
NOTE: The figure is for example purposes only.
RCPH10TLB421AAF 10
System battery voltage display

Indicates the condition of the electrical system. The elec-
trical system voltage is normal when the display indicates
a voltage range of 11.0 – 15.3 V when the key switch is in
the ON position.
NOTICE: When the charge of the battery is too low or the
alternator is not charging enough the display background
will be red in color. Damage to the battery can result if this
condition continues.
RAIL14TLB1023AA 11
3-34
Throttle sensitivity
Select the sensitivity level for the electronic foot throttle, 1
is least aggressive and 3 is most aggressive. Operators
may change the electronic throttle sensitivity for working
conditions or personal preference.
NOTE: See “Throttle sensitivity” 6-5 for more details.
RCPH10TLB195AAF 12
Auto engine shutdown time-out

The auto engine shutdown feature allows the operator to
program the machine to shut down after a set period of
time that the machine is left idle. The default setting is Off
but the operator may enable the feature and set the auto
engine shutdown time-out anywhere from 2 – 60 min.
NOTE: The auto engine shutdown time-out feature pro-
vides an opportunity for the operator to cancel the shut
down once the display begins the countdown.
See “Auto engine shutdown time-out adjustment” 6-6 for

details.
RAIL15TLB0066AA 13
Auto engine protection shutdown, if

equipped
The auto engine protection shutdown feature will de-rate
the engine performance or turn off the engine if any one
of the following fault conditions occurs.
• Low engine oil pressure for more than 4 s.
• Engine coolant above 110 °C (230 °F) for more than
15 s
• Transmission oil above 125 °C (257 °F) for more than
15 s
RAIL14TLB1028AA 14
The default setting is On but the operator may choose to
turn this feature Off. See 6-9 for details
3-35
Auto-Glide Ride™ (ARC) speed threshold; if

equipped:
Three factory preset speed thresholds available. Speeds
are approximate depending on tire size, model, and
transmission type:
• Setting 1 — Ride control activates when the machine is
moving faster than 9.2 km/h (5.7 mph) and deactivates
when the machine is travelling slower than 7.6 km/h
(4.7 mph).
when the machine is travelling slower than 7.9 km/h RCPH11TLB001AAD 15
(4.9 mph).
when the machine is travelling slower than 8.4 km/h
(5.2 mph).
Change the speed threshold setting, see “Auto-Glide

Ride™ (AGR) speed thresholds - Four-Wheel Drive
(4WD) only” 6-11 for details.
NOTE: Speed threshold selection does not affect ARC or
Ride control when ON is selected.
3-36
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Overview

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® instrumentation warning
ATTENTION: The fuel system, exhaust after-treatment system, and engine on your machine are designed and built
to government emissions standards. Tampering by dealers, customers, operators, and users is strictly prohibited by
law. Failure to comply could result in government fines, rework charges, invalid warranty, legal action, and possible
confiscation of the machine until rework to original condition is completed. Engine service and/or repairs must be
done by a certified technician only!
Your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION machine is equipped with a warning system to inform the operator of the
DEF/AdBlue® level, system malfunctions, and engine power loss that may result from the SCR system for reducing
exhaust emissions.
Warning symbols
Engine power loss occurring SCR failure
DEF/AdBlue® Low DEF/AdBlue® level
Stop engine light Warning/Fault light
During normal operation of your NEW HOLLAND CON-

STRUCTION machine, the instrument cluster displays the
DEF/AdBlue® fluid level (1) at all times.
Warning lights and indicators will be illuminated with a

warning on the visual display. The display changes au-
tomatically to allow the operator to view the warning indi-
cator and display message.
NOTICE: Avoid key-cycles when an active Selective Cat-
alytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment error occurs.
Key cycles with active errors, will quickly increase the
de-rate severity. Once the maximum de-rate level has
been reached, the unit will be forced to low idle only. Best
RAIL19TLB0005AA 1
practice is to move the machine to an area that is easily
accessible for service or for loading onto a transport vehi-
cle.
DEF level inducement displays

Display Description Warning lamps and Corrective action
alarms
DEF/AdBlue® level is less than Fill DEF/AdBlue® tank.
10% tank volume. No engine
power loss at this level.
One second audible
alarm every 3 min
and the DEF gauge
indicator is near or just
in the red zone.
DEF/AdBlue® level is less than Fill DEF/AdBlue® tank
5% of tank volume. Moderate immediately. Cycle the key
torque reduction and engine switch (or the POWER button)
+
speed reduction will occur. OFF then ON.
Continuous alarm
and the DEF gauge
indicator is in the red
zone.
3-37

alarms
DEF/AdBlue® level is empty. Fill DEF/AdBlue® tank
Severe torque reduction and immediately. Cycle the key
engine speed reduction will switch (or the POWER button)
+
occur. OFF then ON.
Continuous alarm
and the DEF gauge
indicator is on empty..
DEF quality inducement displays

alarms
DEF/AdBlue® quality / Drain the DEF/AdBlue® tank.
concentration is questionable. Fill the tank with approved
DEF/AdBlue®. Contact your
authorized dealer if the failure
One second audible
persists.
alarm every 3 min
concentration is questionable Fill the tank with approved
60 min after the initial warning. DEF/AdBlue®. Contact your
+
Moderate torque reduction and authorized dealer if the failure
Continuous alarm
engine speed reduction will persists.
occur.
concentration is questionable 4 h Fill the tank with approved
after the initial warning. Severe DEF/AdBlue®. Contact your
+
torque reduction and engine authorized dealer if the failure
Continuous alarm
speed reduction will occur. persists.
DEF technical failure inducement

alarms
SCR fault/failure detected. Contact your authorized dealer
Torque reduction and engine for repair.
speed reduction will occur.
One second audible
alarm every 3 min
SCR fault/failure detected Contact your authorized dealer
60 min after the initial warning. for repair.
Moderate torque reduction and
+
engine speed reduction will
Continuous alarm
occur.
SCR fault/failure detected 4 h Contact your authorized dealer
after the initial warning. Severe for repair.
torque reduction and engine
+
speed reduction will occur.
Continuous alarm
3-38
DEF/AdBlue® level faults, failures, and engine power loss levels
NHPH14ENG0567HA 2
3-39
DEF/AdBlue® quality faults, failures, and engine power loss levels
NHPH14ENG0693HA 3
3-40
SCR system technical faults, failures, and engine power loss levels
There are two types of strategies that are applied to your machine based on the type of failure that occurs.
• For electrical failures, use figure 4.
• For failures that require the SCR system to be operational, use figure 5 and see the section on validation re-starts.
NOTE: You can restart the engine and receive full engine power up to two times at any point after the machine detects
a fault. However, if the machine detects the same fault within 40 operating hours, torque will be reduced to 50% and
the engine will be reduced to idle immediately. If you attempt a third restart, the engine will be locked at 50% torque
and engine idle. Contact your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer to reset the engine restart counter and
resolve the fault causing the loss of productivity.
3-41
3-42
NHPH14ENG0694JA 4
3-43
NHPH14ENG0566JA 5
3-44
Validation re-starts
Validation re-starts allow operation of the machine for up to 30 min without power loss after a poor DEF/AdBlue®
quality or SCR system fault has been detected. Up to three re-starts are permitted. Re-starts are counted if
either of the following conditions are met:
• Engine speed exceeds 1000 RPM
• Engine running time exceeds 5 min
Normal operation will resume if a reset is detected within the 30 min window.
If a reset is not detected within 30 min, power loss will occur as described in the flowcharts.
If all three validation re-starts have been used and the system has not been reset, the machine is limited to 50%
torque and engine idle only. See your local authorized NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer for repair.
Follow the sequence in figure 6 to activate validation re-starts.
3-45
NHPH14ENG0568HA 6
3-46
Resetting the Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system

For DEF/AdBlue® storage tank fluid level faults, failures that can cause engine power loss:
• The DEF/AdBlue® tank level must be raised above 12% total volume.
• The key switch must be cycled to the Off position or throttle returned to low idle position.
For DEF/AdBlue® quality and SCR system technical faults, failures that can cause engine power loss:
• To fully reset the system, the component/failure causing the fault must be repaired or replaced.
• Switching off the engine will reset the system and the engine will restart at full power.
• If the same failure is re-detected within 40 h of engine operation, the maximum engine power loss level will be
introduced.
• If the same failure is detected three consecutive times within 40 h of engine operation, maximum engine power loss
will remain active after engine restart until the system is repaired.
• Please contact your authorized NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer for service.
3-47
CAB CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS
Cab and platform - Control identification

Operator’s manual storage
In the rear part of the operator’s seat there is a docu-
ment storage box (1) where the Operator’s Manual can
be stored.
LEEN11T0064AA 1
Document storage box

Under the cab roof there is a document storage box (1)
where any documents can be stored.
LEEN11T0063AA 2
Operator’s compartment light

This light is mounted on the roof.
The light turns on when the door opens.
Press OFF to turn off the light when the door is open;
press ON to turn on the light when the door is closed.
LEEN11T0065AA 3
3-48
Sun visor
Use the tab (1) to pull the sun visor down and place it in
the position required.
Push up the latch (2) to roll up the sun visor.
LEEN11T0066AA 4
Auxiliary 12 V socket
An auxiliary 12 V power socket (1) is located on the cab’s
left-hand post.
LEEN11T0067AA 5
Radio compartment (Optional)

On the cab roof there is a compartment (1) where the radio
is installed; the radio is provided on demand.
LEEN11T0068AA 6
3-49
Object storage box

Located on the left-hand side of the cab. This compart-
ment (1) is intended for storing objects of various types.
LEEN11T0070AA 7
Front and rear windshield washer reservoir

This reservoir (1) is located on the left-hand side of the
cab and has two electric pumps controlled by a switch or
by the lever for the direction indicators, main beams, front
windshield wiper and washer.
NOTE: In cold weather, use a windshield washer with low
temperature capability.
NOTICE: Never operate the windshield washer when the
reservoir is empty, since this may damage the electric
pumps.
LEEN11T0069AA 8
3-50
Engine guard handle

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Always install the safety lock before working
under the raised attachment.
rious injury.
W1448A
Open the engine hood:

1. Insert the key (1) and turn counter-clockwise.
2. Push the key slot on the engine latch to release the
lock (2).
3. Use the engine hood lift handles (4), lift, and rotate the
hood (3) into the fully open position.
RAIL15TLB0084AA 9
NOTICE: Before undertaking any road travel, make sure
the engine guard is properly locked.
Close and lock the engine hood (figures in reverse order):

1. Push the hood down in to the closed position.
2. Push the engine latch (2) down into the lock position.
3. Insert the key (1) and turn clockwise.
RAIL15TLB0086AA 10
LEEN11T0072AA 11
3-51
Coat hanger hook

The hook (1) fitted on the left-hand cab upright, allows the
hanging of possible clothes.
LEEN11T0073AA 12
Air filter
The air filter is located under the operator’s seat.
See 7-73 for the maintenance procedure.
RAIL15TLB0610BA 13
Fire extinguisher
DANGER
Fire hazard!
Always have a fire extinguisher on or near
the machine. Keep the fire extinguisher in
good condition through routine maintenance
and service according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0006A
The fire extinguisher (1) is located to the right of the steer-

ing wheel.
On taking delivery of the machine, study the fire extin- LEEN11T0077AA 14

guisher operating instructions.
The instructions are printed on the extinguisher.
3-52
Fuse and relay control unit

The fuse and relay control unit is located under the side
instrument cluster panel and may be accessed via the
right-hand cab door.
The diagnostic socket is located to the left of the fuse and

relay control unit. With this socket, it is possible to have
access to the engine data and to detect possible faults
when connected to the electronic service tool.
LEEN11T0078AA 15
Coded anti-theft switch (Optional)

Located on the right-hand console, the switch (1) has a
red flashing lamp and makes it possible to disengage the
engine anti-start device, using the special electronic key.
If the electronic key is not inserted and you try to start the
machine, the display will show an error message after 5
seconds.
NOTE: Keep the electronic key with the starter switch key.
If all the 5 keys (delivered with the machine] are lost, they
cannot be replaced.
LEEN11T0079AA 16
Rearview mirrors
Make sure the right-hand and left-hand rearview mirrors
(1) are correctly adjusted before undertaking any travel.
LEEN11T0080AA 17
3-53
LOADER ATTACHMENT CONTROLS
Loader attachment control lever

(1) Loader control lever:
Controls the loader attachment movement. See “Loader

attachment controls” 3-55 for more details.
(2) Bucket control, 4-in-1 bucket only:

Roll the switch upward to open the bucket (1).
Release the switch to stop.
Roll the switch downward to close the bucket

(2). Release the switch to stop.
The bucket control switch opens or closes the bucket. An RAIL18TLB0403BA 1
illustration of the different functions are provided on the

decal with a description.
The bucket control switch can also be adjusted to activate

a detent position for specific attachments or working con-
ditions. See “Detent position for loader control auxiliary
hydraulics” on 3-59.
(3) Clutch cutout (backside of the loader control lever):
The clutch cutout button lets the engine

increase speed and supply the loader with
more hydraulic oil for greater loader power
and faster control function. When you push
the clutch cutout button, the transmission is
disengaged from the drive wheels. Release
the clutch cutout button to engage the
transmission power. The machine can move
freely when the clutch cutout button is pushed.
If required, use the service brake to stop the
machine.
(4) Differential lock:
The differential lock button engages or
disengages the differential lock. To engage
the differential lock, ensure that neither rear
wheel is spinning freely and press and hold
the button. Release the button to disengage
the differential lock.
3-54
Loader attachment controls

WARNING
Misuse hazard!
Before starting the engine, make sure you are
fully aware of the location and the function of
each control.
rious injury.
W0226A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Before starting the engine, securely fasten the
seat belt. The seat belt can help ensure your
safety if it is properly used and maintained.
Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack
in the belt system. Never wear the belt if it
is twisted or pinched between the seat struc-
tures.
rious injury.
W0142A
With standard loader bucket

Located on the right of the steering wheel, this nine posi-
tion lever operates all the loader attachment controls. The
speed of movement of each control depends on the angle
to which the lever is tilted. In the intermediate position,
two movements can be obtained simultaneously.
With 4x1 loader bucket

The function of the lever is identical to that of the machine
fitted with the standard loader bucket, with the addition of
the clam control.
3-55
Loader attachment – Operation

Neutral and hold
With the lever in the neutral/hold position 0, the attach-
ment movement can be stopped. As soon as the lever is
released, it automatically returns to the neutral position 0
and the attachment remains in the position where it was
when movement stopped.
LEEN12T0554AA 1
Raising the loader attachment

With the lever in position (1), the attachment rises.
MOLI12LBB0158AB 2
Lowering the loader attachment

With the lever in position (2), the attachment lowers.
MOLI12LBB0159AB 3
3-56
Loader bucket float control

With the lever in position (3), the bucket follows the con-
tours of the ground without it being necessary to operate
the lever.
NOTE: In this position the lever does not automatically
return to neutral when it is released. It is necessary to
move it manually.
MOLI12LBB0160AB 4
Filling the loader bucket

With the lever in position (4), the bucket rolls back (fills).
MOLI12LBB0161AB 5
Dumping the loader bucket

With the lever in position (5), the bucket rolls forward
(dumps).
MOLI12LBB0162AB 6
3-57
Automatic return to loader bucket filling

With the lever in position (6), the attachment lowers and,
simultaneously, the bucket places itself to the digging po-
sition.
NOTE: It is possible to adjust the tilt angle for bucket filling.
MOLI12LBB0163AB 7
3-58
Detent position for loader control auxiliary hydraulics

NOTE: Your loader control joystick may not have all options shown.
NOTICE: Continuous hydraulic flow over long periods of time can over heat the hydraulic oil and components.
The switch default configuration is for the switch to spring back to neutral when released from any position. The oper-
ator or a service technician may enable a detent position into the loader control auxiliary hydraulic cycle by adjusting
the roller switch.
The detent position will alter the cycle to allow the operator to roll the switch forward into the detent position. The
detent position will hold open the circuit until the operator rolls the switch out of the detent position.
NOTE: See the attachment manufacturers user guide for operating details. Contact your NEW HOLLAND CON-
STRUCTION dealer for a list of approved attachments.
This control operates the opening and closing of the 4x1
loader bucket clam.
This control is proportional:
When releasing the roller (7), it automatically returns to

the initial position (neutral) and the bucket remains in the
position where it was when movement stopped.
A. When shifting the roller (7) backward: the loader

bucket clam closes.
B. When shifting the roller (7) forward: the loader bucket
clam opens.
MOLI12LBB0164AB 1
Loader control roller detent procedure

Enable the detent position for the switch:
1. Pry off the cap that covers the switch screw.
2. Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the screw
(2) that holds the switch (1).
MOLI12LBB0165AB 2
3. Remove the top of the switch (3) .

4. Rotate the top of the switch 180° and start the screw
back into the top of the switch.
NOTE: The open U shape should be to the bottom.
5. Carefully replace the top of the switch and screw into
position. Do not overtighten.
MOLI12LBB0166AB 3
3-59
6. Test the detent operation:

A. Push the switch up. The switch should hold in
place (not spring back to center), as shown.
B. Pull the switch out of the detent position.
7. Replace the cap that covers the screw.
NOTE: Take the machine to an open, safe area and test
the switch by moving it through the entire range of motion
in both directions.
3-60
BACKHOE ATTACHMENT CONTROLS
Remove the backhoe from the stowed position

WARNING
Unexpected machine movement!
Before you use the backhoe attachment, make sure that the machine is resting on the stabilizers.
W1326A
WARNING
Pilot controls have two different backhoe controls patterns; before operating the machine, check
which control function is active.
W0185A
WARNING
With the engine running and only the gear lever in neutral, the machine can engage and move suddenly
if someone accidentally operates this lever. Place all levers in neutral, disengage the power take-off,
lower any implements, and set the parking brake before exiting the machine. Use wheel chocks when
parking on slopes.
W0057A
NOTE: Before using the backhoe controls, make sure that the operator’s seat is correctly adjusted in the backhoe
operation position.
NOTICE: Do not attempt to use the backhoe if it is in the lock position. Damage of components may occur.
NOTICE: Always place the backhoe in the stowed position when operating the loader or during road transport.
NOTICE: Always install the swing lock pin in the lock position when operating the loader or during road transport.
3-61
Removing the backhoe from the stowed position (mechanical)

2. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL position.
3. If applicable, place gearshift control lever in the NEU-
TRAL position.
4. Turn the seat into the backhoe operation position.
5. If applicable, open the rear window.
6. From the operator’s seat, remove the swing lock pin
and place it in the storage position.
RAIL16TLB1340BA 1
RAIL16TLB1504BA 2
7. Lower the stabilizers to the ground so that the rear tires

are just off the ground.
3-62
8. Move the boom all the way towards you to relieve

pressure on the boom lock (2).
9. Press the button on the boom lock control lever (1)
and move forward to disengage the boom lock.
10. Lower the boom.
RAIL15TLB0050AA 3
RAIL15TLB0051AA 4
11. If applicable, remove the extendable dipper lock pin

(1) and place it in the storage position (2).
RAIL15TLB0545BA 5
3-63
Removing the backhoe from the stowed position (hydraulically, if equipped)

TRAL position.
RAIL16TLB1340BA 6
RAIL16TLB1504BA 7

3-64
8. Place the switch (1) in the OFF position to disengage

the hydraulic boom lock (2) . The indicator lamp (3)
(mechanical backhoe models) or the indicator lamp (4)
(pilot backhoe models) turns OFF.
9. Lower the boom.
LEEN11T0311AA 8
RAIL15TLB0547BA 9
MOLI12LBB0249AB 10
3-65

RAIL15TLB0545BA 11
3-66
Place the backhoe in the stowed position

WARNING
W1326A
WARNING
W0185A
WARNING
parking on slopes.
W0057A
operation position.
3-67
Placing the backhoe in the stowed position (mechanical)

TRAL position.
6. If applicable, fully retract the extendable dipper.
from the storage position (2) and place it in the lock
position (1).
8. Roll the dipper arm and attachment inward towards the
boom.
RAIL15TLB0545BA 1
9. Retract the boom arm until the boom lock (2) en-
gages.
and move it backward to secure the boom lock (2).
RAIL15TLB0052AA 2
RAIL15TLB0048AA 3
3-68

12. Remove the swing lock pin from the storage location.
13. From the operator’s seat, place the swing lock pin in
the lock position.
RAIL16TLB1504BA 4
RAIL16TLB1340BA 5
14. Raise the stabilizers.
3-69
Placing the backhoe in the stowed position (hydraulically, if equipped)

TRAL position.
6. If applicable, fully retract the extendable dipper.
from the storage position (2) and place it in the lock
position (1).
8. Roll the dipper arm and attachment inward towards the
boom.
RAIL15TLB0545BA 6
3-70
9. Raise the boom

10. Place the switch (1) in the ON position to engage
(mechanical backhoe models) or the indicator lamp
(4) (pilot backhoe models) turns ON.
LEEN11T0311AA 7
RAIL15TLB0547BA 8
MOLI12LBB0249AB 9
3-71

12. Remove the swing lock pin from the storage location.
13. From the operator’s seat, place the swing lock pin in
the lock position.
RAIL16TLB1504BA 10
RAIL16TLB1340BA 11
3-72
Backhoe attachment mechanical controls version

Stabilizer mechanical controls
WARNING
W1326A
Left-hand stabilizer control lever

This lever (A) has three positions:
Position “0”: Neutral. This position stops the movement of

the left-hand stabilizer. As soon as the lever is released,
it automatically returns to the neutral position “0” and the
left-hand stabilizer stops raising or lowering.
Position “1”: The left-hand stabilizer lowers.
Position “2”: The left-hand stabilizer rises.
Right-hand stabilizer control lever LEEN12T0556AA 1
This lever (B) has three positions:
Position “0”: Neutral. This position stops the movement of

the right-hand stabilizer. As soon as the lever is released,
it automatically returns to the neutral position “0” and the
right-hand stabilizer stops raising or lowering.
Position “1”: The right-hand stabilizer lowers.
Position “2”: The right-hand stabilizer rises.

NOTE: To raise or lower the two stabilizers at the same
time, operate the two levers simultaneously.
NOTICE: Before machine travel or before using the
loader attachment, make sure the stabilizers are com-
pletely raised.
Backhoe mechanical control configurations

These control levers are used to operate the backhoe at-
tachment. The speed of movement of each control de-
pends on the angle to which the lever is tilted. In the in-
termediate position, two movements can be obtained si-
multaneously.
Four backhoe attachment control configurations exist,

depending on the country concerned:
• Standard configuration
• ISO configuration
• Four lever pattern configuration
• Cross-pattern configuration
The operating pattern of the control levers is different.

Check which configuration you have on your machine.
3-73
Standard configuration
Left-hand control lever (boom and swing

control)
This lever has five positions and is equipped with a horn
button (J):
Position “0”: Neutral/hold. This position enables the at-

tachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the lever
is released, it automatically returns to the neutral position
“0” and the attachment remains in the position where it
was when movement stopped.
Position “A”: The boom lowers.
Position “B”: The boom rises.
Position “C”: The backhoe attachment swings to the left.
Position “D”: The backhoe attachment swings to the right.
Right-hand control lever (dipper and bucket/

attachment control)
This lever has five positions:

Position “E”: The backhoe dipper extends.
Position “F”: The backhoe dipper retracts.
Position “G”: The backhoe bucket closes.
Position “H”: The backhoe bucket opens.
3-74
LEEN12T0557HA_1 2
3-75
ISO configuration
Left-hand control lever (dipper and bucket/
attachment control)
button (J):

Position “A”: The backhoe dipper extends.
Position “B”: The backhoe dipper retracts.
Right-hand control lever (boom and swing

control)

Position “E”: The boom lowers.
Position “F”: The boom rises.
3-76
LEEN12T0558HA_1 3
ISO configuration
3-77
Four-lever pattern configuration
Lever (1) for dipper Lever (3) for backhoe bucket

This lever has three positions and is equipped with a This lever has three positions:
horn button (J):
Position “0”: Neutral/hold. This position enables the
Position “0”: Neutral/hold. This position enables the attachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the
attachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the lever is released, it automatically returns to the neutral
lever is released, it automatically returns to the neutral position “0” and the attachment remains in the position
position “0” and the attachment remains in the position where it was when movement stopped.
where it was when movement stopped.
Position “E”: The backhoe bucket closes.
Position “A”: The backhoe dipper extends.
Position “F”: The backhoe bucket opens.
Position “B”: The backhoe dipper retracts.
Lever (4) for backhoe attachment swing
Lever (2) for boom
This lever has three positions:
This lever has three positions:
Position “0”: Neutral/hold. This position enables the
Position “0”: Neutral/hold. This position enables the attachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the
attachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the lever is released, it automatically returns to the neutral
lever is released, it automatically returns to the neutral position “0” and the attachment remains in the position
position “0” and the attachment remains in the position where it was when movement stopped.
where it was when movement stopped.
Position “G”: The backhoe attachment swings to the
Position “C”: The boom rises. right.
Position “D”: The boom lowers. Position “H”: The backhoe attachment swings to the
left.
3-78
LEEN12T0559GA_1 4
Four-lever pattern configuration
3-79
Cross-pattern configuration
Left-hand control lever (boom and swing
control)
button (J):

Position “A”: The boom lowers.
Position “B”: The boom rises.
Right-hand control lever (dipper and bucket/

attachment control)

3-80
LEEN12T0560HA_1 5
Cross-pattern configuration
3-81
Telescopic dipper mechanical control pedal

(if fitted)
NOTE: Make sure that the telescopic dipper lock pin is in
the storage position.
This pedal (A) has three positions:
Position “0”: Neutral. This position enables the movement

of the telescopic dipper to be stopped.
The pedal automatically returns to this position as soon

as it is released.
RAIL16TLB0502AA 6
Position “1”: The telescopic dipper extends.
Position “2”: The telescopic dipper retracts.

NOTE: Operating the backhoe attachment control levers
and this pedal simultaneously will enable numerous pos-
sibilities of progressive functioning.
Auxiliary attachment control pedal (optional)

This pedal (A) is located to the right of the backhoe at-
tachment controls and is used for operating auxiliary at-
tachment, such as a hydraulic hammer.
NOTE: You may choose to unplug and store the pedal
when not in use.
RAIL16TLB0502AA 7
3-82
Backhoe attachment hydraulic controls
MOLI12LBB0178FB 1
1. Control enable switch: With this switch in the ON dipper. Press the left-hand button to retract the
(lamp on) position, all backhoe attachment hydraulic telescopic dipper.
controls are functional. 7. Wrist rests: The wrist rests may be adjusted to the
2. Left-hand hydraulic control lever: The left-hand hy- required height.
draulic control lever controls attachment swing and 8. Hydraulic control lever support angle adjustment:
the boom or the dipper (depending on the control pat- These controls are used for the fore/aft and left/right
tern adopted). adjustment of the arm.
3. Right-hand hydraulic control lever: The right-hand 9. Horn button (Momentary action control).
hydraulic control lever controls the bucket and the
boom or the dipper (depending on the control pattern 10. Controls of auxiliary bi-directional attachment (If fit-
adopted). ted): Proportional buttons for the activation of the ad-
ditional attachment.
NOTE: The operating speed depends on the angle
of movement of the control levers. In intermediate 11. Controls of auxiliary uni-directional attachment (one
position, two movements may be obtained simulta- button operation) (If fitted): Proportional button for
neously. the activation of the additional attachment.
4. Stabilizer controls: The right-hand control is for the 12. Decelerator button: By pressing this button, the en-
right-hand stabilizer and the left-hand control is for gine rpm sets to low idle. During this phase, the ac-
the left-hand stabilizer. celerator knob and pedal are disabled.
By pressing the button again, the engine rpm is re-
5. Control pattern change switch: This switch is used stored and the accelerator knob and pedal are func-
for changing the standard control pattern to the ISO tional again.
pattern.
6. Telescopic dipper controls (proportional controls):
Press the right-hand button to extend the telescopic
3-83
Control enable switch

This control is located on the right-hand control lever.
This switch has three positions:
• Position OFF: (Lamp off) all controls will deactivate.

• Position “1”: By pressing the upper side (lamp off), the
stabilizers will activate.
• Position “2”: By pressing the upper side (lamp on)
again, all controls will activate.
WARNING
MOLI12LBB0179AB 2
After using the attachment and before leav-
ing the machine, deactivate all the controls by
moving the control enable switch to the OFF
position.
rious injury.
W1327A
NOTE: When the engine is started, the backhoe control

will default to either OFF or “1” depending on the switch
position.
Control pattern change switch (Boom or dip-

per)
Located on the right-hand hydraulic control lever, this
switch is fitted with a locking device.
The switch is used to change from standard pattern to ISO

version, or vice versa.
To unlock the switch, push the locking device upwards and

at the same time press the top of the switch (1). In this
position, the switch turns on and the controls are in ISO
pattern.
MOLI12LBB0180AB 3
The boom and dipper controls on the hydraulic control
levers are now inverted.
Press the bottom of the switch (1) to lock and return to

standard pattern operation.
3-84
Backhoe attachment hydraulic controls
Backhoe boom and backhoe attachment swing left-hand
hydraulic control lever.
This hydraulic control lever has five positions:

tachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the hy-
draulic control lever is released, it automatically returns to
the neutral position “0” and the attachment remains in the
position where it was when movement stopped. MOLI12LBB0181AB 4
Position “A”: The boom lowers
Position “B”: The boom rises
Position “C”: The backhoe attachment swings to the left
Position “D”: The backhoe attachment swings to the right

Backhoe dipper and backhoe bucket right-hand hydraulic
control lever
This hydraulic control lever has five positions:

tachment movement to be stopped. As soon as the hy-
draulic control lever is released, it automatically returns to
the neutral position “0” and the attachment remains in the
position where it was when movement stopped.

MOLI12LBB0182AB 5
3-85
Stabilizer hydraulic controls

WARNING
Before you use the backhoe attachment, make
sure that the machine is resting on the stabi-
lizers.
rious injury.
W1326A
These controls are located on the left-hand hydraulic con-

trol lever and may be operated independently or simulta-
neously. These controls are proportional, and therefore,
the stabilizer speed may vary.
Left-hand stabilizer left-hand control lever

This lever has four positions:
Position “0”: Neutral. This position stops the movement

of the left-hand stabilizer. As soon as the lever is released
from positions “1” or “2”, it automatically returns to the neu-
tral position “0” and the left-hand stabilizer stops raising or
lowering.
When held in position “1”: The left-hand stabilizer lowers.
When held in position “2”: The left-hand stabilizer rises.

MOLI12LBB0183AB 6
Position “3”: Stabilizer auto-up feature (optional).
Right-hand stabilizer right-hand control

lever
This lever has four positions:
Position “0”: Neutral. This position stops the movement

of the right-hand stabilizer. As soon as the lever is re-
leased from positions “1” or “2”, it automatically returns to
the neutral position “0” and the right-hand stabilizer stops
raising or lowering.
When held in position “1”: The right-hand stabilizer low-

ers.
MOLI12LBB0184AB 7
When held in position “2”: The right-hand stabilizer rises.
Position “3”: Stabilizer auto-up feature (optional).
3-86
Auto-up feature (Optional)

Position “3”: When the levers are momentarily pulled back
to this position and then released, they return to the neu-
tral position and the stabilizers automatically rise to road
travel position, there by leaving your hand free for other
duties. To stop the automatic rise at any time, push or pull
the levers; the rise of the stabilizers stops.
NOTE: The machines not provided with the optional
auto-up feature still have the relevant detent position, but
this does not affect the stabilizer operation in any way.
NOTICE: Before machine travel or before using the
loader attachment, make sure the stabilizers are com- MOLI12LBB0185AB 8
pletely raised.
NOTICE: During road travel, the stabilizers must be com-
pletely raised and immobilized by means of the pins pro-
vided for that purpose.
Telescopic dipper controls (If fitted)

Press and hold down the right-hand button (1) to extend
the telescopic dipper. As soon as the button is released
the dipper stops and remains in the position it occupied
when the button was released.
Press and hold down the left-hand button (2) to retract the
telescopic dipper. As soon as the button is released the
dipper stops and remains in the position it occupied when
the button was released.
By pressing button (3), it is possible to set the engine rpm

to idle run disabling accelerator handle and accelerator MOLI12LBB0186AB 9
pedal. By pressing again button (3) the engine rpm are
restored and the accelerator handle and accelerator pedal
as well.
Before using these controls, make sure the telescopic dip-

per is mechanically unlocked.
NOTE: Operating the backhoe attachment control levers
and these controls simultaneously will enable numerous
possibilities of progressive functioning.
3-87
Auxiliary uni-directional controls (If fitted)

Press and hold the left-hand proportional button (1) to ac-
tivate the attachment hydraulic oil flow.
NOTE: The left-hand proportional button (2) is inoperable
with Uni-driectional option.
MOLI12LBB0187AB 10
Auxiliary bi-directional controls (If fitted)

Press and hold the left-hand button (1) to let the oil flow
out of the left-hand side of the boom.
Press and hold the left-hand button (2) to let the oil flow
out of the right-hand side of the boom.
MOLI12LBB0187AB 11
Hydraulic control lever support adjustments
Fore and aft

Squeeze the two levers (1), then tilt the hydraulic control
levers to the desired position.
Once the desired position is reached, release the two

levers (1).
MOLI12LBB0188AB 12
Left and right

Loosen the two knobs (2) located in front of each hydraulic
control lever support, then tilt the supports to the required
position.
Once the adjustment has been carried out, tighten the two
knobs (2).
MOLI12LBB0189AB 13
3-88
CLIMATE CONTROLS
Heating and air-conditioning controls

The Heating, Ventilation, and Air-Conditioning (HVAC) controls are located on the right-hand side of the cab (opera-
tor’s seat in loader attachment position).
Ventilation controls
NOTE: The fan control knob circulates the air inside the
cab and does not heat or cool the cab air. Use the heater
control knob or optional Air-Conditioning knob to control
cab temperatures.
The four position fan control knob allows the operator to

control the air flow inside the cab.
Position 0: Off.
Position 1: Low fan speed.
Position 2: Medium fan speed.

RAIL15TLB0536AA 1
Position 3: High fan speed.
Air recirculation with rotary knob (if

equipped)
The air recirculation rotary knob (1) is on the front
right-hand side of the seat base.
• Move the rotary knob (1) clockwise so that it is in a
vertical to position (3). This will recirculate the air inside
the cab. Minimal air is pulled in from the outside.
• Move the rotary knob (1) counter-clockwise so that it is
in a horizontal position (2). This will pull more air into
the cab from outside the cab. Minimal air in the cab is
recirculated.
RAIL15TLB0548BA 2
3-89
Heating
Heater coolant shutoff valve
The heater coolant shutoff valve controls the flow of hot
coolant to the heater.
• In warm ambient temperatures, turn the shutoff valve
(1) clockwise to stop hot coolant flow to the heater.
• In cold ambient temperatures, turn the shutoff valve (1)
counter-clockwise to allow hot coolant to flow to the
heater.
NOTE: In order to use the cab heater, the heater valve
must be in the open position.
RAIL16TLB0369BA 3
MOLI12LBB0190AB 4
Use the temperature control (1) knob to control the tem-

perature inside the cab when the heater valve is open.
NOTE: The heater function is OFF when the fan control
knob (2) is in the 0 position.
Turn the temperature control (1) knob clockwise for a

warmer temperature setting (red area).
Turn the temperature control (1) knob counter-clockwise

for a colder temperature setting (blue area).
RAIL15TLB0536AA 5
3-90
Air-Conditioning system (Optional)
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Air-conditioning refrigerant boils at -12 °C (10 °F)!
-NEVER expose any part of the air-conditioning system to a direct flame or excessive heat.
-NEVER disconnect or disassemble any part of the air-conditioning system.
Discharging refrigerant gas into the atmosphere is illegal in many countries.
W0340A
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
If you get refrigerant on your skin:
-Warm the area with your hand or lukewarm water, 32 - 38 °C (90 - 100 °F).
-Cover the area loosely with a bandage to protect the area and the prevent infection.
-Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0341A
WARNING
Escaping refrigerant may cause frostbite!
Always wear protective goggles when handling refrigerant. If you get refrigerant in your eye, immedi-
ately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immediately.
W0339A
When using the air-conditioning, it is essential that all the

windows of the operator’s compartment are completely
closed.
To ensure correct operation and full efficiency of the air-

conditioning system, it must be used at least once a week,
even for a short time.
HFC R134A refrigerant

For technical details, see the decal located on the right
side of the cooler.
LEEN11T0332AA 6
3-91
Climate controls with Air-Conditioning (A/C) (optional)

Activate the Air-Conditioning system:
2. Turn the fan control knob (3) to one of the three fan
speed settings.
3. Turn the A/C ON/OFF switch t (2) o the ON position.
NOTE: The A/C symbol (4) on the instrument cluster
will illuminate when the A/C is On.
4. Turn the Air-Conditioning (A/C) temperature control
knob to the desired temperature. Turn the knob clock-
wise for warmer air or counter-clockwise for cooler air.
5. Allow the A/C to operate for a few minutes and then RAIL15TLB0537AA 7
adjust the temperature and fan controls to the desired
settings.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 8
3-92
Cab air louvers

Air flow diffusers are connected to the heater system and
receive air from the blower, to direct warm or cold air onto
the windshield and side windows or to the cab interior as
required.
You can swivel each diffuser to adjust and control the air-
flow.
To open a diffuser, press one side of the disc and turn it,
as required, to direct the air flow.
The diffusers are located as follows:

• Two on the top of the front control panels (A);
• Two to the rear of the seat (C);
• Two under the seat, one in front, the other on the rear
(D);
• Two on the cab posts, right and left (B);
• Two on the ceiling, in front and back of operator’s head
(E).
NOTE: The diffusers (B) and (E) are mounted only
when air-conditioning system (optional) is fitted.
LEEN11T0002BA 1
LEEN11T0336AA 2
3-93
3-94
4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS###_4_###
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
Before using the machine

NOTICE: Read and familiarize yourself with the instruc- Make sure that the safety signs are always clean.
tions and warnings shown in this manual before operating
the machine. Clean or replace safety signs which are no longer legible.
Before using the machine, some precautions are neces- Make sure that the engine tilt hood is closed and latched
sary. correctly.
Check the levels (engine oil, hydraulic fluid and coolant Remove anything which might hinder visibility. Clean the
fluid) and make sure that the various fluids correspond to windows and the rearview mirrors.
the conditions of use.
Make sure that no objects or tools are left on the machine
Carry out the daily maintenance operations. or in the operator’s compartment.
Walk round the machine, look for any leaks and inspect Make sure you know how to evacuate the machine (emer-
the hoses. Tighten or replace any items as required. gency exit via the right-hand door) in case exit through the
left-hand door is impossible.
Before undertaking road travel, unlock the attachments,
completely raise the stabilizers and install the safety sys- Make sure that the right-hand door is not locked.
tems required by the regulations.
Make sure that nobody is under or on the machine.
Before road travel or night work, check that the lighting
and signaling systems are correctly operating and cor- The operator should be the only person on the machine.
rectly adjusted.
Make sure that nobody is within the working range of the
Check the condition of the tires and the tire pressure. machine.`
Clean the steps and access handles.
The presence of oil, mud or ice (winter) can cause acci-

dents.
4-1
Operating the machine

WARNING Before carrying out any road travel, lock the attachments
and install the safety systems required by regulations.
Driving hazard!
Check all controls and safety devices in a safe, The machine must be within the maximum dimensions
open area before starting work. permitted on the road in accordance with local road traffic
Failure to comply could result in death or se- regulations.
rious injury.
W0248A
Completely raise the stabilizers.
When using the machine, follow the safety precautions
mentioned in this manual. Check that the lighting and signaling systems operate cor-
rectly.
Start the engine taking into account weather conditions.
Check that the brakes and steering operate correctly.
Regularly check the hourmeter on the side instrument dis-
play to ensure servicing intervals are observed. Check the condition of the tires and the tire pressure.
If you use the machine under particularly severe condi- Never leave the operator’s compartment when the engine
tions (dusty or corrosive atmosphere, etc.), reduce the is running.
service intervals.
Never use the differential lock.
Make sure that the operator’s seat is correctly adjusted
and positioned. Job site operation
Never operate any control or driving component unless On job sites on the public highway, use regulation signals,
you are seated correctly in the operator’s seat with the taking into account the working range of the machine.
seat belt adjusted and attached correctly.
Local regulations define the number, type and location of
WARNING reflective strips.
Inhalation hazard! Risk to operators and by- Be vigilant, be aware of places where other persons are
standers. working close to your working area.
Avoid running the engine in confined areas.
Make sure there is adequate ventilation at all NOTICE: Keep other persons away from the machine.
times. Serious physical injury can result if these instructions are
Failure to comply could result in death or se- not observed.
rious injury.
W0156A Adapt your driving style to suit the conditions of work
(sloping ground or rough ground), the state of the road
NOTICE: Dust, smoke or fog can reduce visibility and and weather conditions.
may cause an accident. Stop or slow down the machine
until normal visibility is restored. Operate all controls consistently so the machine works
smoothly.
If there is any operating problem, immediately lower the
loader equipment to the ground, engage the parking When traveling at right angles to the slope keep the loader
brake and stop the engine. bucket at ground level.
Find the cause or inform responsible persons and take the When traveling in the same direction as the slope, move
necessary measures to forbid the use of the machine. onto the slope in low gear (first gear). Never travel down-
hill with the gearshift lever in neutral position.
When stopping the engine take account of weather con-
ditions. See page 4-15. When working on a slope, engage the front drive axle
(4WD) if equipped.
When parking the machine, see page 4-26.
NOTICE: Holes, obstacles, debris and other hazards in
When loading the machine onto the trailer, see page 5-7. the working area can cause serious physical injury. Al-
ways walk around and identify all possible hazards before
When towing the machine, see page 5-10. operating the machine in a new working area.
Road operation Make sure you know the location of underground pipes or
cables before beginning work.
NOTICE: Road speed is subject to restrictions according
to the country. It is the operator’s responsibility to follow
the road speed limitations.
4-2
NOTICE: Electrical cables, gas pipes, water pipes or Do not work close to live overhead electric lines with-
other underground installations can cause serious physi- out first making sure that the minimum distances are ob-
cal injury. served: 5 m (16.4 ft).
4-3
Run in period of a new machine

During the first 20 h of operation (new machine or after an engine rebuild), make sure that you:
• Operate the machine with normal loads for the first 8 h.
• Do not work the engine hard at stall speeds (wheels slowly turning or stopped and the engine running at full throttle).
• Keep the engine at normal operating temperature.
• Do not run the engine at idle speeds for long periods of time.
• Operating the machine at low idle for prolonged periods, increases the frequency of the Selective Catalyst Reduc-
tion (SCR) cleaning process (hydrocarbon management).
• Perform the maintenance procedures listed in the maintenance chart: “Initial 10 hours”, “Every 10 hours or daily”,
and the “Initial 20 hours”. If any abnormalities are found contact your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer
immediately.
After the first 50 operating hours

After the first 50 operating hours, consult your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer for the 50 h maintenance
interval.
4-4
STARTING THE UNIT
Before starting the engine

WARNING
Inhalation/asphyxiation hazard!
Make sure there is proper ventilation before starting the engine.
W0091A
WARNING
Hazard to bystanders!
Before you start the engine, make sure that the area surrounding the machine is clear of all persons,
and that the backhoe swing lock pin is in the LOCK position.
W1449B
DANGER
Avoid injury!
Starting in gear can cause death. Start the engine only from the operator's seat with the transmission
control(s) in neutral.
D0114A
NOTE: See the “Maintenance Chart” 7-23 for more details on the specific procedures in the following list.
Starting for the first time

Before you start the engine for the first time:
• Make sure the machine is properly lubricated and greased.
• Check the engine oil level, engine coolant level, and transmission oil.
• Check that the machine fuel tank is filled with clean fuel that meets the specifications provided in this manual.
• Check that the machine DEF/AdBlue® tank is filled and that it meets the specifications provided in this manual.
• Remove any water or sediment from the water separator.
• Check the tire air pressure and the wheel bolt torque.
At the start of each day

• Adjust the position of the seat so that all controls may be moved through their entire range of motion.
• Fasten the seat belt.
• In the loader operation position, confirm that you are able to push the brake pedals all the way to the end of pedal
action, while sitting with the seat belt fastened.
• If you are not using the backhoe, confirm that the backhoe boom is in the stowed position and the swing lock pin
is in the LOCK position.
• In the backhoe operation position, confirm that you are able to reach all backhoe control levers and switches and
the throttle control. Confirm you can move all necessary controls through their entire range of motion.
4-5
Normal engine starting

NOTICE: If the engine does not start within 30 s, allow the starter to cool for one minute and then begin the procedure
again.
1. Adjust the seat and fasten the seat belt.

2. Place the directional control lever in the NEUTRAL position.
3. Turn the engine hand throttle to the low idle position.
4. Turn the key switch to the ON position and wait for the engine pre-heat lamp to turn off.
5. Turn the key switch to the START position to actuate the starter motor.
6. If the engine starts and stops, do not actuate the starter motor again until the starter motor stops turning.
7. After the engine starts:

A. Check the instrument cluster to make sure that the gauge indications show normal operation.
B. Run the engine at 1000 RPM until the coolant temperature is warm.
4-6
Engine speed
It is recommended that you run the engine at full throttle when operating conditions permit and when safe.
NOTICE: Do not run the engine at idle speed for long periods. This can cause a low operating temperature. Low
operating temperature can cause acids and deposits in the engine oil.
NOTICE: Operating the machine at low idle for prolonged periods, increases the frequency of the Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) cleaning process (Hydrocarbon management)..
4-7
Cold temperature operation

Cold weather conditions cause special problems. During these conditions, your machine will require special attention
to prevent serious damage. Cold weather maintenance will extend the service life of your machine.
To start and operate your machine during cold ambient temperatures, observe the following recommendation/instruc-
tions.
Battery and electrical components:

• Ensure the batteries are at full charge.
• If you add water to the batteries, charge the batteries or run the engine for approximately two hours to prevent
battery freezing in ambient temperatures below 0 °C (32 °F).
• Inspect the battery cables and terminals. Clean and coat each terminal with a corrosion prevention product.
Engine:
• Use engine oil with the correct viscosity for the ambient temperature range. NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
recommends the use of ENGINE OIL FULL SYNTHETIC SAE 0W-40.
• Allow longer warm up periods to bring the machine and components up to operating temperature.
• WARNING
Explosion hazard!
DO NOT use ether starting fluid. Explosion, death, serious personal injury, or serious engine damage
could occur.
W0148B
Pre-heat system, engine glow plugs are standard. Turn the key switch to the ON position, the engine pre-heat lamp
illuminates as the heater conditions indrawn air. Wait for the lamp to stop illuminating before starting the engine.
If the engine fails to start after two attempts, allow the battery to recover for 4 to 5 minutes before repeating the
procedure.
• WARNING
Electrical shock hazard!
NEVER use an ungrounded or inadequate extension cord. Always use a functional (three-wire),
grounded extension cord rated for the appropriate voltage and current (15 A), with circuit protection of
either a standard circuit breaker or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI).
W0400A
If equipped, plug the engine block heater into 110 V outlet for up to four hours before starting the engine. Unplug
the block heater before continuing with the cold weather start procedure.
Fuel system:
• Check with your dealer for the correct cold weather fuel. In addition to the winter blend NEW HOLLAND CON-
STRUCTION recommends the use of a cold weather diesel fuel additive. Follow the directions on the manufactures
label.
• Check for water in the fuel system. Inspect the water separator every 50 h of operation or when the water in fuel
warning message appears. If water is found, check the fuel tank.

• Fill the fuel tank after each operating day to prevent condensation in the fuel tank and water entering the fuel system.
Cooling system
• Keep the coolant at the correct level in the reservoir and radiator. Use OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE
premix ( 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water). This mixture protects the engine cooling system to -35 °C
(-31 °F).
4-8
Machine start up in cold weather

Machines at temperatures below -2 °C (29 °F):
1. If equipped, plug the engine block heater into an appropriate electrical outlet a few hours before starting the ma-
chine.
2. Turn the key switch to the ON position and check the instrument cluster.
3. If the machine is equipped with a pre-heat system, wait for the engine pre-heat lamp to stop illuminating.
4. Turn the key switch to the START position until the engine starts, then release the key.
NOTE: If the engine fails to start after a maximum of 30 s of cranking, repeat the starting procedure. Do not operate
the starting motor for more than 60 s.
Machines at temperatures of -15 °C (5 °F) or lower:

• Do not wait longer than 30 s after the engine pre-heat lamp has stopped illuminating before cranking the engine. If
the delay is longer, the start up cycle is aborted and the process must be restarted.
• The Engine Control Unit (ECU) limits the maximum speed of the engine to 1200 RPM until the engine is properly
warmed.
Warm up the hydraulic system

When the temperature is below 4 °C (40 °F) you must warm up the hydraulic system:
1. Run the engine at 1000 RPM until the coolant temperature is warm.
2. Leave the boom in the transport position with the swing lock pin installed.
3. If the machine is equipped with pilot controls, ensure the backhoe and stabilizer control switch is enabled for all
backhoe controls.
4. Raise the engine throttle between 1600 – 1800 RPM.
5. Place and hold the boom control in the down position.
6. While holding the boom control to the end of the levers, stroke cycle the backhoe bucket in and out.
NOTE: Watch the filter restriction indicator lamp. If the oil is too cold the lamp will illuminate while the operator
cycles the functions.
7. Cycle the functions for approximately 30 s.
8. Release the controls and leave the machine throttle set for approximately 15 s.
9. Repeat steps 6 – 8 until the filter restriction indicator lamp remains off while cycling functions.
NOTE: Immediately after the warm up procedure, the machine may operate a bit slower than normal, but will quickly
warm to normal operating speeds.
4-9
Hot temperature operation

Hot weather conditions cause special problems. During these conditions, your machine will require special attention
to prevent serious damage. Hot weather maintenance will extend the service life of your machine.
Use OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE premix ( 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water)
NOTICE: Prevent damage to the machine follow the list of instructions:
1. Keep the coolant at the correct level in the coolant reservoir and in the radiator.
2. See your dealer and have the deaeration cap tested before hot weather starts. Replace the cap as required.
3. Clean all dirt and debris from the radiator, coolers, and engine area.
4. Check the condition of the fan drive belt.
5. Use lubricants of the correct viscosity.
4-10
Operating the machine in high altitude

Air density decreases as altitude or ambient temperature
increases.
As a result of this, the engine’s maximum output, quality

of exhaust gas, temperature level and, in extreme cases,
starting behavior, are impaired.
Engine can be used at altitudes up to 3000 m (9842 ft)

and temperatures up to 50 °C (122 °F) for mobile opera-
tions.
If the engine is to operate under more severe conditions

(at higher altitudes or temperatures), it will be necessary
to reduce the injected fuel quantity with the resulting loss
MOLI12LBB0250AA 1
of engine power.
Observe the following recommendations:
• Maintain the correct coolant level in the coolant reser-

voir.
• Check the condition of the cooler plug before starting
and replace it if necessary.
• Carefully clean the cooler and the engine.
• Check the condition of the alternator belt and engine
fan belt.
• Use lubricants with the recommended degree of viscos-
ity.
• Use an appropriate coolant.
4-11
Operating the machine in water

WARNING
If the machine has to be operated in water,
make sure of the following:
1. The bed of the stream or stretch of water
can support the weight of the machine.
2. The water level is not higher than the center
of the front wheels.
3. Never work in fast flowing water.
rious injury.
W1328A
Make sure that the bed of the stream or stretch of water

can support the weight of the machine.
The level of the water must not exceed the height of the
center of the front wheels.
WARNING
Driving hazard!
Do not operate the machine in a fast flowing
stream. Fast flowing water can cause you to
lose control of the machine.
rious injury.
W0151A
Before taking the machine into the water, pump plenty of

new grease into the machine’s attachment linkages.
WARNING
Driving hazard!
Do not operate the machine in a fast flowing
stream. Fast flowing water can cause you to
lose control of the machine.
rious injury.
W0151A
4-12
Assisted starting (Jump-starting)

DANGER
Explosion hazard and/or run over hazard!
Read the procedure in the operator's manual before jump-start or service to avoid injury.
D0149A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
If battery electrolyte is frozen, attempting to charge the battery or jump-start the engine can cause the
battery to explode. Always keep batteries at full charge to prevent frozen battery electrolyte. Never
charge a frozen battery.
W0203A
WARNING
Explosive gas!
Batteries emit explosive hydrogen gas and other fumes while charging. Ventilate the charging area.
Keep the battery away from sparks, open flames, and other ignition sources. Never charge a frozen
battery.
W0005A
WARNING
Battery acid causes burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote (external): Flush with water. Antidote (eyes): flush
with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention immediately. Antidote (internal): Drink large
quantities of water or milk. Do not induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately.
W0111A
Things to consider and understand before you attempt the assisted starting procedure:
• A high current flows on connection of the ground cable.
• Connect the ground cable to the frame as far as possible away from the discharged battery.
• During assisted starting operations (by means of an external battery), do not lean over the batteries. Wear goggles.
• Only connect batteries (battery assemblies) with the same voltage.
• Only use tested jumper cables with insulated terminal clips and an adequate lead diameter.
• Ensure that the bodies of the supplying and receiving machines are not in contact. Otherwise a current flow might
result from connecting the positive poles.
• When performing assisted starting, never use power supplies creating an over-voltage, such as, for example, two
or three batteries in series or devices generating voltages above 12 V.
• Never use welding generators or welding transformers as power sources.
• Position jumper cables in such a way that they cannot be caught by rotating engine components.
Check whether the battery of the receiving machine
(discharged battery) is in working order:
1. Switch off electrical accessories (lights, fans).
2. Insert the ignition key, the warning lamps for the instru-
ment cluster must turn ON.
3. If warning lamps do not turn ON, the battery is faulty
(discharged or with a short-circuit inside). In this case
the machine must not be started, as the alternator
would then be damaged.
4. Install a functional battery before jump-starting.
4-13
Assisted starting connections

Two persons are required for this procedure. Make sure
the person making the connection is wearing hand and
face protection.
1. Switch off all electrical accessories in receiving ma-
chine and turn key switch to “0”.
2. Switch off all accessories in supplying machine
(booster battery) and shut off engine.
3. Open the engine hood.
4. Remove the red cap from the jump post (1) on the
right-hand side of the engine.
5. Connect the red jumper cable to the jump post (1)
on the right-hand of the machine with the discharged RAIL16TLB0368BA 1
battery.
6. Connect the other end of the red jumper cable to the
positive terminal on the booster battery.
7. Connect the black jumper cable to the negative ter-
minal on the booster battery.
8. Connect the other end of the black jumper cable to
the alternator frame (2) on the machine with the dis-
charged battery.
9. Start the engine of the supplying machine.
10. Increase RPM.
11. Start the engine of the receiving machine.
12. If the engine does not start up after 30 s, wait one
minute before restarting.
13. After the machine with the discharged battery starts,
activate some of the accessories with high current ab-
sorption, such as complete lighting and air-condition-
ing.
14. This prevents voltage peaks, which might damage
electronic modules, from occurring when the jumper
cables are disconnected.
15. Remove the black jumper cable from the alternator
frame.
16. Remove the other end of the black jumper cable from
the booster battery.
17. Remove the red jumper cable from the jump post (1).
18. Remove the other end of the red jumper cable from
the booster battery.
19. Run the engine at moderate speed for about half an
hour. The batteries recharge partially.
20. Have the electrical system of the machine checked,
to determine why the batteries were dead.
4-14
STOPPING THE UNIT
Shutting down the engine

NOTE: After you turn off the engine you will continue to hear a clapping or clicking sound this is normal. The Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system is clearing the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® fluid from the tank lines.
NOTICE: Wait 90 s before turning the master disconnect switch to the Off position.
1. Before you leave the machine, make sure the machine is parked on a level surface. The machine must be on
level ground before you do scheduled maintenance.
2. Lower the loader bucket to the ground.
3. Apply the parking brake and place the direction control lever in the NEUTRAL position.
4. Move the backhoe into the stowed position.
5. Move the hand throttle to the IDLE position.
6. Run the engine at idle speed for 2 min (or more if the engine has been working at full load) to cool the engine
parts evenly.
NOTICE: Shutting down the engine when at a higher RPM than idle will damage the turbocharger.
7. Turn the key switch to the OFF position to shut down the engine. Remove the key.
8. With the operator's seat in the backhoe operating position, install the backhoe swing lock pin. See 6-31 for more
information.
9. Position the seat in the driving position.
Parking on a hill
WARNING
Equipment rolling hazard!
Always try to park the machine on firm level ground. Avoid parking on slopes. Block the wheels in
both directions.
W0265A
NOTICE: If you must temporarily park the machine on a hillside, put the front of the machine toward the bottom of the
hill. Make sure that the machine is behind an object that will not move.
4-15
MOVING THE UNIT
Job site travel

NOTE: After road travel, remove all road safety devices
before carrying out any job site travel.
1. Make sure that the engine accelerator knob (2) (if

available) is in low idle position.
LEEN11T0149AA 1
2. Make sure the stabilizers are completely raised.

3. Make sure the doors are properly closed and that the
engine side guards are locked.
4. Adjust the operator’s seat correctly. Fasten the seat
belt (3) correctly and then adjust it.
LEEN11T0109AA 2
5. Check that the direction-of-travel lever (4) is in neutral

position.
6. Start the engine.
7. Raise the loader attachment about 20 cm (7.8 in) off
the ground.
8. Choose the type of steering and traction necessary to
suit the terrain.
LEEN11T0110AA 3
4-16
9. (Power shuttle) Press the transmission disconnect

button (5) and then place the gearshift lever (6) in first
or second gear.
LEEN11T0111AA 4
9. (Powershift) Place the gearshift lever (7) in first or

second gear.
10. Press the brake pedals down and lower the parking
brake lever.
LEEN11T0112AA 5
11. Place the direction-of-travel control lever (4) in the

desired position, forward or reverse travel.
12. Release the brake pedals and control the travel
speed with the accelerator pedal.
NOTICE: While traveling, check all gauges and indicator/
warning lights frequently.
LEEN11T0113AA 6
4-17
Before operating the machine

WARNING
Before operating the machine, check for correct operation of steering, brakes, hydraulic controls,
instruments, and safety equipment. Make sure the transmission control lever is in the neutral position.
Make all adjustments before operating the machine.
W0204A
Check the instrument panel

Turn the key switch to the on position and verify that warning/indicator lights illuminate and turn off as designed.
Test the parking and service brakes

NOTE: Review the procedures in their entirety before proceeding. Ensure you allow surplus room for machine travel.
1. To test the parking brake:

A. Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.
B. Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.
C. Move the operator's seat is into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.
D. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.
E. Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.
F. Start the engine.
G. Disengage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), if equipped.
H. Make sure that the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.
I. Press and hold the service brakes and release the parking brake.
J. Place the direction control lever in FORWARD.
K. Release the service brakes.
L. Increase the engine speed to full throttle.
M. Travel forward approximately 8 m (26 ft).
N. Engage the parking brake. The machine should come to a stop within 2 m (6.5 ft) of engaging the parking
brake and the transmission should de-clutch. Contact your dealer for service as needed.
2. To test the service brakes:
A. Make sure that the backhoe is in the stowed position with the backhoe swing lock pin in the LOCK position.
B. Lock the brake pedals together with the brake pedal lock.
C. Move the operator's seat is into the loader operation position and fasten the seat belt.
D. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL and the transmission in second gear.
E. Ensure all hydraulic controls are in the NEUTRAL position.
F. Start the engine.
G. Disengage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD), if equipped.
H. Make sure that the loader bucket and stabilizers are raised in preparation of forward travel.
I. Press and hold the service brakes and release the parking brake.
J. Place the direction control lever in FORWARD.
K. Release the service brakes.
L. Increase the engine speed to full throttle.
M. When the machine is moving at full speed in second gear, push the brake pedals and stop the machine. The
machine must stop smoothly and the brake pedal effort must feel firm. Contact your dealer for service as
needed.
4-18
Traveling on a hill
WARNING
Driving hazard!
Hillside operations can be dangerous. Rain, snow, ice, loose gravel, or soft ground, etc. can change
the ground conditions. You must make a judgment if it is safe to operate your machine on any hillside
or ramp.
W0144A
WARNING
Travel speed should be such that complete control and machine stability is maintained at all times.
Where possible, avoid operating near ditches, embankments and holes. Reduce speed when turning,
crossing slopes, and on rough, slick, or muddy surfaces.
W0233A
WARNING
Overturning hazard!
Four-wheel drive (4WD) greatly increases traction. Extra caution is needed on slopes. Compared to
two-wheel drive, a 4WD machine maintains traction on steeper slopes, increasing the possibility of
overturning.
W0453A
Before you operate the machine on a hill:

• Always put the transmission in a lower gear and test the service brakes.
• Keep engine speed below 2500 RPM
• Keep the machine in gear when traveling down a hill.
• Use caution if you must use the clutch cutout when you maneuver the machine.
• Keep loads centered in front of the machine.
4-19
Auto powershift
NOTICE: Transmission disconnects when the parking brake is engaged.
The transmission is synchronized in all gears. You may shift to any gear without stopping the machine.
When shifting gears, always make sure the engine speed remains in the normal (green) area of the tachometer.
Manual transmission
Push the transmission disconnect button on the shift lever
(1) before you shift gears.
LEEN11T0111AA 1
Powershift transmission (optional)

Manual shift mode
1. Press the blank side of the transmission mode selec-
tion switch (2) on the left-hand side of the front con-
sole.
2. Select a gear on the gear selector lever (1) . Use the
table as a guide for the appropriate gear selection.
Manual shift mode

Number on gear Transmission gear
selection control
1 First, forward or reverse
2 Second, forward or reverse
3 Third, forward or reverse LEEN11T0038AA 2
4 Fourth, forward
NOTE: In manual mode, the machine will stay in the gear

the operator selects.
4-20
Auto shift mode

1. Press the emblem side of the Transmission mode se-
lection switch (2) on the left-hand side of the front con-
sole.
2. Select a gear on the gear selector lever (1). Use the
table as a guide for the appropriate gear selection.
NOTE: Automatic shifting is only available in third and
fourth gears. Second gear is the lowest gear that the
auto shift mode will shift into.
Auto shift mode

Number on gear Transmission gear
selection control LEEN11T0038AA 3
1 First gear only, no automatic shifting

2 Second gear only, no automatic
shifting
3 Automatic shifting between second
and third gear
4 Automatic shifting between second,
third, and fourth gear
NOTE: When operating in automatic mode, some incline

and load conditions may cause the transmission to con-
stantly shift. For example shifting from fourth gear to third
gear and back to fourth gear or shift from third gear to
second gear and back to third gear. If this shifting occurs,
downshift until the transmission discontinues shifting be-
tween gears.
NOTE: The Powershift transmission will automatically en-
gage Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) to assist in braking when
the service brake is pressed if the machine is in Two-
Wheel Drive (2WD) mode and in third or fourth gear.
4-21
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) control switch (if equipped)

Machines with or without four wheel drive should not be
allowed to exceed 40 km/h (24.8 mph)
WARNING
rious injury. LEEN11T0122AA 1
W0454A
4WD switch (1)

This switch has two positions:
• Left position (power shuttle):

• Rear wheel drive and braking on rear wheels for all
gears (lamp off).
• Left position (powershift):
• Rear wheel drive with braking only on rear wheels
(only in first and second gear) (lamp off); four wheel
drive and braking (in third and fourth gear) (lamp on).
• Right position:
• 4 wheel drive and braking on 4 wheels (lamp on).
NOTE: To prevent undue tire wear when travelling on pub-
lic highways or on any hard surface, it is recommended
that the four wheel drive is disengaged, particularly in 3rd
or 4th gear.
NOTICE: 4WD braking is only active with both brake ped-
als latched together.
4-22
Differential lock button

NOTICE: Never use the differential lock during road travel.
The differential lock gives equal power to both rear wheels.
It is particularly useful when the wheels have insufficient grip, as in the following cases.
When the machine is stuck

Make sure that the rear wheels are not turning.
Press the differential lock button (1) on the loader attach-

ment control lever (2).
Use the accelerator pedal to increase the engine speed

and then release the differential lock button.
NOTE: The differential is automatically unlocked as soon
as the button is released, when the rear wheel grip returns
to normal, with no wheel slip or when one of the brake
pedals is operated.
RAIL18TLB0403BA 1
Before crossing a soft or muddy area

WARNING
Avoid using differential lock at speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). Never use at speeds above 15 km/h (9
mph) or at any time when turning the machine.
W0334A
NOTE: You can engage the differential lock when the machine is moving in a straight line.
1. Make sure that the machine is moving in a straight
line and that both rear wheels are turning at the same
speed.
2. Press the differential lock button (1) on the loader at-
tachment control lever (2).
3. After you have moved through the area, release the
differential lock button.
NOTE: You can cause damage to the transmission if you
try to engage the differential lock when the machine is
turning or if one of the two rear wheels is rotating faster
than the other one.
RAIL18TLB0403BA 2
4-23
Glide Ride™ - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) only

WARNING
Stand clear of the loader arms. If you enable Glide Ride™ or Auto-Glide Ride™ control with the key
switch in the ON or ACC position, the loader arms can drop slightly due to the hydraulic accumulator.
W1458C
WARNING
Stand clear of the machine. If you activate the Glide Ride™ or Auto-Glide Ride™ control while the
loader arm applies down force, the machine or load may lower unexpectedly. For example, do not
activate these controls while the loader arm supports or lifts the machine front end off the ground.
W1459B
Glide Ride™ is an optional feature for machines with Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). When Glide Ride™ is activated, the
loader down pressure is limited to the weight of the loader and the attachment (bucket). The weight of the loader
attachment is hydraulically cushioned during transport.
NOTE: Do not use Glide Ride™ when the bucket is used in fine grading operations or when precision placement of
a load suspended from the bucket or other attachment is required.
Before activating Glide Ride™ perform the following actions:

• Place the operator seat in the forward driving position.
• Place the hand throttle control at low idle.
• Only use the foot throttle.
• Make sure that the loader arm is not applying down force.
Activate Glide Ride™:
1. Lower the loader bucket to or near the ground line.
2. Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to enable
Glide Ride™. The emblem illuminates.
3. Disable Glide Ride™, press the blank side of the
rocker switch. The emblem no longer illuminates.
LEEN11T0079AA 1
4-24
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) – Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only

WARNING
Stand clear of the loader arms. If you enable Glide Ride™ or Auto-Glide Ride™ control with the key
switch in the ON or ACC position, the loader arms can drop slightly due to the hydraulic accumulator.
W1458C
WARNING
Stand clear of the machine. If you activate the Glide Ride™ or Auto-Glide Ride™ control while the
loader arm applies down force, the machine or load may lower unexpectedly. For example, do not
activate these controls while the loader arm supports or lifts the machine front end off the ground.
W1459B
Auto-Glide Ride™ is an optional feature on machines with Four-Wheel Drive (4WD). When Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR)
is active, the loader down pressure is limited to the weight of the loader and the attachment (bucket). The weight of
the loader attachment is hydraulically cushioned during transport.
NOTE: Auto-Glide Ride™ should not be used for fine grading with the loader bucket, during backhoe operation or
when precise placement of the loader is required.
NOTE: AGR speed settings can be adjusted to suit the operator’s preference. See “Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) speed
thresholds” 6-11 for details.
Before activating Auto-Glide Ride™ perform the following actions:

• Face operator seat in the forward driving position.
• Place the hand throttle control at low idle.
• Only use the foot throttle.
• Down force is not being applied with the loader.
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) operation:
1. Place the rocker switch in the center position. In the
automatic position, the emblem will illuminate green in-
dicating Auto-Glide Ride™ is functioning anytime the
machine is traveling above the default speed thresh-
old 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph).
2. Disable Auto-Glide Ride™, press the blank side of
the rocker switch. The emblem no longer illuminates.
Operator’s may choose to leave Auto-Glide Ride™ in the

AUTO (center) position. The selection will hold even when
power to the machine has been cycled OFF and ON.
LEEN11T0079AA 1
Manual operation of Auto-Glide Ride™:

1. Lower the loader bucket to or near the ground line.
2. Press the emblem end of the rocker switch to turn ON
Auto-Glide Ride™. The emblem illuminates.
3. Disable the manual operation of Auto-Glide Ride™,
press the blank side of the rocker switch. The emblem
no longer illuminates.
4-25
PARKING THE UNIT
Parking the machine

When parking the machine, follow the safety precautions
mentioned in this manual.
1. Move the machine to a level and firm ground, away

from any soft ground, excavations or poorly shored
cavity.
2. Lower the loader attachment to the ground.
3. Place the backhoe attachment in the road travel posi-
tion.
4. Place the direction-of-travel lever and gearshift lever
in neutral position.
5. Immobilize the machine by means of the parking
brake.
6. Completely raise the stabilizers.
8. Release the hydraulic pressure by operating the con-
trol levers in all directions.
9. On pilot controlled machines, turn the key to ON and
release the pressure by moving the hydraulic control
levers in all directions.
10. If the unit is on a slope, place blocks under the wheels
in order to prevent the machine from moving.
11. Disconnect the electrical system by disconnecting
the battery master switch.
LEEN12T0640AA 1
12. Check that no part of the machine is protruding onto
the public highway. If this cannot be avoided, install
signs in compliance with the relevant regulations.
4-26
5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS###_5_###
ROAD TRANSPORT
Precautions for road travel

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Before starting the engine, securely fasten the seat belt. The seat belt can help ensure your safety
if it is properly used and maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.
Never wear the belt if it is twisted or pinched between the seat structures.
W0142A
WARNING
Collision hazard!
Collision of high speed road traffic and slow moving machines can cause death or personal injury.
On roads use transport lighting according to local laws. Pull over to let faster traffic pass. Slow down
and signal before turning off.
W0408A

that the backhoe attachment is in the stowed position and
swing lock pin is in the lock position.
5-1
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT
Preparing the machine for road travel

1. If applicable. make sure that the engine accelerator
knob (1) is in idle position.
LEEN11T0149AA 1
2. Place all transmission controls in the NEUTRAL posi-

tion.
4. Engage the parking brake.
5. Place the seat in the backhoe operation position.
6. If applicable unlock the stabilizers.
7. Lower the stabilizers to the ground until the rear
wheels are just off the ground.
8. Move the backhoe so that it is in-line with the machine
(not perpendicular with the machine).
9. If applicable, retract the telescopic dipper.
10. If applicable, place the pin (1) in the dipper lock posi-
tion.
11. Retract the backhoe bucket.
12. Retract the dipper arm.
RAIL15TLB0545BA 2
5-2
Mechanical transport lock

13. Lock the backhoe attachment:
A. Press the button on the backhoe transport lock lever

(1) and move it backward to engage the boom lock
B. Retract the boom arm until the transport lock (2) en-
gages.
NOTICE: Do not attempt to use the backhoe attachment
with the boom in the transport position, as this could dam-
age the locking system.
RAIL15TLB0052AA 3
RAIL15TLB0048AA 4
Hydraulic transport lock

13. Lock the backhoe attachment:
A. Place the switch (1) in the ON position. The indicator

lamp (2) (mechanical backhoe control models) or the
indicator lamp (3) (pilot backhoe models) turns on.
B. Retract the boom arm until the transport lock engages.
NOTICE: Do not attempt to use the backhoe attachment
with the boom in the transport position, as this could dam-
age the locking system.
LEEN11T0146AA 5
MOLI12LBB0249AB 6
5-3

15. Raise the loader about 20 cm (7.9 in) above the
ground and roll back the loader bucket completely.
16. Correctly adjust the rearview mirrors (1).
LEEN11T0128AA 7
17. Install the rotating beacon (1) on the cab roof, then
connect the relative cable and operate the switch.
18. If applicable, make sure that the doors are properly
closed.
19. Lock the engine hood.
LEEN11T0129AA 8
20. Engage the service brake pedal lock (1) .
MOLI12LBB0231AB 9
21. Adjust the operator’s seat correctly.

22. Fasten and adjust the seat belt (1).
MOLI12LBB0232AB 10
5-4
23. If applicable, disengage the Four-Wheel Drive

(4WD).
LEEN11T0134AA_1 11
24. Machines with Power shuttle transmission.
A. Press the transmission disconnect button (1) and then

place the gearshift lever (2) in first gear.
B. Release the button (1).
LEEN11T0135AA_2 12
24. Machines with Powershift transmissions.
A. Place the gearshift lever (1) in first gear.
LEEN11T0136AA 13
25. Disengage the parking brake (1).
LEEN11T0079AA 14
5-5
26. Position the direction-of-travel control lever (1) for-

wards.
LEEN11T0138AA 15
27. Release the brake pedals and adjust the travel speed
by means of the accelerator pedal (1).
28. Shift gears as necessary.
NOTE: Monitor all gauges and indicator/warning lamps
frequently.
MOLI12LBB0240AB 16
5-6
SHIPPING TRANSPORT
Transporting on a trailer
WARNING
Transport hazard!
The machine can slip or fall from a ramp or trailer. Make sure the ramp and trailer are not slippery.
Remove all oil, grease, ice, etc. Move the machine on or off the trailer with machine centered on the
trailer or ramp.
W0152A
NOTE: The machine shown may be different from your machine. The procedure is the same.
You must know all the applicable rules or laws for safety in each area that you will travel in. Make sure that the truck
and trailer are equipped with the correct safety equipment.
Load the loader backhoe onto a trailer:
1. Park on a level surface.
2. Put a block at the front and rear of the trailer wheels.
RCPH10TLB056AAF 1
3. Put the backhoe in the stowed position.

4. Fasten the seat belt, shift the transmission to first
gear, and slowly drive the machine onto the trailer.
5. Lower the loader bucket onto the trailer, shift the
direction control lever to NEUTRAL, and apply the
parking brake.
6. Release the backhoe from the stowed position.
7. Lower the backhoe bucket or attachment to the floor
of the trailer.
8. Place the transmission in NEUTRAL.
9. Shut down the engine and remove the key.
10. Put a block at the front and rear of each tire of the
loader backhoe.
11. If equipped, make sure all windows are completely
closed and secured.
NOTICE: Wind pressure can break the window
latches or glass.
5-7
12. Use chains and binders to fasten the machine to the

trailer. Use the machine tie down locations.
• Side chassis (both sides):
• Backhoe (both sides):
• Secure the backhoe bucket or attachment to the
trailer.
LEEN12T0647AA 2
13. Measure the distance from the ground to the highest

point of the machine. You must know the clearance
height of the machine.
14. After you have driven a few miles, stop the truck and
trailer and check your load. Make sure the chains are
still tight and that the loader backhoe has not moved
on the trailer.
Unload the loader backhoe from a trailer:
1. Remove the chains and blocks from the loader back-
hoe.
2. Fasten the seat belt.
4. Put the backhoe in the stowed position or raise the
backhoe bucket or attachment off of the trailer floor.
5. Raise the loader bucket off of the trailer floor.
6. Shift the transmission to first gear, release the parking
brake, and drive slowly off the trailer.
5-8
Lifting the machine

NOTICE: Before lifting the machine, it is essential to place
the backhoe attachment in the road travel position.
The hooking points for the machine are shown by signs.

NOTICE: Never use any other hooking points than those
shown by the signs.
Use suitable slings to lift the machine.

DANGER
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components us-
ing lifting equipment with adequate capacity.
Always support units or parts with suitable LEEN12T0647AA 1
slings or hooks. Make sure the work area is
clear of all bystanders.
injury.
D0076A
Make sure that the slings are in perfect condition and that
they can support the weight of the machine.
NOTICE: Do not allow anybody within the machine’s
working range. Never suspend the machine over people
who are in proximity.
5-9
RECOVERY TRANSPORT
Towing the machine

WARNING
Loss of control!
Only tow at safe speeds. Use caution when making corners or meeting traffic.
W0126A
WARNING
The operator must be the only person on the machine when towing. Make sure that nobody else is on
the machine or within its working range.
W0259A
NOTICE: NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION does not recommend towing the machine.
NOTICE: Do not attempt to start the engine while towing the machine. Damage to the drivetrain components will
occur!
If your machine is disabled, repair the machine at the job site unless you are able to move the machine without further
damage.
The towing machine must have power, steering, and braking ability to stop both machines. Do not tow the machine
in speeds greater than 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).
Secure the disabled machine to the tow machine as closely as possible.
The disabled machine must only be moved far enough to reach a safe repair location or onto a trailer.
Before you tow a disabled machine, you must be able to answer these questions:
• Does the towing machine have braking and steering capacity for both machines?
• Does the towing hardware, chains, and cables have the proper capacity to move the machine safely?
• Will the disabled machine have steering and braking capability?
• Will moving the machine cause damage to drivetrain or moving parts that lack lubrication?
Additional considerations:
• Be certain that all personnel involved are shielded in the event that towing apparatus might break.
• If the disabled machine has steering and braking capability an operator may be on the machine to help control the
towing of the disabled machine.
• Always block the wheels of the disabled machines before releasing the brakes or drivetrain component.
5-10
Tow procedure - engine runs

2. Block the wheels with wheel chocks.
3. If applicable place the manual transmission lever in the NEUTRAL position.
4. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL.
5. Place the Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) switch in the off position, if equipped.
6. Raise all tools and attachments off the ground.
7. Attach a rigid drawbar to the disabled machine.
8. Attach the rigid drawbar to the towing machine. Make sure that the towing machine has enough power and braking
ability to move and stop both machines.
9. Remove the wheel chocks.

10. Release the parking brake. If the parking brake will not disengage (for any reason), manually disengage the
parking brake. See “Disable parking brake” 7-156.
11. Tow the disabled machine a maximum speed of 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).
Tow procedure - engine does not run

1. Block the wheels with wheel chocks.
2. If applicable, place the manual transmission lever in the NEUTRAL position.
3. Place the direction control lever in NEUTRAL.
4. Attach a rigid drawbar to the disabled machine.
5. Attach the rigid drawbar to the towing machine. Make sure the towing machine has enough power and braking
ability to move and stop both machines.
6. Disconnect the rear drive shaft (Two-Wheel Drive machines) or both the front and rear drive shafts (Four-Wheel
Drive machines).
NOTE: The machine is equipped with Spring-Applied, Hydraulic-Release (SAHR) parking brake integrated in the
transmission. The parking brake remains engaged if the engine is disabled. Manual disengagement of the parking
brake is not required for towing with the drive shafts removed.
7. Remove the wheel chocks.
8. Tow the disabled machine a maximum speed of 2.4 km/h (1.5 mph).
5-11
5-12
6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
6 - WORKING OPERATIONS###_6_###
GENERAL INFORMATION
Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity

NOTE: Machines with the optional Powershift transmissions only.
Change F-N-R shift sensitivity:
1. Press Enter (4) to access the menu screens.
2. Press the up arrow (2) or the down arrow (3) to navi-
gate through the menu screens.
LEEN12T0526FA_4 1
3. When the F-N-R shift sensitivity screen displays, press

Enter. The setting bar flashes.
4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust the
setting, where 1 is least aggressive and 3 is most ag-
gressive.
5. Press Enter to save the selection.
RCIL10TLB035AAF 2
6. Use the arrows to navigate to a different menu screen

or press Escape (1) until you return the main screen
(engine hourmeter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 3
6-1
Display brightness
Adjust the brightness of the display:
LEEN12T0526FA_4 1
3. When the Instrument Cluster Dimmer screen displays,

press Enter.
RCPH10TLB196AAF 2
4. Press Enter to access the setting screen.

5. Press Enter again. The setting bar flashes.
screen brightness.
RCPH10TLB197AAF 3
8. Press Escape (1) to return to the Instrument Cluster

Dimmer screen.
or press Escape until you return the main screen (en-
gine hour meter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 4
6-2
Maximum throttle/Cold start idle

The Idle Increment (engine speed) menu lets the operator configure the cold start idle and/or the maximum engine
throttle settings.
NOTE: The settings do not reset at key cycle.
• Cold start idle - Sets the minimum engine speed (up
to 1500 RPM) that the engine idles while cold. For ex-
ample, if set to 1500 RPM, the cold engine will idle at
that RPM until the engine warms to approximately 20 °C
(68 °F). Dealer can adjust the temperature as needed.
RCPH10TLB424AAF 1
• Maximum throttle - Sets the maximum engine speed

during operation. The engine will not exceed this
speed.
RCPH10TLB423AAF 2

LEEN12T0526FA_4 3
6-3
3. When the Idle Increment screen displays, press Enter.
RCPH10TLB201AAF 4
4. Press the up arrow or the down arrow until the cold

start idle or the maximum throttle screen appears.
5. Press Enter. The setting flashes.
setting.
7. Press Enter to save the setting.
8. Press Escape (1) until you return to the Idle Incre-
ment screen.
9. Press the up arrow or the down arrow to adjust an-
other setting, or press Escape to return to the Idle
Increment screen.
or press Escape until you return the main screen (en-
gine hour meter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 5
6-4
Throttle sensitivity
Change the throttle sensitivity:
LEEN12T0526FA_4 1
3. When the Throttle Sensitivity screen displays, press

setting, where 1 is least aggressive and 3 is most ag-
gressive.
RCPH10TLB195AAF 2

(engine hour meter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 3
6-5
Auto engine shutdown time-out adjustment

NOTE: The default setting is Off.
NOTICE: After the machine has been turned off by this feature it will appear completely off, but there are relays still
consuming power. So, it is important to turn the key to Off before letting the machine sit for an extended period of
time.
Adjust the auto engine time-out setting:
LEEN12T0526FA_4 1
3. When the auto engine time-out screen displays, press

Enter.
RAIL15TLB0066AA 2
6-6
4. Press the Up arrow or the Down arrow to adjust the

time-out setting. The number below the symbol is the
time-out value in minutes or Off.
NOTE: Select between Off, range of 2 – 5 min in 1 min
increments, or a range of 5 – 60 min in 5 min incre-
ments.
5. Press Enter to save the selection
RAIL14TLB1030AA 3
RAIL14TLB1027AA 4

(engine hourmeter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 5
6-7
Stop an auto engine shutdown

The instrument cluster will provide a warning on the
display screen during the 1 min period before the engine
will be shut off.
• Press the Escape (1) button to cancel the shutdown.
NOTE: The number below the auto engine shutdown sym-
bol indicates the number of seconds that remain before
the shutdown will occur.
NOTICE: After the machine has been turned off by this
feature it will appear completely off, but there are relays
still consuming power. So, it is important to turn the key to RAIL14TLB1031AA 6
Off before letting the machine sit for an extended period
of time.
LEEN12T0526FA_4 7
6-8
Auto engine protection shutdown setting

NOTE: The default setting is ON.
NOTICE: After the machine has been turned off by this feature it will appear completely off, but there are relays still
consuming power. So, it is important to turn the key to OFF before letting the machine sit for an extended period of
time.
Disable or enable auto engine protection shutdown:
LEEN12T0526FA_4 1
3. When the auto engine shutdown protection screen dis-

plays, press Enter.
RAIL14TLB1028AA 2
4. Press the Up arrow or the Down arrow to disable the

auto engine shutdown protection.
NOTE: The procedure is the same to enable the auto
engine shutdown protection
5. Press Enter to save the selection
RAIL14TLB1029AA 3
6-9

(engine hourmeter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 4
6-10
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) speed thresholds

Change the Auto-Ride Control™ (ARC) speed
threshold:
LEEN12T0526FA_4 1
3. When the ARC speed threshold screen displays, press

Setting ARC activates ARC deactivates

level (speeds faster) (speeds slower)
1 9.2 km/h (5.7 mph) 7.6 km/h (4.7 mph)
2 (default) 9.5 km/h (5.9 mph) 7.9 km/h (4.9 mph)
3 9.9 km/h (6.2 mph) 8.4 km/h (5.2 mph)
NOTE: Speeds are approximate depending on tire size,

model, and transmission type.

speed threshold setting. RCPH11TLB001AAD 2

(engine hour meter).
LEEN12T0526FA_4 3
6-11
LOADER ATTACHMENT
Personal safety
This manual contains only basic information that you need to operate the machine, it does not include all possible
conditions for loader operation.
If you are a new operator, always operate in a clear area at a decreased engine speed.
Be a careful operator. You can prevent accidents. Do not allow yourself to become complacent.
Fasten the seat belt before you start the engine.
Confirm that you can reach all controls and move through their entire range of motion with the seat belt fastened.
6-12
Job layout
WARNING
Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn them before you start operating the ma-
chine. Always keep all unauthorized bystanders clear of the work area.
W0206A
WARNING
Material can spill from a loaded bucket. You must manually roll back a loaded bucket before lowering
the loader. The self-leveling feature does not automatically roll back the bucket.
W0197A
RCPH10TLB005GAF 1
Machine positioning is very important for efficient cycles.

• Set up the work cycle as short as possible.
• Spend a few minutes leveling off the work area, if necessary. Smooth runways for the machine and a level parking
area for trucks will speed up the job.
6-13
Operating the loader attachment

The following instructions do not cover all possible con-
ditions of use of the loader attachment. The instructions
contain only basic information to enable you to operate
the machine correctly.
Where possible, always use the loader attachment at full

engine speed.
The first time it is operated, maneuver the machine in a

clear area, at low speed.
WARNING
Material can spill from a loaded bucket. You
must manually roll back a loaded bucket be-
fore lowering the loader. The self-leveling
feature does not automatically roll back the
bucket.
rious injury.
W0197A
Loading operations
To fill the bucket from a stock pile, set the bucket in the
level position and lower the attachment with the control
lever to “float” position.
LEEN12T0650AA 1
When the loader has entered the pile, press down the
transmission disconnect button, allow the control lever
to move backwards and then simultaneously operate the
controls to lift and roll back the bucket.
Lift and roll-back of the bucket will increase efficiency as a

level bucket throughout the lifting cycle resists bucket lift
and increases break away effort.
NOTE: Do not be concerned if the bucket is not com-
pletely filled during each pass. Maximum productivity is
determined by the amount of material loaded in a given
period of time. Time is lost if two or more attempts are
made to fill the bucket on each pass.
LEEN12T0651AA 2
WARNING
Falling objects!
Dirt slides can be dangerous. Exercise ex-
treme care when undercutting high banks.
Watch for falling rocks and cave-ins.
rious injury.
W0021A
6-14
Dump the bucket completely, raise the attachment and

then release the transmission disconnect button.
Keep the bucket position as low as possible, especially

when working on sloping or rough ground.
WARNING
A full bucket in the raised position may cause
the machine to slide when operating over
rough ground. Keep the bucket as low as
possible during operation for better stability
and visibility. Always operate the machine at
slow speeds over rough ground. LEEN12T0652AA 3
rious injury.
W0271A
Raise the loader high enough to clear any obstruction

prior to dumping the load.
After the bucket is dumped, back away while lowering and

leveling the bucket, using the return-to-dig feature if re-
quired.
LEEN12T0653AA 4
During hard surface operation, place the loader attach-

ment lever in “float” position and keep the bucket level.
This will permit the bucket to “float” on the contour of the
working surface.
If hydraulic down pressure is exerted, the bucket will wear

faster than normal.
The “float” position will prevent the mixing of surface ma-

terial with stockpile material.
It will also reduce the chance of surface gouging when

removing snow or other material.
When loading from a bank select the highest forward gear

which will provide the most efficient loading operation
without going into a “stall”.
Keep the working area free of ruts and holes occasionally

back grading with the bucket using the low rear edge of
the bucket.
6-15
For site stripping peeling or scraping, use down pressure

with the loader attachment lever in the lowered position,
and a slight bucket angle to start the cut. Begin the cut at
the notch approximately 50 mm (1.97 in) deep and hold
the depth by feathering the bucket to adjust the cutting lip
up or down as required.
When the machine front tires enter the cut, adjust the lift
arms to maintain the correct depth.
Make additional cuts until the desired depth is reached.
Back grade the working area occasionally with the bucket

flat and slight down pressure to keep the working area LEEN12T0654AA 5
smooth and free from ruts or holes.
If you move the loader attachment lever for lift cylinder ac-
tion without controlling the bucket angle, the bucket may
gouge and leave a series of ruts in the surface.
To backfill a trench efficiently it is necessary to move the
maximum amount of soil without losing speed.
If a “stall” occurs downshift or reduce the depth of cut.
If the machine is not working at capacity in the gear se-

lected, increase the depth of cut.
Operate at right angles to the trench with the loader bucket

level.
Leave the soil in the bucket as emptying the bucket on

each pass is time-consuming, and leave soil that drifts
over the side of the bucket for the final clean up.
One lengthwise clean up is usually sufficient to gain an

acceptable grade after backfilling.
When backfilling from a large pile, shovel off the top of the
pile, pushing toward the excavation.
Drag some soil rearwards to form a work ramp of the con-

venient grade.
If during the backfill operation the machine front wheels

get stuck in a trench dump the bucket and apply down
pressure to lift the front wheels from the trench.
Actuate the bucket as engine power is applied to move

the machine rearwards.
NOTE: Progressively shift the loader attachment lever to
the right to obtain maximum bucket down pressure. LEEN12T0655AA_1 6
NOTICE: The safe working load of the loader attachment

is calculated using a standard bucket; therefore, when
using another bucket or attachment for lifting or handling
a load, the weight of the bucket or attachment must be
taken into account when calculating the rated load of the
loader attachment.
Safe working load = 1000 kg (2205 lb).
6-16
Loader digging force

Transmission disconnect button
Press the transmission disconnect button to increase engine speed and supply the loader with more hydraulic oil for
greater loader power and faster control function.
Press and hold the transmission disconnect button on the
back of the loader control lever, the transmission will dis-
engage from the drive wheels. Release the transmission
disconnect button to engage the transmission power.
The machine can move freely when the transmission dis-

connect button is pressed. Use the service brake to stop
the machine.
RAIL18TLB0403BA 1
Transmission kickdown
NOTE: Only available on machines with a Powershift transmission.
Kickdown is used to increase loader breakout force. The kickdown control lets the operator temporarily switch from
second gear to first gear without changing the gear selection control setting.
NOTICE: This feature will only activate when second gear is selected in manual shift mode, or when the transmission
is actually in second gear in auto shift mode.
Kickdown button on the directional control lever.
1. Press the button at the end on the directional control
lever to shift from second to first gear.
NOTE: The operator may experience a short pause or
delay before the gear shift occurs.
2. Press the button again to shift up to second gear.
LEEN11T0204AA 2
6-17
Loader attachment safety strut

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
retaining pin and place the support strut onto the cylinder rod. Install the retaining pin into the support
strut. Lower the lift arms onto the support strut.
W0230A
Machines without the Tool Carrier (TC) op-

tion
MOLI12LBB0260AB 1
5. Place the strut (3) on the cylinder rod and install the
pin (2) and the split pin (1) back into the holes in the
strut.
MOLI12LBB0261AB 2
6-18

1. Completely raise the loader attachment and stop the
engine.
MOLI12LBB0262AB 3
3. Remove the strut (3) from the attachment and install

the pin (1) and the split pin (2) back into the holes in
the strut.
MOLI12LBB0263AB 4
6-19
Machines with the Tool Carrier (TC) option

1. Remove the split pins (1) and the safety strut (2) from
the arm. Put the split pins back in place.
5. Place the strut (2) on the cylinder rod and fasten it by
means of the fastening flip (3).
MOLI12LBB0264AB 5

1. Completely raise the loader attachment and stop the
engine.
2. Remove the flip (3) and the strut (2) from the cylinder
rod.
MOLI12LBB0265AB 6

4. Stop the engine.
5. Install the safety strut (2) on the loader arm by means
of the split pins (1).
MOLI12LBB0264AB 7
6-20
Loader bucket Removal

B95C - B95CLR - B110C
1. Move the machine to a level and firm ground.
2. Lower the bucket to the ground in dump position (tilted
completely forward).
4. If the machine is fitted with a 4x1 bucket, release the
pressure from the bucket circuit.
CAUTION
Flying objects!
Wear eye protection. Do not strike steel parts
with a steel hammer. Parts may break.
moderate injury.
C0024A
5. Remove the fastening screws, then remove the pins

(1) using a hammer with a soft face, such as copper.
6. (4x1 bucket) disconnect and plug the hydraulic supply
lines.
7. Start the engine. MOLI12LBB0267AB 1
8. Operate the attachment controls so as to release the

bucket.
9. Reverse the machine from the bucket.
B95CTC
2. Lower the bucket to the ground in dump position (tilted
completely forward).
4. If the machine is fitted with a 4x1 bucket, release the
pressure from the bucket circuit.
CAUTION
Flying objects!
moderate injury.
C0024A
5. Remove the retaining rings and pins, then drive out

the pins (1) using a hammer with a soft face, such as
copper.
6. (4x1 bucket) disconnect and plug the hydraulic supply
lines. MOLI12LBB0270AB 2
8. Operate the attachment controls so as to release the
bucket.
9. Reverse the machine from the bucket.
6-21
Loader bucket Installation

B95C - B95CLR - B110C
1. Make sure all bushings are completely clean. Re-
move any dirt or foreign matter, if necessary.
3. Use the attachment controls to engage the attach-
ment between the bucket lugs.
4. Install the arm/bucket pins (1) and then install the
relevant retaining bolts.
5. Use the bucket controls to align the connecting rod
orifices with the bucket lugs.
7. (4x1 bucket) release the pressure from the bucket MOLI12LBB0268AB 1
circuit.
8. Install the rod/bucket pins (2), and then install the
relevant retaining bolts.
9. (4x1 bucket) remove the plugs and reconnect the hy-
draulic lines.
B95CTC
1. Make sure all bushings are completely clean. Re-
move any dirt or foreign matter, if necessary.
3. Use the attachment controls to engage the attach-
ment between the bucket lugs.
4. Reinstall the arm/bucket pins (1) and then install the
relevant retaining pins and rings.
5. Use the bucket controls to align the connecting rod
holes (3) with the bucket lugs.
6. Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key. MOLI12LBB0271AB 2
7. (4x1 bucket) release the pressure from the bucket

circuit.
8. Install the rod/bucket pins (2) and then install the rel-
evant retaining pins and rings.
9. (4x1 bucket) remove the plugs and reconnect the hy-
draulic lines.
6-22
Loader bucket with quick coupler (B95CTC)

The loader hydraulic coupler allows the operator to change front end attachments without using special tools or ad-
ditional manpower.
Installation
1. Make sure the bucket is in a safe area, on a level and
firm ground and with the upper pins in place.
2. Tilt the quick coupler forwards and engage the top pins
(1) into the upper hooks (2) of the bucket.
LEEN12T0656AA 1
3. Press and hold the quick coupler switch (3) located

right-hand side of the steering column.
LEEN11T0122AA 2
4. This will retract the lock pins (5).
LEEN12T0658AA 3
6-23
5. Lift the loader attachment and rotate the quick coupler

rearwards until the lock pins (6) are aligned with the
lower bores of the bucket.
6. Release the switch (3) allowing the lock pins (5) to
engage in the mounting bores of the bucket.
LEEN12T0659AA 4
7. Visually confirm that the lock pins have correctly se-

cured the bucket.
8. Make sure the loader bucket is correctly installed be-
fore using the loader attachment.
Removal
1. With the attachment resting on the ground, press and
hold the switch to disengage the lock pins.
2. Raise the loader attachment off the ground and slowly
rotate the top of the quick coupler outwards until the
lock pins are clear of the bucket mounting bores. Re-
lease the switch.
3. Slowly lower the loader attachment to the ground while
rotating the top of the quick coupler outwards.
4. When the upper pins of the quick coupler are free from
the bucket hooks, back away from the bucket.
6-24
Loader bucket with forks (optional)

NOTICE: The forks are heavy, so use great care when
swinging them into their working and stowage position.
Install forks in working position

1. Move the bucket to a level and firm ground.
3. Deactivate the parking brake.
4. Remove the retained pin and the pin (1).
5. Lower the fork (2) manually and carefully until it is lay-
ing in position against the bucket cutting edge.
NOTICE: The forks must be laying against the cutting
edge of the bucket, and never against bucket teeth.
MOLI12LBB0272AB 1
6. Install the pin (1) and the safety pin.

7. Repeat the same operations for the other fork.
8. Slide the forks until they are suitably spaced for the
intended job.
NOTICE: You must position the forks at the same dis-
tance from the center of the bucket.
NOTICE: Never use the forks to lift the machine.
NOTICE: When using the forks with a 4x1 bucket,
never attempt to use the bucket jaw opening function.
MOLI12LBB0273AB 2
6-25
Install the forks in rest position

1. Rest the loader bucket on a level and firm ground.
3. Disengage the parking brake.
4. Remove the retained pin and the pin (1).
5. Tilt the fork (2) manually and carefully until it is rear-
wards into transport position.
MOLI12LBB0273AB 3
WARNING
Avoid injury and/or machine damage!
When not in use, securely retain the forks in
their proper storage position with the pins and
split pins.
rious injury.
W1330A
6. Reinstall the pin (1) and the safety pin into their hous-
ing.
NOTE: If necessary, slide the fork to the side to bring
it into its housing. MOLI12LBB0272AB 4
7. Repeat the same operations for the other fork.
6-26
Lifting loads with the loader attachment

WARNING
Heavy object!
ALWAYS use adequate lifting equipment
(heavy-duty hoist, loader, or forklift) to lift the
component.
rious injury.
W0101A
Loader bucket - with lifting ring

The lifting ring is the only point to which loads may be
attached on the loader bucket. The bucket must also be
in dumping position.
Loader bucket - without lifting ring

If the loader bucket is not equipped with a factory fitted
lifting ring, consult your dealer.
LEEN12T0660AA 1
Use the controls gradually so as to move the attachment

accurately.
The maximum authorized load must not exceed 1000 kg

(2205 lb).
Steady the load a few centimeters above the ground so it

is perfectly balanced before carrying out the lifting opera-
tion.
Do not allow any person within the working range of the

machine.
When moving with a load, be sure to:

LEEN12T0661AA 2
• Keep the load as close as possible to the ground and

to the machine.
• Always travel at low speed.
• Operate the controls smoothly to obtain precise move-
ments and travel.
• In order to reduce the load’s oscillation, avoid slinging
it with too long ropes and/or chains.
6-27
Maximum lifting loads with forks (if

equipped) on loader bucket
CAUTION
Equipment failure could cause accident or in-
jury!
Never exceed the maximum safe working load
of the loader.
moderate injury.
C0161A
CAUTION
IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE
CAN CAUSE DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Make sure that you comply with the local lift-
ing regulations (if any). Contact your dealer
for more details.
moderate injury.
C0162A
NOTICE: When using a 4 x 1 bucket with forks, make sure

that the bucket jaws are closed while lifting a load. Do not
attempt to open the bucket jaws with loaded forks.
The machine must be on a firm and level ground and the

forks must be in horizontal position.
6-28
BACKHOE ATTACHMENT
Personal safety
This manual contains only basic information that you need to operate the machine, it does not include all possible
conditions for backhoe operation.
Be a careful operator. You can prevent accidents. Do not allow yourself to become complacent.
Basic instructions
WARNING
Before you turn the operator's seat around to the backhoe operation position, shift the direction con-
trol lever and the transmission to neutral and apply the parking brake.
W0194A
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Operate the backhoe from the operator's seat only. Use caution when swinging boom to the extreme
left or right to avoid possible contact with the stabilizer or the tractor.
W1557C
NOTICE: Be careful when you swing the backhoe completely to the side. In some positions, the backhoe can contact
the stabilizers and can cause damage.
Dig cycle
The backhoe will dig more material in less time with a smooth, short dig cycle. Keep each dig cycle smooth.
Working on a hill
WARNING
Overturning hazard!
Be careful when you operate the machine on a hillside. You must be in the operator's seat (loader
operation position) when you move the machine forward. Always engage the parking brake and shift
the direction control lever and the transmission to neutral before you operate the backhoe.
W0220A
WARNING
Tip-over hazard!
When you operate the machine on a hillside, make the machine level with the stabilizers and place the
earth or other material from the trench on the highest side of the trench.
W0199A
Large loads
When you force the bucket to dig a load that is too large, you will cause a hydraulic stall (dipper control lever pulled
back and the bucket is not moving). The main relief valve of the hydraulic system will make a noise when a hydraulic
stall occurs.
A hydraulic stall will cause • An increase in the hydraulic oil temperature.

• Longer cycle times. • An increase in fuel consumption.
6-29
Backhoe danger area

WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Never place loose items in the operator's platform. Never walk into the danger area to place loose
items in the operator's platform. You could inadvertently actuate a control.
W1450A
WARNING
Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn them before you start operating the ma-
chine. Always keep all unauthorized bystanders clear of the work area.
W0206A
WARNING
When working in an area with reduced visibility, such as next to a building, always install a guardrail
and post warning signs to keep bystanders away from the machine.
W0200A
WARNING
Tip-over hazard!
Do not dig the ground under the backhoe stabilizers. The machine can fall into the excavation site if
the embankment collapses.
W0198A
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Keep clear of this area. A swinging boom can kill or seriously injure you. Start and operate the back-
hoe from the operator’s seat only. Do not place any loose objects inside the cab area.
D0150A
RAIL18TLB0065FA 1
Backhoe danger area (1)
6-30
Swing lock
Install the backhoe swing lock pin
Make sure the backhoe swing lock pin is in the LOCK
position whenever the backhoe is not in use. To install
the backhoe swing lock pin:
1. Place the seat in the backhoe operating position.
2. Center the backhoe over the rear of the machine.
3. Turn off the engine.
5. Remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the storage
location and place it in the LOCK position.
NOTE: View is from the operator seat facing the backhoe.
RAIL15TLB0255AA 1
RAIL16TLB0375BA 2
Remove the backhoe swing lock pin:

To remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the LOCK
position.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Place the seat in the backhoe operating position.
4. Remove the backhoe swing lock pin from the LOCK
position and place it in the storage position.
NOTICE: After backhoe operations are complete make
sure that you put the backhoe in the stowed position with
the swing lock pin in the lock position.
NOTICE: Do NOT operate the machine if the backhoe
swing lock is missing or damaged. Before you operate
the machine, contact your dealer for a replacement.
6-31
Basic instructions
WARNING
Avoid injury!
Read and follow the instructions in this manual.
W1212A
The below instructions contain only basic information to enable you to operate the machine correctly. Make sure that
all the safety precautions listed in this manual are followed when the backhoe attachment is used.
The following instructions do not cover all possible condi-
tions of use of the backhoe attachment.
NOTICE: To achieve an optimum balance between ma-
chine performance and fuel economy, operate the ma-
chine at 1600 – 1700 RPM.
NOTICE: The first time it is operated, maneuver the ma-
chine in a clear area and at low speed.
Make sure that no other person is in the working range of

the machine.
Never dig near or under the stabilizers, since the machine

could fall into the excavation.
When working in an area of reduced visibility, for example

next to a building, place a safety barrier and sign panels
to prevent anyone coming near the machine.
The backhoe attachment will dig more quickly if the work

cycle is short and uninterrupted.
Organize your work site so as to obtain a smooth work

cycle.
If you try to use the backhoe bucket for digging too wide
a trench, you may cause a stall situation (where the dip-
per control lever is tilted towards the rear but nothing hap-
pens).
The hydraulic system main relief valve makes a noise

when a hydraulic stall occurs.
This overload prolongs the work cycle and it increases the

hydraulic fluid temperature.
6-32
Setting the backhoe attachment in working position – center pivot

WARNING
W1326A
WARNING
W0185A
WARNING
parking on slopes.
W0057A
operation position.
6-33
Removing the backhoe from the stowed position (mechanical)

TRAL position.
RAIL16TLB1340BA 1
RAIL16TLB1504BA 2

6-34
8. Move the boom all the way towards you to relieve

pressure on the boom lock (2).
and move forward to disengage the boom lock.
10. Lower the boom.
RAIL15TLB0050AA 3
RAIL15TLB0051AA 4

RAIL15TLB0545BA 5
6-35
Removing the backhoe from the stowed position (hydraulically, if equipped)

TRAL position.
RAIL16TLB1340BA 6
RAIL16TLB1504BA 7

6-36
8. Place the switch (1) in the OFF position to disengage

(mechanical backhoe models) or the indicator lamp (4)
(pilot backhoe models) turns OFF.
9. Lower the boom.
LEEN11T0311AA 8
RAIL15TLB0547BA 9
MOLI12LBB0249AB 10
6-37

RAIL15TLB0545BA 11
6-38
Stabilizer pads
WARNING
Tip-over hazard!
Put the stabilizers in the operating position before you lower the boom and extend the dipper. The
front of the machine can raise above the ground and become unstable if the stabilizers are not down
in the operating position.
W0196A
WARNING
Tip-over hazard!
Before you raise the stabilizers from the operating position, put the backhoe in the transport position
or completely retract the dipper and raise the boom. Make sure the machine tires are touching the
ground. The machine can become unstable when the tires are not on the ground.
W0195A
Always position the stabilizer pads for maximum stability. If you dig next to a building, wall etc., change the position
of the stabilizer pads.
Change the position of a stabilizer pad:

1. Remove a retaining ring from the pin on each stabilizer pad.
2. Use a hammer and drift pin and remove each pin.
3. Put the stabilizer pads into position. For correct stabilizer pad position, refer to stabilizer pad positions later in this
section.
4. Install the pins and retaining rings.
Stabilizer pad position

NOTE: Examples are shown for right stabilizers (backhoe operation position). Arrow indicates front of machine.
Standard two position stabilizer pads:
• Digging to the side (working next to buildings, walls etc.)
RCPH10TLB419AAF 1
• Maximum stability for digging to the rear and minimum

width for traveling
RCPH10TLB418AAF 2
6-39
Combination flip-over stabilizer pads:
• Working on paved surfaces (rubber pad down) (1)

• Working on unpaved surfaces (rubber pad up) (2)
MOLI12LBB0515AA 3
6-40
Operating the backhoe attachment

Digging method
RCPH10TLB004GAF 1
1. Correct bucket position

2. Incorrect bucket position
3. Correct trenching method
4. Incorrect trenching method
Operating techniques
NOTICE: Never operate any of the backhoe attachment
control levers with arm locked in transport position.
6-41
Filling the backhoe bucket

Fill the backhoe bucket by maneuvering the dipper. Keep
the bottom of the backhoe bucket parallel to the cut. The
backhoe bucket teeth and blade must cut the ground like
the blade of a knife. The depth of dig varies depending on
the type of material.
Dump the bucket contents onto the spoil pile, rolling out
the bucket as the pile is approached. Avoid constant jar-
ring or hammering-type contact between the spoil pile and
bucket as this will cause wear to the bucket pins and bush-
ings.
LEEN12T0664AA 2
Moving the machine forwards when working

on flat ground
1. It is possible to use the backhoe attachment to move
the machine forward at the same time as the excava-
tion.
2. Make sure that the front wheels are straight.
3. Set the engine speed to 1000 RPM.
4. Release the parking brake.
5. Raise the boom and retract the dipper, then move
the boom so as to place the backhoe bucket teeth
on stable ground.
6. Raise the stabilizers and the loader bucket about
20 cm (7.9 in) from the ground.
LEEN12T0665AA 3
7. Use the boom and dipper to move the machine.
8. After moving the machine, lower the stabilizers and
place the loader bucket on the ground, then level the
machine.
9. Use the parking brake to brake the machine.
NOTICE: Only use this procedure on level ground.
NEVER use it on sloping ground. On sloping ground
it is mandatory to turn the operator’s seat to the
loader attachment position to move the machine by
the normal procedure.
10. The machine can be moved sideways in the same
fashion, except that the bucket must be flat to support
the weight of the machine.
11. Use the swing control to move the machine sideways
to the required position.
6-42
Telescopic dipper
NOTICE: To avoid the risk of damage and to extend the
overall life of machines fitted with a telescopic dipper, ob-
serve the following precautions.
When the attachment is used for compacting operations,

the telescopic dipper must be fully retracted and locked.
LEEN12T0666AA 4
1. Before returning to normal use, install the pin in work-

ing position (1).
2. When you use the hydraulic breaker, make sure that
the telescopic dipper is retracted and the pin is in
locked position (1).
3. When using a toothed bucket to break hard ground,
avoid extending the dipper beyond 0.60 m (1.97 ft).
4. When digging in wet soil or mud and you need to clean
the bucket, do not knock the bucket against the ground
with the dipper extended.
5. Avoid overloading the attachment by using a bucket
which is too big in harsh working conditions, as this MOLI12LBB0288AB 5
will reduce the useful life of the machine.
6-43
Do not bottom-out the swing cylinder with the dipper ex-

tended.
NOTICE: For safety reasons, when working on sloping
ground, do not swing the boom to dump the bucket con-
tents on the side sloping down.
WARNING
Uncontrolled equipment movement!
Windows can interfere with backhoe control
levers. Make sure the window adjustment is
locked into position before actuating the hy-
draulics.
Failure to comply could result in death or se- LEEN12T0667AA 6
rious injury.
W1331A
WARNING
Uncontrolled equipment movement!
Windows can interfere with backhoe control
levers. Make sure the window adjustment is
locked into position before actuating the hy-
draulics.
rious injury.
W1331A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
If the machine overturns:
1. Always wear your seat belt for protection.
2. Remain in the cab. NEVER try to jump from
the machine.
rious injury.
W1333A
When operating with the dipper fully extended, ensure

that the bucket does not receive a sharp impact which will
cause distortion of the cylinder rod.
6-44
Trenching
Trenching is the most basic backhoe excavating opera-
tion.
Other digging operations are merely variations of this ba-

sic function (filling the bucket, dumping the bucket and
moving the machine forward).
While trenching, it is generally important to maintain a

level trench bottom. This is accomplished by setting the
bucket at the correct angle of approach.
Pull on the dipper lever to maintain the correct cutting an-

gle as the bucket is crowding in (1) applying light pressure
to the right. LEEN12T0668AA 7
At the same time, pull on the lift lever (2) to relieve down
pressure and keep the bucket in the same plane.
Continue the trench by moving forward. Moving too far will

require excessive down pressure for digging, plus hand
clean-up of the trench bottom.
It is better to move a lesser amount that to move too far.
LEEN12T0669AA 8
When using the backhoe attachment for digging on

slopes, if possible, position the attachment uphill. How-
ever, if this is not practicable, use the loader or backhoe
attachment to cut a level surface into the slope for the
uphill wheel and stabilizer, and deposit the spoil from the
slot onto the downhill side for the opposite wheel and
stabilizer.
When digging always deposit the spoil from the trench on

the uphill side.
NOTICE: When excavating across a slope it is not possi-
ble to make use of the loader bucket for added stability.
Do not overload the bucket and avoid swinging a loaded
LEEN12T0670AA 9
bucket to the downhill side of the slope.
To finish the far wall on a straight-walled excavation crowd
out the bucket while forcing the bucket down the excava-
tion from the boom.
To finish the rear wall crowd in the bucket, while lifting with
the boom, keeping the edges of the bucket horizontal.
LEEN12T0671AA 10
6-45
When finishing straight walls in sandy soil, position a plat-

form under the rear tires and stabilizers to distribute the
load over a larger area and reduce the possibility of a
cave-in.
The platform will also reduce the possibility of the machine

creeping rearwards if hard digging is encountered.
NOTICE: Do not backfill a trench using the swing device
to swing the bucket sideways. Doing so can damage the
boom, swing cylinders or mainframe.
LEEN12T0672AA 11
To backfill a trench, lift the bucket over the spoil pile and
then crowd in the dipper and lift the boom.
Pull both the crowd and boom levers simultaneously for

smooth even backfilling.
LEEN12T0673AA 12
LEEN12T0674AA 13
6-46
Backhoe bucket – Remove

2. Lower the stabilizers and place the bucket on the
ground.
4. CAUTION
Flying objects!
moderate injury.
C0024A
Remove the lock rings and pins and the rod/bucket

link pin (1).
6. Retract the bucket cylinder rod.
LEEN12T0675AA 1
7. Operate the attachment controls so that the dipper/
bucket pin is not supporting the load of the dipper.
9. Remove the lock rings and pins and the arm/bucket
link pin (2).
11. Operate the attachment controls so as to disconnect
the dipper from the bucket.
6-47
Backhoe bucket – Install

2. Extend the bucket cylinder rod to bring the connecting
rod to their housing.
3. Reinstall the arm/bucket link pin (2), then install the
lock rings and pins.
4. Slightly raise the attachment, then operate the bucket
and dipper control to align the dipper hole with the
bucket lugs.
5. Reinstall the rod/bucket link pin (1), then install the lock
rings and pins.
LEEN12T0675AA 1
6-48
Backhoe bucket – Digging angle

It is possible to change the backhoe bucket opening an-
gle, depending on the work which is to be carried out.
Position (1): Enables the bucket to open by 30° more and,

therefore, to dig vertical side trenches closer to the ma-
chine.
Position (2): Bucket maximum power.
LEEN12T0676AA 1
6-49
Ballasting
Tire liquid ballasting
Tire size Water Calcium chloride Tire total weight
12.5/80-18 89 L (23.51 US gal) 53 kg (117 lb) 142 kg (313 lb)
16.9-28 227 L (59.97 US gal) 136 kg (300 lb) 363 kg (800 lb)
NOTE: The tires shown in the table above are for general
outfit. Therefore, the tires fitted to your machine may vary
from those shown.
Liquid ballast
Filling the front and rear tires with liquid ballast is a con-
venient method of adding weight.
A solution of calcium chloride and water is recommended.

This gives a low freezing point and provides a higher den-
sity than plain water.
WARNING
Hazardous chemicals!
SLOWLY add calcium chloride flakes to water,
stirring continuously. To avoid a violent reac-
tion, NEVER add water to calcium chloride.
If any flakes contact the eyes, flush the eyes
immediately with clean, cold water for at least
15 minutes. Seek medical assistance immedi-
ately.
rious injury.
W0388A
NOTE: When filling a tire with calcium chloride/water so-

lution, the valve should be placed at the highest point on
the wheel. The valve should be at the highest point when
checking or adjusting air pressure if the tire is liquid bal-
lasted.
The table above shows the quantity of calcium chloride

and water required for each tire size option and is based
on 0.6 kg (1 lb) of calcium chloride per liter of water to give
a 75% fill of the tire. This calcium chloride/water solution
will give protection from freezing down to an ambient tem-
perature of -46 °C (-50.8 °F).
6-50
Weighting limitations
WARNING
Overturning hazard!
If the counterweights (of adequate capacity)
mentioned in this manual are added, DO NOT
operate the loader with the backhoe removed.
Operating the unit with less than the recom-
mended rear counterweight may cause the
unit to become unstable and overturn.
rious injury.
W1332A
If the machine is only fitted with a loader attachment, you

must mount four 453.6 kg (998 lb) weights at the rear of
the unit to provide counterbalance during loader opera-
tion. This provides a total of 1814.4 kg (3992 lb) counter-
balance to the rear of the unit.
To obtain sufficient counterbalance for backhoe operation,

you can add weight to the unit in the form of cast counter-
weights and liquid ballast.
Where additional stability during operation of the back-

hoe is required liquid ballast can be added to the tires,
as above table.
Because special equipment is required to fill the tires it is

recommended that this be carried out by your dealer.
NOTICE: Only add the quantity of ballast necessary to
ensure the correct stability. Excess ballast overloads the
machine unnecessarily and increases fuel consumption.
When adding ballast, do not exceed the maximum load
ratings for the tires.
For further information, consult your dealer.
When adding ballast the total weight of the machine in-

cluding liquid, cast iron weights and equipment (if fitted)
should not exceed the maximum specification.
6-51
Machine weighing
When adding ballast to the machine, do not exceed the
gross weight shown on the identification plates.
NOTE: The total weight on the rear axle is measured with
only the rear wheels on the scales, the weight on the front
axle is measured with only the front wheels on the scales.
LEEN12T0677AA 1
NOTE: The load capacity of the tires may be lower than

the load capacity of the front axle, if this is the case, the
lower value of the two must be used.
Four wheel drive (4WD) front axle maximum permissible

loading inclusive of ballast and loader in the raised posi-
tion with no load in the bucket.
Static load rating = 20625 daN (46366.86 lbf).
Dynamic load rating = 8250 daN (18546.74 lbf) [speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph)].
Rear axle maximum permissible loading with ballast and

LEEN12T0678AA 2
backhoe in the raised position with no load in the bucket.
Static load rating = 18750 daN (42151.69 lbf).
Dynamic load rating = 7500 daN (16860.68 lbf) [speed

40 km/h (24.85 mph)].
6-52
Lifting loads with backhoe attachment

2. Retract the loader bucket completely and then let the
bucket weight press against the ground.
3. Lower the loader attachment until the front wheels just
touch the ground without supporting the weight of the
machine.
4. Lower the stabilizers until the rear wheels just touch
the ground without supporting the weight of the ma-
chine.
5. If the machine is equipped with a telescopic dipper,
it is mandatory for it to be completely retracted and
mechanically locked. MOLI12LBB0306AA 1
6. Only use the approved lift hook (1) and mounting tech-
nique provided by the manufacturer.
Follow these guidelines before lifting:

• Use slings and chains in perfect conditions. The slings
and chains must be capable to support the load and be
equipped with an efficient safety device.
• The maximum authorized load must not exceed
1000 kg (2200 lb).
• It is forbidden to weld hooks or lugs to the bottom of
buckets.
RAIL16TLB0538BA 2
6-53
6-54
7 - MAINTENANCE
7 - MAINTENANCE###_7_###
GENERAL INFORMATION
Maintenance safety
WARNING
Improper operation or service of this machine can result in an accident.
If you do not understand a maintenance procedure, or doubt your ability to perform a maintenance
procedure correctly, see your authorized dealer.
W0157A
WARNING
Pressurized system!
Before attempting any service procedure, it is your responsibility to know the number of accumulators
on the machine, and the correct procedure for releasing the pressure of each accumulator.
W0136A
WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.
When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary
for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or
face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.
W0353A
NOTICE: While any company can perform necessary NOTICE: If you use the machine under particularly severe
maintenance or repairs on your equipment, NEW HOL- conditions (dusty or corrosive atmosphere, etc.), reduce
LAND CONSTRUCTION strongly recommends that you the time between the service intervals.
use only authorized NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
dealers and products that meet given specifications. Im- Before performing any operation on the machine, make
properly or incorrectly performed maintenance and repair sure that you have the correct Personal Protective Equip-
voids the equipment warranty and may affect service ment (PPE) to perform the procedure.
intervals.
Perform checks and maintenance operations only after

reading and understanding the instructions and the warn-
ings contained in this manual.
Make sure you know the position and function of every

control. Operating the controls wrongly can cause serious
physical injury.
Any modification to this machine without prior authoriza-

tion could cause serious injury. Do not make any modifi-
cations without authorization. Consult your Dealer.
LEEN11T0350AA 1
Carefully observe the maintenance intervals indicated in
this manual.
7-1
7 - MAINTENANCE
Machine safety and best practices
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
support strut from the storage position and place the strut onto the cylinder rod. Install the retaining
bolt entirely into the strut. Lower lift arms onto the support strut.
W0140A
Follow this procedure for preparing the machine for

service unless the maintenance procedure instructs you
otherwise:
1. If necessary, remove the loader bucket or attachment.
2. If necessary, remove the backhoe bucket or attach-
ment.
4. Lower the loader attachment to the ground with no
down force or raise the loader arm and engage the
safety support strut if engine compartment access is
necessary.
LEEN12T0640AA 2
5. Lower the backhoe bucket to the ground with no down

force or place the backhoe in the stowed position with
the swing lock pin in the lock position.
6. Raise the stabilizers or make sure that they are resting
on the ground with no down force..
9. Stop the engine.
10. Release the hydraulic pressure. See “Hydraulic sys-
tem - Release pressure”7-132 for the complete pro-
cedure.
11. Remove the key and attach a DO NOT OPERATE tag
in a position that all service technicians and machine
operators will notice.
12. Turn the master disconnect switch to OFF.
13. Block the wheels.
Personnel
The personnel in charge of the checks and maintenance
operations must be sufficiently skilled to perform these
operations on this machine or similar machines.
This skill may be obtained by being trained for several

days by a technician, for example, or by attending a train-
ing course given by qualified instructors.
7-2
7 - MAINTENANCE
Tips and best practices

NOTE: Contact your dealer with any questions regarding
the service and maintenance of this machine.
• Use NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION fluids, lubri-

cants, and filters for the best protection and perfor-
mance of your machine.
• Perform maintenance procedures in a timely matter.
Follow the maintenance chart.
• Dispose of all fluids, lubricants, and filters in compliance
with environmental standards and regulations.
• Wait for the engine, hydraulic systems, and all compo-
nents in the area that requires service to cool down.
• Clean the grease fittings before lubricating.
• Before filling oil, clean the area around plugs and fill
points.
• Make every attempt to prevent dust, dirt, or other con-
tainments from entering the hydraulic systems.
• Install all guards and covers after the service procedure
is complete.
7-3
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fire extinguisher
The NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION recommends that you keep a fire extinguisher on your machine at all times.
A fire extinguisher is available from your dealer.
This dry chemical fire extinguisher has a 2 kg (5 lb) capacity. This type of fire extinguisher is approved for class A, B,
and C type fires. The operating temperature is from -54 – 49 °C (-65 – 120 °F).
Fire extinguisher care
• Every month - Inspect the fire extinguisher for damage.
Make sure that the gauge is working correctly.
• Once a year - Have the fire equipment representative
inspect the fire extinguisher (refer to standard NFPA-10
-1992).
• Every 6 years - Have the dry chemical removed and re-
filled by a fire equipment representative (refer to stan-
dard NFPA-10 -1992).
• Every 12 years - Have the fire equipment representative
hydrostatically test the fire extinguisher (refer to stan-
dard NFPA-10 -1992).
7-4
7 - MAINTENANCE
Capacities - B95C, B95C LR, and B95C TC

Engine crank case
Specification:
ENGINE OIL SEMI-SYNTHETIC 10W-40( API CJ-4)
Capacity:
With filter change 8.0 L (8.5 US qt)
Fuel tank
Specification:
ASTM D975 GRADE NO. 2-D S15 (No. 2 diesel)
Capacity: 131.0 L (34.6 US gal)
Emissions fluid tank

Specification:
DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID (DEF)/ADBLUE®
Cooling system
Specification:
OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE
( 100% concentrate or 50% concentrate and 50% distilled water)
Capacity:
With or without heater 24.0 L (25.4 US qt)
Hydraulic system
Specification:
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM or
BIODEGRADABLE HYDRAULIC OIL ISO VG 46, DIN 51524 HVLP 46, SYNTHETIC BASE
Capacity:
Total system 142 L (38 US gal)
Reservoir refill to sight glass line 51.2 L (13.5 US gal)
Transmission
Specification:
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM
Capacity:
Manual (powershuttle)
Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)
Total system 18.5 L (19.5 US qt) 20.8 L (22.0 US qt)
Refill (with or without filter change) 11.9 L (12.6 US qt) 14.4 L (15.2 US qt)
Powershift
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)
Total system 18.0 L (19.0 US qt)
Refill (with or without filter change) 11.4 L (12.0 US qt)
NOTE: The master brake cylinder receives fluid from the transmission.
7-5
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front drive axle - Four-Wheel drive (4WD)

Specification:
PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140
Capacity:
Differential 6.5 L (6.9 US qt)
Each planetary hub 0.7 L (0.7 US qt)
Rear axle (differential and hubs)

Specification:
Capacity: 21.2 L (22.4 US qt)
7-6
7 - MAINTENANCE
Capacities – B110C
Engine crank case
Specification:
Capacity:
Fuel tank
Specification:

Specification:
Cooling system
Specification:
Capacity:
Hydraulic system
Specification:
Capacity:
Total system 142 L (37.5 US gal)
Transmission
Specification:
Capacity:
Powershift
7-7
7 - MAINTENANCE

Specification:
Capacity:

Specification:
7-8
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine hood
NOTICE: It is essential to install the loader attachment
support strut before any servicing work is done on the
engine.
Open the engine hood:

1. Insert the key (1) and turn counter-clockwise.
2. Push the key slot on the engine latch to release the
lock (2).
3. Use the engine hood lift handles (4), lift, and rotate the
hood (3) into the fully open position.
the engine guard is properly locked.
Close and lock the engine hood (figures in reverse order):

RAIL15TLB0084AA 1
1. Push the hood down in to the closed position.
2. Push the engine latch (2) down into the lock position.
3. Insert the key (1) and turn clockwise.
RAIL15TLB0086AA 2
LEEN11T0072AA 3
7-9
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel tank
The fuel tank (1) is located on the left-hand side of the
machine, under the cab.
NOTE: Fuel tank capacity 131.0 L (34.6 US gal).
Fill the fuel tank through the filler cap (2).
In cold weather, use a fuel suitable to the ambient temper-

ature and refill at the end of each working day, in order to
prevent condensation.
The filler cap (2) can be unlocked and opened only with
the starter switch key. During installation, make sure it is
correctly fitted before locking it.
WARNING
Fire hazard! RAIL15TLB0037AA 1
When handling diesel fuel, observe the follow-
ing precautions:
1. Do not smoke.
2. Never fill the tank when the engine is run-
ning.
3. Wipe up spilled fuel immediately.
rious injury.
W0099A
General specification - Diesel fuel

Only use diesel fuel that conforms to North American NOTE: When operating the machine in very cold climates,
standard ASTM D975 Grade No. 2-D S15 or equivalent the use of winter blended fuel is permitted for a short pe-
in your engine. Do not use any other low grade diesel riod of time. See your fuel supplier for winter fuel require-
fuel. ments in your area.
NOTICE: Use of other low grade diesel fuels will result in
loss of engine power, high fuel consumption, and damage
to the exhaust aftertreatment system (if equipped).
Fuel conditioner
Diesel fuel conditioner is available from your NEW HOL- • Separate moisture from the fuel
LAND CONSTRUCTION dealer. Instructions for the use
• Stabilize fuel in storage
of the fuel conditioner is on the container.
NOTICE: Use only NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
The use of diesel fuel conditioner will: approved biocide additives to prevent damage to the ex-
• Clean fuel injectors, valves, and manifolds for in- haust aftertreatment system (if equipped).
creased service life
• Disperse insoluble gummy deposits that form in the fuel
system
7-10
7 - MAINTENANCE
General specification - Biodiesel fuels

Biodiesel usage in NEW HOLLAND CON- suppliers are allowed to use up to 5% biodiesel fuel (B5)
STRUCTION products to supply the network.
• United States Biodiesel Fuel Specification ASTM
Introduction to Fatty Acid Methyl Ester D7467 provides specifications for diesel and biodiesel
(FAME) biodiesel blends from B5 to B20.
FAME biodiesel, called biodiesel fuel in the following sec- Pure biodiesel blend stock (B100) specification is
tion, consists of a family of fuels derived from vegetable covered by the following requirements:
oils treated with methyl esters. • ASTM D6751 - Standard specification for biodiesel fuel
blend stock (B100) for middle distillate fuels.
There are two main biodiesel fuel types: Rapeseed
Methyl Ester (RME) and Soybean Methyl Ester (SME). NOTE: ASTM D6751 specification has been updated
RME is a blend of rapeseed and sunflower methyl ester, to improve the quality of biodiesel in the market place.
and is the preferred crop in Europe. SME is the preferred
crop in the United States. Before raw oil can be converted into usable biodiesel
fuel, it must undergo transesterification to remove glyc-
Biodiesel fuel is a renewable alternative fuel source. Its erides. During the transesterification process, the oil
use and development is promoted worldwide, especially reacts with an alcohol to separate the glycerine from
in Europe and in the United States. the fat or vegetable oil. This process leaves behind two
products: methyl ester (the chemical name for biodiesel)
NOTICE: Your emissions control system is compatible and glycerine (a byproduct usually sold for use in soaps
with up to 5% biodiesel fuel (B5). Be aware that the use or other products).
of biodiesel fuel that does not comply with the standards
mentioned in this section could lead to severe damage to NOTICE: Biodiesel fuels approved for use in the NEW
the engine, fuel system or aftertreatment system of your HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION equipment must be trans-
machine. The use of non-approved fuels may void NEW esterified and comply with the latest North America Stan-
HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION Warranty coverage. dard ASTM D6751.
Biodiesel can be used to run Tier 4B (final) and Stage IV NOTICE: Cold Pressed Biodiesel, Cold Pressed Oil,
diesel engines only when blended with standard diesel Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more generally unre-
fuel: fined vegetable oils used as motor fuel, are fuels that are
normally made from Rapeseed oil or similar high oil con-
• B5: indicates the blend of 5% biodiesel and 95% diesel tent crops. These kinds of fuel are not transesterified, so
fuels. they do not fulfil the ASTM D6751 requirements. There is
• B20: indicates the blend of 20% biodiesel and 80% no recognized quality standard available for these types
diesel fuels. Do not use. of fuel. Therefore the use of Cold Pressed Biodiesel,
Cold Pressed Oil, Straight Vegetable Oil (SVO), or more
Biodiesel fuel has several positive features in comparison generally unrefined vegetable oils used as motor fuel are
with diesel fuel: NOT APPROVED at any blend in any NEW HOLLAND
CONSTRUCTION product.
• Biodiesel fuel adds lubricity to the fuel, which is bene-
ficial in many circumstances, particularly as sulfur and NOTICE: Any engine and fuel injection equipment fitted
aromatics are removed from the fuel. to a NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION vehicle found to
have run with any blend of NON-APPROVED fuel (fuel
• Biodiesel has a greater cetane number and burns
cleaner. not fulfilling the specification described in the requirement
ASTM D6751) will no longer be covered for Warranty by
• Biodiesel produces less particulate matter and reduces NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION.
smoke emissions.
• Biodiesel is fully biodegradable and non-toxic. Biodiesel fuel usage conditions
Diesel and biodiesel fuel specifications You must stringently follow the biodiesel fuel usage con-
ditions. Incorrect application of the biodiesel fuel usage
Tier 4B (final) and Stage IV diesel fuel specifications are conditions could lead to severe damage to the engine,
covered by the following: fuel injection equipment and aftertreatment system.
• ASTM D975, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel The main concerns related to operation with biodiesel
Oils. (15 ppm sulfur maximum.) fuels are:
Biodiesel blends are covered by: • Filters and injector blockage caused by poor fuel qual-
ity.
• United States Diesel Fuel Specification ASTM D975 al-
lows up to 5% biodiesel since 2009. United States fuel
7-11
7 - MAINTENANCE
• Wear and corrosion of internal components due to wa- Storage

ter content, which affects lubricity.
The machine should not be stored for more than 6 months
• Deterioration of some rubber sealing compounds in the with biodiesel in the fuel system. For longer storage time,
fuel system. it is strongly suggested that only regular #2 diesel fuel is
• Biodiesel oxidation, which can lead to the formation of used.
deposits that can harm the fuel injection system.
NOTE: If storage for longer than 6 months is necessary,
NOTICE: Any problem in the engine fuel injection equip- the engine must be run on regular #2 diesel for a minimum
ment associated with non-compliance to the following of 20 hours to flush the biodiesel fuel out of the fuel system
conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and maintenance prior to storage.
will not be covered for Warranty by NEW HOLLAND
CONSTRUCTION. Biodiesel is highly hygroscopic and tends to collect water
more than diesel fuel. This increases the risk of algae
Purchase biodiesel fuel from a trusted supplier who and bacteria growth which can cause severe damage to
understands the product and maintains acceptable fuel the fuel injection system. Keep the machine fuel tanks
quality. The National Biodiesel Board awards BQ-9000® and on-site storage tanks as full as possible to limit the
accreditation to biodiesel marketers and producers that amount of air and water vapors inside the tank. Drain
meet strict quality and consistency standards. Biodiesel water from the tanks at least once a week.
users in North America are strongly encouraged to pur-
chase biodiesel blends from the BQ-9000® Certified NOTICE: Use only NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
Marketers and sourced from the BQ-9000® Accredited approved biocide additives on Tier 4B (final) and Stage
Producers found on the BQ-9000® website. IV engines with an exhaust aftertreatment system.
The use of biodiesel blends up to B5 will not void the Limited B10 biodiesel approval
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION warranty as long as
the following conditions for biodiesel fuel handling and NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION approves the use of
maintenance are stringently followed: up to B10 on Tier 4B (final) and Stage IV engines only
in Minnesota (or other States & Provinces) where the
Biodiesel fuel must be pre-blended by the supplier. Mixing state legislation mandates its usage during the months
biodiesel fuels on-site can result in an incorrect mixture of April to September only and the state legislation man-
that could damage the engine and/or fuel system. dates strict compliance of the B10 to specification ASTM
D7467. The B10 must consist of a blend of S15 #2D
NOTICE: NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION may void
Diesel Fuel per ASTM D975 and B100 blend stock per
your warranty if the problem is associated with poor fuel
ASTM D6751 only.
quality due to improper blending. It is the responsibility of
the fuel supplier and/or yourself to ensure the right type
of fuel and blend is delivered and used.
7-12
7 - MAINTENANCE
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Basic

instructions
Requirements
The operator must maintain appropriate Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® levels at all times. No additional main-
tenance is required.
NOTICE: Prolonged idling of the machine with no load for more than 6 h will cause damage to the SCR catalyst.
NOTE: See your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer for replacement components and cleaning agents.
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION recommends using ENGINE OIL SEMI-SYNTHETIC 10W-40. See Recommended
engine oil for operating temperature ranges for other recommended engine oils, their operating temperature ranges
and their required oil change interval.
See “General specification - Biodiesel fuels” for details on biodiesel fuel usage in your NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUC-
TION machine.
NOTICE: While any company can perform necessary maintenance or repairs on your equipment, NEW HOLLAND
CONSTRUCTION strongly recommends that you use only authorized NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealers
and products that meet the given specifications. Improperly or incorrectly performed maintenance and repair voids
the equipment warranty and may affect service intervals.
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® refilling

The DEF/ADBLUE® tank (1) is located on the left-hand
side of the machine, on the front portion of the fuel tank
assembly.
The DEF/AdBlue® tank cap (1) can be identified by the

“blue” color of the cap. A fitting under the cap prevents
the insertion of a diesel fill nozzle.
NOTE: DEF/ADBLUE® tank capacity 13.2 L (13.9 US qt).
NOTICE: If any DEF/AdBlue® spills or contacts any
surface other than the storage tanks, immediately clean
the affected surface with clear water. DEF/AdBlue®
will cause corrosion on painted and unpainted metallic
surfaces, and may distort some plastic and rubber com-
ponents.
RAIL15TLB0037AA 1
It is recommended that DEF/AdBlue® filling equipment should be used having a fill nozzle/pump with the correct
length and diameter, triggered by the magnet in the tank filler neck, and with overfill flow cut out.
This will ensure that:

• The screen in the filler neck will not be damaged.
• Impurities are not entering the DEF/AdBlue® tank. The standardized DEF/AdBlue® nozzle matches the filler neck
diameter.
• The DEF/AdBlue® tank is not overfilled, as the DEF/AdBlue® pump will stop when the DEF/AdBlue® tank is full.
• DEF/AdBlue® is not pumped in the fuel tank, as the DEF/AdBlue® nozzle cannot pump when the magnet is not
sensed.
NOTICE: If a warning light has been triggered for low or empty DEF/AdBlue®, the system must be reset by cycling
the key switch OFF then ON after refilling the DEF/AdBlue® tank.
NOTICE: Refilling with a funnel is not recommended, as this may lead to damage of the screen in the filler neck.
NOTE: The information above has been provided by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), Docu-
ment number ISO 22241-4 Diesel engines - NOx reduction agent AUS 32 - Part 4: Refilling interface.
7-13
7 - MAINTENANCE
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® consumption

NOTE: DEF/AdBlue® consumption is highly dependent on engine loads, humidity levels, DEF/AdBlue® fluid concen-
tration, and engine speed. The “typical” consumption is only a guideline to verify proper function of the SCR system.
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION recommends to fill the DEF/AdBlue® tanks at every fuel refilling interval.
7-14
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic oil
For the first filling, the Manufacturer uses HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM.
Hydraulic oil is not water-soluble; this can cause the for-

mation of condensation water in the hydraulic oil tank.
Therefore, periodically drain condensation water, espe-
cially after the machine has been left unused for a long
time.
Dispose of the drained liquid properly.
Ecological hydraulic oil

The hydraulic system of this machine can be filled also
with ecological synthetic hydraulic oil (special equipment).
In this case, tags reporting special warnings will be ap-
plied to the machine.
This synthetic hydraulic oil “ BIODEGRADABLE HYDRAULIC

OIL ISO VG 46, DIN 51524 HVLP 46, SYNTHETIC BASE”
has been tested by the Manufacturer, prior to approving
its use on these machines.
It is also possible to change from mineral hydraulic oil

to this synthetic hydraulic oil afterwards. Ecological syn-
thetic hydraulic oil must be disposed of properly. It must
be disposed of as would any other oil.
In case the hydraulic oil is released to the environment, in-

form the machine’s owner and the competent authorities.
The use of “ BIODEGRADABLE HYDRAULIC OIL ISO VG 46,

DIN 51524 HVLP 46, SYNTHETIC BASE” fluid is only limited
to hydraulic systems.
Do not mix the hydraulic oil with oils of different brands; a

possible mix would reduce its biodegradability.
7-15
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic oil tank

The hydraulic oil tank (1) is located on the right hand side
of the machine, under the cab.
NOTE: Tank capacity fill to the sight glass line is 50.8 L
(13.4 US gal).
The oil level can be checked through the sight glass (2).
The hydraulic oil tank can be filled through the fill cap/
breather (3). The fill/cap can be removed with a special
wrench (4). The special wrench is supplied with the ma-
chine, and is located inside of the door covering the elec-
trical master disconnect switch.
RAIL15TLB0013AA 1
RAIL15TLB0083AA 2
RAIL15TLB0082AA 3
7-16
7 - MAINTENANCE
Recommended engine oil for operating temperature ranges

NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION prefers the use of ENGINE OIL SBL CJ-4 engine oil in your engine.
You may also use CI-4 ENGINE OIL in your engine.
You may use other engine oils if the engine oils meet API CJ-4 performance requirements.
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION engine oils exceed API CJ-4 performance requirements.
See the following chart for recommended viscosity at varying ambient air temperature ranges.
NOTE: Do not put performance additives or other oil additive products in the engine crankcase. See dealer for ap-
proved engine oil additives, engine oil analysis test package information.
Recommended viscosity grades at varying ambient temperature limits
(H) 0W-40 CJ-4 to CNH MAT3571

(H) 0W-40 API CJ-4

(H) 10W-40 API CJ-4

(H) 15W-40 API CJ-4
-40 °C -30 °C -20 °C -10 °C 0 °C 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C

-40 °F -22 °F -4 °F 14 °F 32 °F 50 °F 68 °F 86 °F 104 °F 122 °F
(H) = Engine oil pan or coolant block heater recommended in this range
Engine oil and filter service intervals

NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION develops the oil/filter change intervals given in this manual from tests with NEW
HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION lubricants/filters.
Engine oil and filter service interval recommendations are based on type of engine oil, oil filter used, sulfur, Bio-diesel
content of diesel fuel. See diesel fuel recommendations for the approved Diesel fuel sulfur content, Bio-Diesel blends,
and fuel specification information.
Always change engine oil and oil filter at the below service intervals or annually whichever comes first
Engine oil and filter service intervals

Engine Oil which meets MAT3571 specification ENGINE OIL SBL CJ-4 600 hours
Engine Oil which meets MAT3572 specification CI-4 ENGINE OIL 500 hours
Other oils which meet API CJ-4 specifications 300 hours
7-17
7 - MAINTENANCE
Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant

NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION requires the use of a fully formulated Organic Acid Technology (OAT) based
coolant. OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE is preferred. The coolant must meet the specifications outlined
in the CNH Industrial material specification MAT3624. Use of coolant not meeting this specification is not allowed.
Mixing of different coolant brands is not recommended.
NOTICE: OAT coolant is mandatory for all FPT engines compliant to Tier 4B (final) emissions using Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR). NEVER mix OAT coolant with conventional coolant. Under no circumstances should you top off a
cooling system with only water. You can use a refractometer to check the concentration level. You should not use
Supplemental Coolant Additives (SCA) when using OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE. Change the coolant
solution at the recommended change interval.
The decal shown is located near the fill point of the cool-
ing system whenever the factory fill is OAT EXTENDED LIFE
COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE. This decal is available in three dif-
ferent sizes. See the table below for the associated part
numbers.
NOTE: Organic Acid Technology (OAT) appears yellow
in small quantities. OAT coolant can also appear yellow
when against translucent backgrounds. However, under
certain lighting conditions and backgrounds, such as look-
ing into the coolant overflow tank, OAT coolant may ap-
pear green. The green appearance is similar to the color
of ethylene glycol coolant. This color appearance is nor-
mal, which is not an indication of mixed coolant fill in new
units built after the implementation of OAT coolant.
CNH Industrial part Size

number
90393154 50 mm x 50 mm
90393165 75 mm x 75 mm
90393170 100 mm x 100 mm
90393154 1
Definitions
Conventional coolant:
A coolant that relies on inorganic inhibitors such as sil-
icates, nitrites, and phosphates for corrosion and cavi-
tation protection.
Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant:

A coolant that relies on inhibitors such as organic acid
salts for corrosion and cavitation protection.
7-18
7 - MAINTENANCE
Diagnostic/Service tool port

Connect the Electronic Service Tool (EST) or DATAR to this port to update software and/or perform service and diag-
nostic tests.
1. Remove the main fuse cover panel cover from the front
right-hand side console.
RAIL16TLB0532BA 1
2. Unscrew the cap for the diagnostic/service tool port (1)

or connect to the FleetForce™ 4-pin connector (2).
3. Install caps and fuse panel cover after diagnostic test-
ing is complete.
RAIL15TLB0257BA 2
7-19
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic diagnostic test ports

Easily check the machine’s hydraulic system pressure from two locations on the machine. Each location has hydraulic
quick connect diagnostic test port(s). One location is on the left-hand side of the machine above the fuel tank behind
a cover panel and the second location is near the right-hand stabilizer on the inside of the chassis.
Hydraulic test port configurations

NOTICE: Always keep the covers on the quick connect test ports when not in use.
1. Remove the corner panel on the lower left-hand side
of the operator platform.
RAIL15TLB0023AA 1
2. Wipe clean the quick connect test ports before attach-

ing diagnostic equipment. The decal (A) identifies the
test port function.
RAIL15TLB0032AA 2
Machines with backhoe pilot controls:

• Pump output pressure test port (1)
• Load sense pressure test port (2)
• Pilot pressure test port (3)
84146221 3
7-20
7 - MAINTENANCE
Machines with backhoe mechanical con-

trols:
• Load sense pressure test port (1)
• Pump output pressure test port (2)
• Mechanical pressure test port (3)
84411882 4
Rear port (attenuator hose) – All machines

At the attenuator hose connector test for pump output
pressure, hydraulic flow, or bleed air from the system.
3. After testing is complete make sure all caps on the

connectors are securely in place.
4. If applicable, secure the cover plate to the platform.
RAIL15TLB0003BA 5
RAIL15TLB0004BA 6
7-21
7 - MAINTENANCE
Work hours and intervals

One of the premises for the manufacturer to satisfy the
warranty obligations is the regular performance of all in-
spection, maintenance and repair operations prescribed,
according to the instructions given in this manual, as well
as the use of original spare parts.
During the warranty period, all inspection, maintenance

and repair operations, except for the daily and weekly in-
spection and maintenance, must be carried out by the ser-
vice department or an authorized workshop.
In order to guarantee the good operation and a long life

of the machine and its components, some intervals have
been defined for the performance of maintenance opera-
tions, these intervals must be carefully observed.
The maintenance intervals indicated in this manual apply

to normal operating conditions. If operating conditions are
more severe, the intervals will have to be accordingly re-
duced.
Hour meter
Observe the machine the work hours on the hour meter lo-
cated in the side instrument panel. Check the work hours
against the “Maintenance Chart” and schedule mainte-
nance accordingly.
The hours are shown on the display (1) located in the side
instrument.
To display the hours when the machine is off:

• Press either switch (2) or (3).
• The hours are displayed for about 15 s.
LEEN11T0352AA 1
7-22
7 - MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE CHART
Maintenance chart
Drain fluid Cleaning
Filling Grease
Check Adjust
Replace Change fluid
Maintenance action Page no.
Engine air filters x 7-25
Hydraulic filter(s) x 7-27
Fuel system water separator x 7-29
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Filling x 7-31
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Drain fluid x 7-32
Hydrocarbon management x 7-34
Initial 10 hours
Wheels - Check x 7-35
Every 10 hours
Checks at start-up and before each workshift (10 hours) x 7-37
Working attachments - Loader attachment x 7-38
Working attachments - Backhoe attachment x 7-39
Windshield washer fluid level - Check x 7-40
Engine oil level - Check x 7-41
Engine coolant - Check x 7-43
Radiator, oil cooler, and condenser - Check x 7-44
Alternator - Check x 7-45
Hydraulic oil level - Check x 7-46
Hydraulic hoses, tubes, and fittings x 7-48
Every 50 hours
Working attachments - greasing x 7-49
Door hinges x 7-50
Front axle trunnion x 7-50
Front axle king pins x 7-51
Seat and seat belt x 7-52
Fuel pre-filter - draining condensation x 7-53
Tire pressure x 7-55
Every 250 hours
Drive shaft lubrication x 7-59
Engine cooling system - Check x 7-60
Fuel tank - Drain fluid x 7-61
Hydraulic oil tank breather / filler cap - cleaning x 7-62
Transmission oil level x 7-63
Front axle breather (4WD) - Clean x 7-64
Front axle and reduction gear oil level (4WD) x 7-65
Front axle system - Check - (2WD) x 7-67
Rear axle oil level - Check x 7-68
Rear axle breather x 7-69
Radiator and condenser - cleaning x 7-70
Drive belts - check x 7-72
Cab air filter x 7-73
Heater and evaporator (Air-conditioning system) - Cleaning x 7-76
Telescopic dipper x 7-77
Battery terminals x 7-78
Cab protection system x 7-80
Every 500 hours
7-23
7 - MAINTENANCE
Drain fluid Cleaning

Filling Grease
Check Adjust
Replace Change fluid
Maintenance action Page no.
Engine oil and filter x 7-83
Fuel filter x 7-87
Fuel prefilter x 7-88
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank filler screen x 7-90
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter x 7-92
Every 1000 hours
Hydraulic oil filter x 7-95
Hydraulic oil x 7-97
Power shuttle transmission - Oil change x 7-100
Power shuttle transmission - Oil filter replacement x 7-102
Power shuttle transmission - Screen filter cleaning x 7-103
Powershift transmission - Oil change x 7-105
Powershift transmission - Oil filter replacement x 7-107
Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) x 7-108
Rear axle x 7-110
Machine inspection and cleaning x 7-111
Brake pedal lever - Greasing x 7-112
Hydraulic cylinders x 7-113
Alternator - check x 7-114
Engine breather filter x 7-115
Every 3000 hours
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® supply module filter x 7-116
Every 4000 hours
Engine coolant x 7-122
As required
Drive belt x 7-124
Air-conditioning compressor drive belt x 7-126
Turbocharger - Check x 7-127
Fuel system bleeding x 7-128
Wheels and tires x 7-129
Hydraulic system - Release pressure x 7-132
Bulbs x 7-135
Fuses and relays - Powershift x 7-137
Fuses and relays - Power shuttle x 7-143
Telematics system fuses (if equipped) x 7-149
Battery removal and installation x 7-150
Telescopic dipper (if equipped) x 7-152
Bucket teeth x 7-153
Loader bucket - Self-leveling adjustment x 7-154
Disable parking brake x 7-156
7-24
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine air filters

Clean or replace the engine air filter whenever the warning lamp remains illuminated while the engine is running.
1. Clean the area around the outside front cover of the air
filter housing.
2. Inspect the air filter housing and components for dam-
age.
3. Release the clips that secure the air filter housing cover
in place.
RAIL14TLB0979BA 1
4. Remove and inspect the primary filter.

A. Replace the filter if you notice damage to the sides
or edges. If you do not notice damage, continue to
the next step.
B. Examine the inside of the filter. If the filter has dust
and debris on the inside, replace the filter. If the
filter is clean continue to the next step.
C. Lightly tap the ends of the filter against the palm
of your hand. Never tap the ends against a hard
surface.
D. Shine a light inside the filter. Replace the filter if RAIL14TLB0975AA 2
you see light spots or deteriorated areas. If no
damage is apparent, use the same filter.
NOTICE: It is okay to clean the primary filter three or four
times, however you must replace a damaged filter.
7-25
7 - MAINTENANCE
5. With the primary filter removed, use a lint-free cloth tied

to a stiff rod and wipe the inside of the housing clean.
Avoid touching the inner filter.
RAIL14TLB0976AA 3
6. Remove the inner filter only if the outside of it is dirty,

replace the inner filter do not clean. Repeat step 5 if
replacing the inner filter.
RAIL14TLB0976AA 4
7. Dispose of the filters in accordance with local, regional,

and federal regulations.
8. If applicable, install the inner air filter. Ensure that you
form a tight seal.
9. Install the primary air filter. Ensure that you form a tight
seal.
10. Fasten the clips that secure the air filter housing in
place.
11. Start up the engine.
12. Ensure that the warning lamp does not illuminate. If
the warning lamp continues to illuminate replace the
outer filter. If the problem continues replace the inner
filter.
7-26
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic filter(s)
NOTICE: Always replace the hydraulic filter whenever the warning lamp remains illuminated while the engine is
running.
NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness are of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic system. De-
viation from the prescribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void warranty.
Hydraulic oil specification: HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM
1. Prepare the machine for service:

A. Park on level ground.
B. Lower all attachments to the ground.
C. Engage park brake.
D. Turn off engine.
E. Move each hydraulic control levers in all directions
to relieve pressure.
The hydraulic filter is located under the left rear portion
of the machine just in front of the rear axle.
RCPH10TLB042AAF 1
2. Use the special wrench and slowly open the hydraulic

reservoir cap to relieve system pressure.
RAIL15TLB0083AA 2
7-27
7 - MAINTENANCE
3. Clean the area around the filter head area before re-
moving the old filter. Wear eye protection to keep dirt
and debris from eyes.
4. Use a filter wrench and remove the old filter. Have a
suitable container ready to capture any fluid that might
leak or spill.
5. Dispose of the filter in accordance with local, regional,
and federal regulations.
6. Lubricate the gasket of the new filter with clean oil.
7. Install the new filter and turn it clockwise until the gasket
contacts the head of the filter assembly.
RCPH10TLB045AAF 3
8. Continue to tighten the filter for 1/3 turn.
9. Tighten the hydraulic reservoir cap.
11. Ensure the warning lamp does not illuminate.
12. After running for three or four minutes, shut down the
engine.
13. Inspect for leaks.
14. Add fluid if necessary.
7-28
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel system water separator

Drain the water separator and check the fuel tank when-
ever the engine fault indicator lamp (1) illuminates, the
audible alarm sounds, and the water in fuel system
screen (2) appears in the display.
NOTICE: The indicator lamp only illuminates at potential
problems. To ensure the machine operates correctly, follow
the maintenance service interval guidelines listed on the
maintenance decal and in this manual.
RAIL19TLB0004AA 1
NOTE: A clear bowl allows a visible check of the fuel for

water. If water or sediment is present, drain water out of
the filter and the fuel tank.
RAIL11TLB0009AA 2
1. Remove the wire connector attached to the bottom of

the drain valve for the water separator.
• Press on the wire clasp that holds the connector to
the drain to remove.
RAIL11TLB0007AA 3
RCPH10TLB031AAF 4
7-29
7 - MAINTENANCE
2. Hold a small container under the water separator and

loosen the drain valve.
3. Collect a small amount of fluid and inspect for water or
sediment.
4. Drain until water or sediment is no longer present.
5. Close the drain valve.
6. If water or sediment was found in the water separator,
drain the fuel tank.
A. Place a collection container under the drain plug
and remove the plug.
B. After water and sediment are removed, install and
tighten the plug.
NOTE: Drain plug is underneath the machine on the back
side of the tank.
RAIL15TLB0035AA 5
7-30
7 - MAINTENANCE
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Filling

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank capacity: 13.5 L (3.6 US gal).
When theDiesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® low

fluid symbol appears in the display you will also notice
one of the following symbols illuminate on the instru-
ment cluster:
Warning symbol and an audible alert. The

system detects that the DEF/AdBlue® fluid is too
low.
Stop symbol with an audible alert. The system

detects that the DEF/AdBlue® fluid is extremely
low. The system will begin to de-rate engine speed
and torque.
RAIL14TLB1090AA 1
NOTE: When you refuel your machine also fill the DEF/
AdBlue®.
1. Remove the filler cap (1) on the DEF/AdBlue® tank.
2. Fill the tank with DEF/AdBlue®.
NOTICE: Do not remove the tank filler screen and use cau-
tion not to damage the filler screen during the fill process.
Damage to the filler screen or removal of the filler screen
during the fill process may allow impurities to enter the SCR
system and cause a malfunction to occur.
RAIL15TLB0037AA 2
7-31
7 - MAINTENANCE
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Drain fluid

Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank capacity: 13.5 L (3.6 US gal).
When the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® poor

quality symbol appears in the display you will also no-
tice one of the following symbols illuminate on the in-
strument cluster:
Warning symbol and an audible alert. The

system detects that the DEF/AdBlue® quality is
poor.
Stop symbol with a constant audible alert.

The system detects that the DEF/AdBlue® qual-
ity is poor. The system will begin to de-rate engine
speed and torque.
RAIL14TLB1163AA 1
1. Remove the filler cap (1) on the DEF/AdBlue® tank.
RAIL15TLB0037AA 2
2. Remove the cover plate below the DEF/AdBlue® tank

drain plug.
RAIL15TLB0034AA 3
7-32
7 - MAINTENANCE
3. Place a suitable container below theDEF/AdBlue®

tank drain plug.
RAIL15TLB0033AA 4
4. Install the DEF/AdBlue® tank drain plug.

5. Install the cover plate.
6. If applicable, clean the “Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/
AdBlue® tank filler screen” 7-90, the “Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter” 7-92, and replace the
“Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® supply module
filter” 7-116.
NOTE: Contact your authorized dealer if your current supply of DEF/AdBlue® is low or the quality is questionable.
7. Fill the DEF/AdBlue® with new DEF/AdBlue®.
NOTICE: Do not remove the tank filler screen and use cau-
tion not to damage the filler screen during the fill process.
Damage to the filler screen or removal of the filler screen
during the fill process may allow impurities to enter the SCR
system and cause a malfunction to occur.
8. Operate the machine and monitor. The system may
require a validation restart.
NOTICE: If the poor quality symbol continues to appear on the display contact your authorized dealer for assistance.
7-33
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydrocarbon management
NOTICE: Unless the Hydrocarbon (HC) level has reached the most critical level (SCR catalyst full ), running
the unit under load is advantageous for quickly reducing the HC levels.
If the engine operates at low idle speed for a prolonged period of time, hydrocarbons can accumulate in the SCR cat-
alyst. To manage this accumulation, your machine will monitor current conditions and increase idle speed or request
action from the operator in order to increase the temperature inside the SCR catalyst and eliminate the hydrocarbons.
Low Idle Increase Recommended

The Engine Control Unit (ECU) requires the operator to
3 consecutive beeps increase load on the engine or increase engine idle speed to a
minimum of 1350 RPM.
Low Idle Increase Active

The Engine Control Unit (ECU) will automatically increase
engine idle speed to 1350 RPM.
The Engine Control Module (ECU) will allow automatic

Hydrocarbon management only if the machine meets the
5 consecutive beeps following requirements for 10 min:
• the FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R) lever is kept
in the NEUTRAL position
• the park brake is engaged
• the engine idle speed is below 1350 RPM
NOTE: This automatic engine idle speed increase is inhibited if any of the conditions are not met or certain features
are active on the machine. For example: operating the hand or foot throttle.
NOTE: The operator is free to interrupt the auto idle increase and operate the machine. The display may change to
the low idle increase recommended , if the system determines that additional Hydrocarbon (HC) reduction
is required.
SCR Catalyst Full

1. Place the FORWARD-NEUTRAL-REVERSE (F-N-R) lever
Constant audible alarm
3. Use the hand throttle and manually increase the engine
speed to 1500 RPM.
with illumination
NOTE: The operator does not need to stay with the machine during the Hydrocarbon management procedure. Once
the procedure is complete the display message will disappear and the operator may resume machine operation.
NOTE: This procedure may take approximately 1 – 2 h to complete depending on the ambient air temperature.
NOTICE: Do not turn off the engine, drive the machine, or increase the load on the machine to avoid damage to the
catalyst.
7-34
7 - MAINTENANCE
Initial 10 hours
Wheels - Check
NOTE: Depending on the manufacturing date of your machine the front wheel mounting hardware may be either lug
nuts or bolts with washers. Check the wheel torque that is applicable to your machine.
NOTICE: Small variations in the friction force between the wheel and the mounting hardware, such as lubricant, lack
of lubricant, paint, surface rust, thread variations, etc., will cause large variations in the clamping force. It has been
shown that the tension on fasteners or lug nuts is directly proportional to the angle of turn on a nut or bolt. Unlike
the automotive industry, our rims do not have a precision centering hub to locate and support the wheel and the low
length to diameter ratio of the studs make the preload even more critical.
NOTICE: Never use the minimum final torque value to set the torque for a wheel installation. Only use the torque
plus the additional degree angle turn provided in the procedure. The minimum final torque value is only for checking
the torque 10 h after a wheel installation or on a new machine.
Check the torque of the wheel nuts and bolts after the first 10 h of operation of a new machine or after a wheel install.
If the nuts and bolts are loose, tighten, and check after an additional 10 h of operation. Repeat until the nuts and bolts
remain tight.
Machine preparation
2. Place the direction-of-travel lever and gearshift lever in
neutral position.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Slightly loosen (unlock) the wheel mounting hardware
when the tire is still holding the weight of the machine.
7. Use the loader attachment or the rear stabilizers to lift
the machine until the wheel that you will remove is just
off the ground.
9. Place wedges in front and rear of the tires that you will
not be removing.
10. If applicable, on both sides of the front axle wedge
blocks between the axle and the frame so the axle will
not swivel.
11. Remove all the wheel mounting hardware.
12. Remove the wheel.
13. Install a new wheel, observing the orientation of the
tread pattern.
7-35
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear wheel
1. Tighten the five mounting nuts in the sequence
shown until the wheel is snug against the axle hub.
2. Tighten the nuts in sequence to a torque of
136 N·m (100 lb ft).
3. Tighten the nuts a second time, in sequence, to a
torque of 271 N·m (200 lb ft).
4. Tighten the nuts in sequence an additional 30° to
set the preload.
5. Repeat the procedure on the remaining five mount-
ing nuts.
RAIL14FRK0031BA 1
Rear wheel only

Torque
First sequence 136 N·m (100 lb ft)
Second sequence 271 N·m (200 lb ft)
Preload Additional 30°
Minimum final torque value for checking purposes only 813 N·m (600 lb ft)
Front wheels
NOTICE: Tighten wheel hardware in a crossing pattern (sequence), as shown.
1. Tighten the eight mounting bolts in sequence until
the wheel is snug against the axle hub.
2. Tighten the bolts in sequence to a torque of
122 N·m (90 lb ft).
3. Tighten the bolts in sequence an additional 20° to
set the preload.
RAIL14FRK0032BA 2
Front wheels – 2WD and 4WD

Tire size Torque Minimum final torque value
for checking purposes only
11 x 16
12 x 16.5 122 N·m (90 lb ft) plus
330 N·m (243 lb ft)
12.5/80 x 18 an additional 20° to set the preload
14 x 17.5
7-36
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 10 hours
Checks at start-up and before each workshift (10 hours)

Machine - General inspection
Before using the machine, it is recommended to per-
form a general inspection.
Externally check the machine and its working attach-
ments, checking for possible breaks or damage of
the components or the structure. Should problems be
detected, contact an authorized workshop to have the
necessary repairs carried out.
Replace the damaged or excessively worn parts with
original spare parts.
Keep the machine clean by daily removing the dirt ac-
cumulated while working.
Service brake
Check the operation of the service (pedal) brakes on a
hard level surface.
1. Make sure the area is clear of other workers or by-
standers.
2. Lock both pedals together with the brake pedal lock.
3. Shift the transmission to 2nd gear.
4. Drive the machine forward at full throttle.
5. When the machine is moving at full speed, remove your
foot from the throttle and stop the machine.
6. The machine must stop smoothly in a straight line and
the brake pedal effort must feel firm.
NOTICE: If the machine does not stop in a straight line or
if the brake pedal effort feels soft, contact your dealer for
service.
Parking brake
The parking brake is not serviceable. If a reduction of
the braking action is detected, contact the Service De-
partment.
Lights
Before using the machine, it is recommended to check
that all lights are clean and correctly operating.
Functionality of controls and lights

Before using the machine, it is recommended to check
that all controls, instruments and lamps in the operator’s
compartment are correctly operating.
Should problems be detected, stop the engine and find
the cause of the anomaly.
7-37
7 - MAINTENANCE
Working attachments — Loader attachment

Loader attachment
1. Lubricate the loader attachment.
NOTE: The number of grease points may vary depending
on the type of accessory installed.
Number of grease fittings: 26
LEEN11T0365AA 1
Grease specifications
Use MULTI -PURPOSE MOLY GREASE EXTREME PRES-
SURE AND ANTI-WEAR NGLI-2
7-38
7 - MAINTENANCE
Working attachments — Backhoe attachment

Backhoe attachment
1. Lubricate the backhoe attachment.
NOTE: The number of grease points may vary depending
on the type of accessory installed.
Number of grease fittings: 30
LEEN11T0367AA 1
2. Use MULTI -PURPOSE MOLY GREASE EXTREME PRES-
SURE AND ANTI-WEAR NGLI-2.
7-39
7 - MAINTENANCE
Windshield washer fluid level — Check

1. Move the machine to a level and firm surface.
2. Make sure the machine is in a safe condition.
4. To check the level of the windshield wiper/washer fluid,
open the reservoir cap (1) check the windshield wiper/
washer fluid.
5. If the wiper/washer fluid is not visible, then refill the
reservoir.
NOTICE: The windshield wiper motor is gravity-fed. Do not
remove the rubber tube as damage can be caused if liquid
gets into the motor.
LEEN12T0570AA 1
Fluid specification and capacity

Use CONCENTRATED WINDSCREEN WASH or a wind-
screen washer fluid approved by NEW HOLLAND
CONSTRUCTION.
7-40
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine oil level — Check

2. Raise the loader attachment and install the safety sup-
port strut.
tion.
the neutral position.
7. Release any possible residual pressure from the hy-
draulic system by moving the control levers in all direc-
tions.
8. Unlock and open the engine hood.
9. Remove the dipstick (1), wipe it with a clean cloth and
completely insert and then remove the dipstick again.
RAIL15TLB0025AA 1
10. Check to the oil level on the dipstick.
LEEN11T0361AA 2
7-41
7 - MAINTENANCE
11. If the oil level is below the add mark, remove the filler
cap (2), and add ENGINE OIL SEMI-SYNTHETIC 10W-40
to raise the level up to the full mark on the dipstick.
12. Reinstall the filler cap (2).
RAIL15TLB0025AA 3
13. Close and lock the engine hood.

14. Remove the safety support strut and lower the loader
attachment.
Oil specification and capacity

Use ENGINE OIL SEMI-SYNTHETIC 10W-40.
Engine oil capacity: 8.0 L (8.5 US qt)
NOTICE: For machines operating in cold regions, refer to Page 7-17
7-42
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine coolant — Check

WARNING
Hot liquid under pressure!
Scalding can result from fast removal of the radiator cap. Check and service the engine cooling sys-
tem according to the maintenance instructions in this manual.
W0163A

tion.
7. Wait for the machine to cool down.
8. Unlock and raise the engine hood.
9. Check the level of the fluid in the reservoir (1).
10. The fluid level in the coolant reservoir (1) must be
between the two marks.
11. If necessary, remove the fill cap (2) and add more OAT
EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE solution.
RAIL15TLB0026AA 1
12. Lower and lock the engine hood.
Coolant specification and capacity

Use OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE solu-
tion.
7-43
7 - MAINTENANCE
Radiator, oil cooler, and condenser — Check

WARNING
Scalding can result from fast removal of the radiator cap. Check and service the engine cooling sys-
tem according to the maintenance instructions in this manual.
W0163A

port strut.
tion.
6. Stop the engine, and remove the starter switch key.
tions.
10. Inspect the engine coolant radiator, and the air condi-
tioning condenser for leaks or damage.
11. Inspect the cooling system and air conditioning sys-
tem hoses and lines for leaks and damage.
12. Contact your local authorized dealer for repairs.
attachment.
7-44
7 - MAINTENANCE
Alternator — Check
port strut.
tion.
NOTE: Make sure the terminal protectors are correctly installed.

NOTICE: Do not use steam cleaning devices nor cleaning solvents to clean the alternator.
9. Check the alternator (1) for loose external wire connec-
tions, and listen for excessive noise during machine op-
eration.
10. If alternator operation is in question, have it checked
by your Authorized Dealer.
RAIL15TLB0040AA 1

attachment.
7-45
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic oil level — Check

tion.
tions.
8. Check the hydraulic oil level in the tank (1) by means of
the level sight gauge (2) after waiting for the oil to cool
and reach ambient temperature.
RAIL15TLB0039AA 1
9. The hydraulic oil level must reach at least the upper half
of the level sight gauge (2).
RAIL15TLB0013AA 2
7-46
7 - MAINTENANCE
10. If necessary, remove the tank fill cap/breather (3) with

the special wrench (4) and add additional HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM until the level is correct
inside of the level sight gauge.
NOTE: Even when oil level is insufficient, a small quantity
of hydraulic oil remains in the lower part of the gauge. This
does not indicate that the level is sufficient.
RAIL15TLB0083AA 3
Oil specification
Use HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM.
NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness are of utmost importance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic system. De-
viation from the prescribed oil specification may lead to severe damage and void the warranty.
7-47
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic hoses, tubes, and fittings

WARNING
If leaks are detected in the hydraulic hoses, tubes, or fittings during the inspection, carry out the
following before you perform any maintenance activities:
1. Stop the engine.
2. Release the hydraulic system pressure.
W1334A
Check the hydraulic system lines and hoses for possible

leaks.
Repair all hydraulic oil leaks promptly to avoid loss of
oil and possible damage and dirt entry into the system.
When checking for hydraulic leaks, start and operate
the engine at 1200-1500 RPM.
Remove and install new hoses immediately, if they are
severely damaged by a cut or scrape, swollen at the
fittings, or leaking.
If you replace a hydraulic hose or tube, use the following
procedure.
1. Loosen the fittings (1) and remove the hose or tube,
then remove and discard the O-ring seal (2).
Immerse the new O-ring into clean hydraulic oil before
assembly.
2. Install the new O-ring (2) into the fitting (1) and if nec-
essary, retain in position using PETROLEUM JELLY . As-
semble the new hose or tube and tighten the fitting fin-
ger-tight, while holding the tube or hose to prevent it
from turning. The tube’s or hose’s turning could dam-
age the O-ring.
LEEN11T0359AA 1
3. Using two suitable wrenches, tighten the fittings to
specification.
NOTICE: When replacing or assembling a pipe or hose,
make sure that all elements are perfectly clean and free
from any trace of dirt. Failure to ensure absolute cleanli-
ness will result in the hose / pipe leaking after installation
or possible damage to other hydraulic system components.
To ensure a leak-free joint, do not over-torque or under-
torque the fittings.
When replacing a hose, it is necessary to bleed air from
the system. For this purpose, let the engine run at
1200–1500 RPM, contemporarily actuating the loader
and backhoe attachment controls for 15 min or until air
is bled from the system.
LEEN11T0360AA 2
7-48
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 50 hours
Working attachments - greasing

Telescopic dipper rails
NOTICE: Before applying new grease on the sliding surfaces, clean and remove all dirt accumulations and foreign
bodies.
1. Apply grease on the sliding surface of the telescopic
dipper rails (1).
LEEN12T0686AA 1
7-49
7 - MAINTENANCE
Door hinges
1. Lubricate the door hinges. The number of grease fit-
tings (1): 4
LEEN11T0373AA 1
Front axle trunnion

Front axle - Greasing
1. Locate the grease fitting (1) at the front of the ma-
chine and lubricate the front axle trunnion with MULTI -
PURPOSE MOLY GREASE EXTREME PRESSURE AND ANTI-
WEAR NGLI-2. Number of grease fittings (1): 1
RAIL15TLB0045AA 1
SURE AND ANTI-WEAR NGLI-2
7-50
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front axle king pins

Axle articulations - Greasing
1. Locate the grease fittings (1) on the top and bottom
of each side of the front axle. Lubricate the axle ar-
ticulation points with MULTI -PURPOSE MOLY GREASE
EXTREME PRESSURE AND ANTI-WEAR NGLI-2. Number
of grease fittings (1): 4
LEEN11T0389AA 1
7-51
7 - MAINTENANCE
Seat and seat belt

Seat suspension and rails - Clean and lubrication
1. Check the operation of the operator’s seat and of the
seat belt, and the solidity of the seat belt mountings.
2. Replace parts showing signs of wear or damage.
3. Wipe all moving parts with a clean cloth and apply a
light coat of GRAPHITE LUBRICANT NON-STICK for lubri-
cation.
LEEN11T0378AA 1
7-52
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel pre-filter - draining condensation

WARNING
Fire hazard! Avoid injury and/or machine damage!
During maintenance activities, make sure that the high-pressure fuel lines are not damaged. A fuel
leak from the high-pressure fuel lines can cause an accident and/or serious personal injury. If the fuel
lines are damaged, contact your dealer immediately.
W1335A

port strut.
tion.
tions.
8. Wait the time necessary to allow the engine and the fuel
system to cool down.
9. Place a suitable container under the machine.
11. Locate the fuel filter (1) to drain the water and sed-
iments through the drain valve on the bottom of the
filter.
RAIL15TLB0027AA 1
7-53
7 - MAINTENANCE
12. Remove the connector (2) from the bottom of the filter.
13. Install a drain pipe (about 1 m long 3.2 ft) on the drain
valve, (3) and put the other end of the pipe into the
container.
14. With engine inoperative, loosen the drain valve about
two turns and drain the water and sediment, until only
clean fuel runs out.
15. Tighten the drain valve without over tightening and
install the connector.
RAIL15TLB0028AA 2
16. If necessary bleed air from filter (see page 7-25)
NOTE: The drain interval can be increased or decreased, depending on the presence of water and the quantity of
fuel.
attachment.
7-54
7 - MAINTENANCE
Tire pressure
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
A tire can explode during inflation. Replace a tire if it has any defect(s). Replace a wheel rim that has
cracks, wear, or severe rust.
W0455A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
When inflating tires, use a clip-on air chuck with a gauge, remote valve, and hose long enough to
allow you to stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the wheel assembly. Keep others out of the
DANGER AREA. Never inflate a tire beyond the maximum allowable pressure printed on the tire.
W0059A
WARNING
Explosion hazard!
Always maintain correct tire pressure as indicated in this manual. DO NOT inflate tires above the
recommended pressure. Excessive pressure could result in tire failure.
W0109A
NOTICE: Check pressure only with cold tires; when tires are warm, the pressure values detected are higher.
A too low pressure can reduce the machine’s stability
and overheat the tires, and could cause:
• tire break;
• tire tread damage;
• internal damage;
• irregular wear and shortened life.
An excessive pressure determines a higher sensitive-
ness to damage in case of shocks and, in extreme con-
ditions, the rim could get deformed or the tire may burst.
NOTE: The tire inflating pressure varies according to the
load weighing on the axles.
LEEN11T0371AA 1
A. Under inflated
B. Over inflated
C. Correctly inflated
7-55
7 - MAINTENANCE
Inflating procedure
tion.
neutral position.
5. Immobilize the machine by means of the parking brake.
7. Insert the self-locking spout of the inflating device (1)
into the tire valve.
8. The inflating device is equipped with a pressure gauge
(2) which enables, as soon as it is connected, to check
the pressure value.
9. If pressure is lower than the recommended pressure,
inflate.
LEEN11T0372AA 2
7-56
7 - MAINTENANCE
Inflating pressure and allowed carrying capacity table

NOTE: The following tables give the approximate carrying capacity at the indicated tire pressures when traveling at
a maximum speed of 30 km/h (19 mph).
INFLATION PRESSURE bar (psi)

1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.8 4.0 4.2
Tire (21.8) (29.0) (31.9) (37.7) (42.0) (43.5) (47.8) (55.1) (58.0) (60.9)
Front size Profile
2WD 11L– F3
MAX LOAD PER TIRE kg (lb)
16
700 845 900 985 1065 1120 1185 1250 1350 1400
(1543) (1862) (1984) (2171) (2347) (2469) (2612) (2755) (2976) (3086)

0.8 1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4
Tire (11.6) (14.5) (23.2) (31.9) (40.6) (49.3)
Front size Profile
4WD 12– L5
16.5
690 790 1040 1250 1440 1610
(1521) (1741) (2292) (2755) (3174) (3549)

Tire 0.8 1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.5
size (11.6) (14.5) (23.2) (31.9) (40.6) (50.7)
Front 14– Profile
4WD 17.5 R4
Beefy
B. 850 975 1090 1180 1320 1450
(1873) (2149) (2403) (2601) (2910) (3196)

Tire 0.8 1.6 2.0 2.8 3.1 3.5
size (11.6) (23.2) (29.0) (40.6) (44.9) (50.7)
Front 14– Profile
4WD 17.5 R4
Con-
st. 940 1410 1605 1960 2080 2655
(2072) (3108) (3538) (4321) (4585) (5853)

1.4 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.2
Tire (20.3) (21.7) (24.6) (30.4) (31.9)
size Profile
Rear
16.9– R4
24 EZ
2200 2325 2450 2910 3120
(4840) (5115) (5390) (6402) (6878)

1.2 1.4 1.5 1.9
Tire (17.4) (20.3) (21.7) (27.5)
size Profile
Rear
19.5– L4
24
2520 2740 2875 3410
(5555) (6040) (6338) (7517)

1.2 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.2 2.5
Tire (17.4) (20.3) (21.7) (27.5) (31.9) (37.7)
size Profile
Rear
16.9– R4
28 EZ
2300 2490 2620 3110 3410 3580
(5070) (5489) (5776) (6856) (7517) (7893)
7-57
7 - MAINTENANCE

1.2 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.2 3.4
Tire (17.4) (20.3) (21.7) (27.5) (31.9) (49.3)
size Profile
Rear
21L– R4
24 EZ
2455 2840 3005 3165 3760 4030
(5412) (5467) (6624) (6977) (8289) (8884)
7-58
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 250 hours
Drive shaft lubrication

Cardan shafts - Greasing
tion.
tions.
8. Locate the grease fittings (1) on the cardan shafts
and apply MULTI -PURPOSE MOLY GREASE EXTREME
PRESSURE AND ANTI-WEAR NGLI-2 grease. Number of
grease fittings (1): 2 (4WD) / 1 (2WD)
NOTE: Only lubricate the shaft, the U-joint does not have
a grease fitting.
LEEN11T0391AA 1
7-59
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine cooling system — Check

Cooling system lines - Check
port strut.
tion.
7. Release any possible residual hydraulic pressure by
moving the control levers in all directions.
9. Check all of the engine cooling system lines for possible
leaks.
10. Check the tightness of the collars, fittings, hoses and
pipes of the engine cooling system.
11. Repair any leaks or contact your local authorized
dealer for machine service.
attachment.
7-60
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel tank - Drain fluid

tion.
8. Place a container of the appropriate capacity under the
fuel tank located on the left side of the machine.
RAIL15TLB0037AA 1
9. Remove the drain plug from the fuel tank and drain the
contaminated fuel and sediment from the tank.
RAIL15TLB0035AA 2
10. When clean fuel flows from the drain, reinstall and
secure the drain plug.
11. Check the fuel level and refill the tank if necessary.
7-61
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic oil tank breather / filler cap - cleaning

CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into the air. Wear eye and face protection when using com-
pressed air.
C0049A

tion.
8. Locate the wrench (1) supplied with the machine and
clean the area around the filler cap/breather.
RAIL15TLB0082AA 1
9. Use the wrench (1) and remove the cap/breather (2).

10. Make sure that no dirt or foreign bodies enter the hy-
draulic oil tank.
11. Use a suitable grease solvent to wash the cap.
12. Leave the cap to air-dry.
13. Reinstall and tighten the cap (2).
RAIL15TLB0083AA 2
7-62
7 - MAINTENANCE
Transmission oil level

NOTICE: Check the oil level with the engine running at low speed and at normal operating temperature.
port strut.
tion.
8. Insert the starter switch key, restart the engine and
keep it at low idle.
9. Extract the dipstick (1), clean it with a clean cloth and
completely insert it into the tube, then extract it again.
10. If the oil level is below the minimum mark, add
HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM to raise the
level to the mark.
11. Stop the engine.
12. Lower and lock the engine tilt hood.
attachment.
RAIL15TLB0029AA 1
Oil specification and Capacities

Capacities
• Machines with power shuttle transmission (2WD):
11.9 L (12.6 US qt)
• Machines with power shuttle transmission (4WD):
14.4 L (15.2 US qt)
• Machines with powershift transmission: 11.4 L
(12.0 US qt)
7-63
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front axle breather (4WD) - Clean

tion.
Front axle breather valve - Cleaning

7. Clean the area around the breather valve (1).
8. Loosen and remove the valve.
9. Clean the breather valve (1) with a detergent solution.
NOTICE: Follow the instructions for the detergent solution.
10. Carefully dry the breather valve (1) with compressed
air and reinstall it.
11. Reinstall the breather valve.
RAIL15TLB0044AA 1
7-64
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front axle and reduction gear oil level (4WD)

tion.
Axle oil level

1. Unscrew and remove the plug (1).
2. Check the level by checking if the oil reaches the height
of the plug hole.
3. If necessary, add additional oil.
4. Insert and tighten the plug (1).
LEEN11T0375AA 1
Oil specification and capacities

Use PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140 ( MAT 3510) or
an oil meeting the below standard: SAE 80W-140
Capacities: 4WD Differential: 6.5 L (6.9 US qt)
7-65
7 - MAINTENANCE
Reduction gear oil level

1. Raise the front part of the machine with the loader at-
tachment until the front wheels are no longer in contact
with the ground, and place a suitable support under the
front axle.
2. Manually position the wheel until the hole of the plug
(1) is in horizontal position.
3. Remove the plug (1).
of the plug hole.
7. Repeat the operations for the reduction gear on the
other side of the machine.
8. Remove the supports from under the front axle and
lower the machine to the ground.
RAIL15TLB0030AA 2

an oil meeting the below standard: SAE 80W-140
Capacity (each): 0.7 L (0.7 US qt)
7-66
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front axle system - Check — (2WD)

tion.
Reduction gear oil level

1. Raise the front part of the machine with the loader at-
tachment until the front wheels are no longer in contact
with the ground, and place a suitable support under the
front axle.
3. Manually position the wheel until the hole of the plug
(1) is in horizontal position.
4. Remove the plug (1).
of the plug hole.
8. Repeat the operations for the other reduction gear on
the other side of the machine.
9. Remove the supports from under the font axle and
lower the machine to the ground.
RAIL15TLB0030AA 1

an oil meeting the below standard: SAE 80W-140.
Capacity (each): 0.8 L (0.8 US qt)
7-67
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear axle oil level - Check

tion.
Rear axle - Oil level

1. Unscrew and remove the plug (1).
of the plug hole.
LEEN11T0386AA 1

5. Use PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140 ( MAT 3510) or
an oil meeting the below standard: SAE 80W-140.
7-68
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear axle breather

Rear axle breather valve - Cleaning
tion.
neutral position.
7. Clean the area around the breather valve (1).
8. Loosen and remove the breather valve.
9. Clean the breather valve (1) with a detergent solution.
10. Carefully dry the breather valve (1) with compressed
air.
11. Reinstall the breather valve (1).
LEEN11T0386AA 1
7-69
7 - MAINTENANCE
Radiator and condenser - cleaning

port strut.
tion.
7. Remove the front grille.
8. Unscrew and remove the fasteners from the condenser
(1).
9. Lower the condenser (1).
10. If necessary, tilt the dryer to the side (2).
11. Disconnect the two pipes complete with the rubber
sleeves from the top of the after-cooler (3).
12. Plug the holes on the after cooler and the pipes of the
after-cooler system.
13. Remove the fasteners and remove the after-cooler
(3).
LEEN11T0382AA 1
NOTICE: Pressure washing warning: avoid water jet on
electrical/electronic components and the fan drive viscous
joint. Failure to comply may result in component damage
or machine failure.
14. CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into
the air. Wear eye and face protection when
using compressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
C0049A
Clean the condenser (1), the after-cooler (3), the fuel

cooler (4) and the hydraulic oil cooler behind the after-
cooler using:
• Compressed air with a pressure lower than 7 bar
(102 psi) to remove dry dust;
• Water jet to remove mud;
• A detergent-based solution, preferably applied with
a low-pressure cleaner, to remove oily dust.
15. Make sure all dirt and debris have been removed from
between the condenser and the coolers. This action
maintains efficient heat transfer for the condenser.
16. Reassemble the after-cooler (3) and related pipes,
reposition the dryer (2) and reassemble the condenser
(1) together with the fuel cooler (4).
17. Reinstall the front grille.
7-70
7 - MAINTENANCE
attachment.
7-71
7 - MAINTENANCE
Drive belts - check

port strut.
tion.
tions.
8. Unlock, and raise the engine hood.
Air-conditioner compressor belt

1. Visually check the condition of the belt (1).
2. Replace the belt if it is worn or damaged.
3. Check the belt (1) tension and adjust if necessary. See
7-124.
LEEN11T0368AA 1
Drive belt
1. Visually check the condition of the belt (1).
2. Replace the belt if it is worn or damaged. See 7-126.
3. To adjust the belt, loosen the bolts (2).
4. Tighten the screw (3) so the top bolt (2) is moved to the
end of the slot.
NOTE: This is a self adjusting belt. Further adjustment not
required.
5. Tighten the bolts (2).
RAIL15TLB0041AA 2
7-72
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cab air filter

NOTICE: In humid conditions do not switch on the blower prior to servicing the filter.
1. Park the machine on level ground.

3. Lift the grid cover (1) upward and remove it from the
filter housing.
RAIL15TLB0610BA 1
4. Remove the filter locking clip (1).
RAIL15TLB0607BA 2
5. Move the filter retaining bracket (2) away from the filter
(1).
RAIL15TLB0608BA 3
7-73
7 - MAINTENANCE
6. Gently pull the top of the filter (1) away from the housing
and lift the filter out.
NOTE: Replace filter if damage occurs or excessive wear
is apparent.
7. Do not clean the filter (1) with air or water pressure.
8. Carefully shake off the filter (1) to remove the surface
dust.
NOTICE: Replace the filter (1) as needed or annually.
NOTICE: Dispose of all fluids filters, and containers in an
environmentally safe manner and in accordance with local
laws and regulations. Check with local environmental and
recycling centers or your dealer for correct disposal infor-
mation. RAIL15TLB0609BA 4
9. Clean the inside of the filter chamber with a damp lint-

free cloth.
10. Fully insert the filter (2).
11. Push and hold the retaining bracket (1) against the
filter (2).
RAIL15TLB0552BA 5
12. Secure the filter position with the locking clip (1).
RAIL15TLB0607BA 6
7-74
7 - MAINTENANCE
13. Slide the grid cover over the filter housing. Make sure
that the sliding cover rails (1) engage with the filter
housing rails (2) on both sides.
14. Make sure that the grid cover is evenly and fully in the
down position.
RAIL15TLB0551BA 7
7-75
7 - MAINTENANCE
Heater and evaporator (Air-conditioning system) - Cleaning

CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into the air. Wear eye and face protection when using com-
pressed air.
C0049A

neutral position.
3. Immobilize the machine with the parking brake.
5. Remove the operator’s seat.
6. Remove the HVAC cover.
7. Use compressed air not exceeding 7 bar (102 psi).
Blow any debris from the heater and evaporator taking
care not to damage the fins.
8. Clean the filter. See 7-73 for details.
NOTE: Clean the filter more frequently when you operate
in extremely dusty conditions.
9. Blow any debris off the air intake areas.
10. From underneath the machine check and clear all
drainage valves.
7-76
7 - MAINTENANCE
Telescopic dipper
The telescopic dipper is equipped with adjustable wear
pads (4). Adjust the wear pads as follows:
3. Retract the telescopic dipper and place it on a support
so that the bucket does not rest on the ground.
neutral position.
7. Remove a shim (1) from each bolt (2) on only one side
of the dipper.
NOTE: The shims (1) are available under the bolts (2) on
both the sides of the dipper
NOTICE: Remove the shim ONLY from the other side of
the dipper where shims were removed during the previous
adjustment procedure. Contact your dealer, if you are in
doubt.
8. Install and torque the bolts (2) to a torque between 350
– 400 N·m (258 – 295 lb ft). Check the play again.
9. The play at point (3) should not exceed 1.5 mm
(0.06 in).
10. When all adjusting shims have been removed the
wear pads (4) will require changing. Consult your
Dealer.
LEEN12T0796BA 1
7-77
7 - MAINTENANCE
Battery terminals
tion.
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect
the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always
connect the negative (-) battery cable last. 3.
Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal
objects. 4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a
battery.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0011A
DANGER
Explosion hazard!
Batteries emit explosive gases. Always venti-
late when using in an enclosed area or when
charging. Keep the battery away from sparks,
open flames, and other ignition sources.
injury.
D0116A
7. Place the battery switch in OFF position.
RAIL15TLB0014AA 1
7-78
7 - MAINTENANCE
8. Remove the four bolts (1) and the battery cover (2).
RAIL15TLB0073AA 2
RAIL15TLB0074AA 3
9. Check the battery terminals (3) to ensure they are se-

cure.
RAIL15TLB0075AA 4
7-79
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cab protection system

This section provides information about Roll Over Pro-
tective Structure (ROPS) and Falling Objects Protective
Structure (FOPS).
Always adhere to the safety precautions related to the
Cab protections systems listed below:
• The machine is provided with a safety structure for
the operator:
• Anti-overturn safety system (ROPS) according to
directives ISO 3471, SAE 1040C
• Safety system against the fall of objects (FOPS)
according to the directives ISO 3449, SAE J231
protection level 2.
• A ROPS can consist of the cab frame or of a two or
four uprights structure used for the safety of the op-
erator, so as to minimize the possibility of severe in-
juries. The structure and the fastening devices which
constitute the connection with the machine are part
of the ROPS.
• The protective structure is a special safety compo-
nent of your machine.
• DO NOT attach any device to the protective structure
for pulling purposes.
• DO NOT drill holes to the Protective Structure.
• The protective structure and interconnecting compo-
nents are a certified system. Any damage, fire, cor-
rosion or modification will weaken the structure and
reduce your protection. If this occurs, the protective
structure MUST be replaced so that it will provide
the same protection as a new Protective Structure.
Contact your dealer for Protective Structure inspec-
tion and replacement.
• After an accident, fire, tip or roll over, the following
MUST be performed by a qualified technician before
returning the machine to field or job site operation.
• The protective structure MUST be replaced.
• The mounting or suspension for the Protective
Structure, operator seat and suspension, seat
belts and mounting components and wiring within
the operator’s protective system MUST be care-
fully inspected for damage.
• All damaged parts MUST be replaced.
7-80
7 - MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Roll-over hazard!
After an accident, fire, tip over, or roll over,
a qualified technician MUST replace the
Roll-Over Protective Structure (ROPS) before
returning the machine to the field or job site
operation.
ous injury.
W0134A
WARNING
Misuse hazard!
Your machine is equipped with an operator
protective structure. DO NOT weld, drill holes,
attempt to straighten, or repair the protective
structure. Modification in any way can reduce
the structural integrity of the structure.
ous injury.
W0001B
NOTE: For your safety, the machine cab has been de-
signed to prevent flame propagation and to limit combus-
tions in case of fire. The machine cab complies to ISO 3795
norms.
The Loader has a ROPS/FOPS sign showing the cer-
tification of the ROPS/FOPS, gross weight, approval,
regulation, and model number of the machine.
LEEN11T0376AA 1
7-81
7 - MAINTENANCE
1. Check and inspect the ROPS/FOPS structure and the

seat restraint system every 500 h of operation.
2. Before you operate this machine, always make sure
the ROPS/FOPS and operator’s seat belt is correctly
installed.
3. The seat belt is an important part of the ROPS/FOPS.
You must wear the seat belt at all times when you op-
erate the machine.
4. Make sure all hardware that secures the seat to the cab
is properly torqued. Make sure all seat belt hardware
is secure and torqued.
5. Torque seat belt hardware to 73 – 87 N·m (53.8 –
64.2 lb ft).
6. Keep seat belts away from objects that can damage the
seat belts.
7. Keep the seat belts clean. Wash the seat belts only in
soap and water. Do not put the seat belts in bleach or
dye. This will weaken the seat belt.
LEEN11T0001BA_1 2
Torque specifications for ROPS cab

Check the torque of the mounting bolts for the ROPS
canopy and the ROPS cab during the run-in period of
a new machine, as well as at the 500 h maintenance
interval.
1. Check for cracks, rust, or holes in the ROPS and ROPS
components. Age, weather, and accidents can cause
damage to the ROPS and ROPS parts. If you have any
doubt about the integrity of the ROPS system, see your
NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION Dealer.
WARNING
Tip-over hazard!
Adding additional weight (buckets, attach- LEEN11T0377AA 3
ments, etc.) to the machine can create a tipping
hazard. Do not exceed the gross weight indi-
cated by the machine specifications.
ous injury.
W0153A
2. Check the torque of the ROPS mounting bolts. If nec-

essary, tighten the bolts to the correct torque.
Torque specifications
Torque ROPS cab mounting bolts (both sides) to:
180 N·m (132 lb ft).
Torque seat mounting bolts to: 73 – 87 N·m (53.8 –
64.2 lb ft).
NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.
7-82
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 500 hours
Engine oil and filter

WARNING
Avoid injury!
Avoid getting engine oil on your skin. In case of skin contact, wash with running water.
W1336B
WARNING
Pressurized system!
Never attempt to drain fluids or remove filters when the engine is running. Turn off the engine and
relieve all pressure from pressurized systems before servicing the machine.
W0905A

port strut.
tion.
Engine oil and oil filter - Replace

8. Remove the cap (1) from the the filler neck.
9. Place a suitable container under the engine crankcase
drain plug located in the engine oil pan.
NOTE: Drain the engine oil when it is still warm. The oil will
flow more easily.
RAIL15TLB0025AA 1
7-83
7 - MAINTENANCE
10. Remove the drain plug (2) and drain the engine oil
from the crankcase.
RAIL15TLB0028AA 2
11. Place a container with suitable capacity under the fil-

ter.
NOTE: Perform the fuel filter replacement service at the same time as the engine oil and filter replacement service.
The fuel filter must be removed to access the oil filter.
12. Use a suitable tool to loosen and remove the cartridge
oil filter (3).
13. Apply a thin layer of clean oil on the seal of the new
cartridge oil filter.
LEEN11T0414BA_1 3
NOTICE: DO NOT fill the new filter with oil before installing it.
14. Install the new filter (3).
15. Tighten the filter until the seal touches the support (4).
Then, by hand, tighten the filter 3/4 of a turn.
NOTICE: Overtightening can damage the filter seal.
7-84
7 - MAINTENANCE
16. Reinstall the drain plug (2).
RAIL15TLB0028AA 4
17. Fill the engine with new oil through the filler neck (1).
RAIL15TLB0025AA 5
18. Run the engine for a few minutes and check for leaks.
NOTE: Always wait 15 min to allow the oil to return to the engine sump before checking the oil level.
19. Remove the dipstick (5) to check the engine oil level.
RAIL15TLB0025AA 6
7-85
7 - MAINTENANCE
20. The oil level should be at the full mark. If necessary,

add oil to raise the oil level.
LEEN11T0361AA 7
21. Reinstall the cap (1) on the filler neck.
RAIL15TLB0025AA 8

attachment.

Use ENGINE OIL SEMI-SYNTHETIC 10W-40 Engine oil
SAE 10W40, MAT3571 engine oil or an oil meeting the
following specification: API CJ-4 or ACEA E9.
NOTE: A higher quality oil is accepted.

NOTICE: For machines operating in cold regions, refer to Page 7-17.
Engine oil capacity (with filter): 8.0 L (8.5 US qt) .
7-86
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel filter
port strut.
tion.
7. Open and raise the engine hood.
8. Place a container with suitable capacity under the fuel
filter.
9. Use a suitable tool and remove the fuel filter cartridge
(1).
LEEN11T0356AA 1
10. Apply a thin layer of clean oil on the seal (2) of the new
filter cartridge.
11. Install the new filter cartridge (1).
12. Manually tighten the filter cartridge until the seal
touches the filter head.
13. After contact, by hand, tighten the filter cartridge an
additional 3/4 of a turn.
NOTICE: Overtightening can damage the filter seal (2).
14. Bleed the fuel system.
LEEN11T0396AA 2
7-87
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel prefilter
WARNING
Fire hazard! Avoid injury and/or machine damage!
During maintenance activities, make sure that the high-pressure fuel lines are not damaged. A fuel
leak from the high-pressure fuel lines can cause an accident and/or serious personal injury. If the fuel
lines are damaged, contact your dealer immediately.
W1335A

port strut.
tion.
tions.
8. Open and raise the engine hood.
9. Place a container with a suitable capacity under the
machine and fuel prefilter cartridge.
10. Disconnect the electric connector (1) under the fuel
prefilter cartridge.
RAIL15TLB0028AA 1
7-88
7 - MAINTENANCE
11. Loosen and remove the fuel prefilter cartridge (2).
RAIL15TLB0025AA 2
12. Assemble the new fuel prefilter cartridge.

13. Install and manually tighten the fuel prefilter cartridge
(2) until the seal touches the filter head (3).
14. After contact, by hand, tighten the fuel prefilter car-
tridge (2) an additional 3/4 of a turn.
NOTICE: Overtightening can damage the filter seal .
LEEN11T0397AA 3
15. Reconnect the electrical connector (1) under the fuel

prefilter cartridge.
16. Bleed the fuel system.
RAIL15TLB0028AA 4
7-89
7 - MAINTENANCE
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank filler screen

tion.
6. Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key
7. Switch the master disconnect to the off position.
RAIL15TLB0014AA 1
8. Remove the cap from the DEF/ADBLUE® tank.
RAIL15TLB0060AA 2
7-90
7 - MAINTENANCE
9. Turn the screen filter counter-clockwise and remove.
RAIL15TLB0063AA 3
10. Rinse the screen filter with water.

NOTICE: Inspect the filler screen and replace if damaged.
11. Air or blow dry the screen filter.
RAIL15TLB0064AA 4
12. Fully Insert the screen filter and turn it clockwise.

13. Secure the cap on the tank.
7-91
7 - MAINTENANCE
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter

tion.
6. Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key
7. Switch the master disconnect to the off position.
RAIL15TLB0014AA 1
8. Remove the bolts from the cover plate to access the

sending unit.
RAIL15TLB0081AA 2
7-92
7 - MAINTENANCE
9. Locate and remove the quick connect supply (suction)

tube.
RAIL15TLB0077AA 3
10. Use a flat needle-nose pliers and pull the filter directly
upward.
RAIL15TLB0079AA 4
11. Clean the filter with water.
RAIL15TLB0078AA 5
7-93
7 - MAINTENANCE
12. Reinstall the filter.
RAIL15TLB0079AA 6
13. Connnect the supply (suction) tube. you will hear it

snap into place.
RAIL15TLB0080AA 7
14. Reinstall the cover for the sending unit.
RAIL15TLB0081AA 8
7-94
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 1000 hours
Hydraulic oil filter

tion.
tions.
8. Clean the area around the hydraulic filter head (1), lo-
cated in front of the rear axle on the left-hand underside
of the machine.
9. Place a suitable container under the machine.
LEEN12T0473AA 1
10. Use a suitable tool to loosen and remove the hydraulic

filter cartridge (2).
LEEN12T0473AA 2
11. Apply a thin layer of oil on the new filter seal.
LEEN11T0396AA 3
7-95
7 - MAINTENANCE
12. Install the new filter cartridge (2).

13. Tighten the filter by hand until the seal touches the
filter head.
14. Then, tighten the filter cartridge an additional to 3/4 of
a turn.
NOTICE: Overtightening can damage the filter seal.
LEEN12T0473AA 4
15. Check that the oil level reaches the middle of the
gauge (2). Add additional HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL - PREMIUM oil if necessary.
NOTICE: Even when its level is insufficient, a small quan-
tity of hydraulic oil remains in the lower part of the gauge.
This does not mean that the level is sufficient.
NOTICE: Oil quality and cleanliness are of the utmost im-
portance for the reliability and life of the hydraulic system.
Deviation from the prescribed oil specification may lead to
severe damage and void warranty.
RAIL15TLB0039AA 5
7-96
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic oil
tion.
tions.
Draining
8. Place a container with suitable capacity under the hy-
draulic oil tank (1).
NOTE: When draining, the hydraulic oil must be at operat-
ing temperature.
RAIL15TLB0039AA 1
9. Clean the area around the hydraulic oil tank breather/

filler cap (2), and then loosen and remove the breather/
filler cap.
RAIL15TLB0083AA 2
7-97
7 - MAINTENANCE
10. Remove the hydraulic oil tank drain plug (3).

11. Drain the hydraulic oil into a suitable container and
clean the tank.
12. Reinstall and tighten the drain plug.
RAIL15TLB0179AA 3
Filling
13. Fill the hydraulic oil tank with HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM until the level reaches
the middle of the gauge (4).
RAIL15TLB0039AA 4
14. Install and retighten the hydraulic oil tank breather/

filler cap (2).
RAIL15TLB0083AA 5
15. Start the engine and operate the loader attachment

and backhoe attachment functions for 3 to 4 minutes.
16. Lower the loader attachment back to the ground and
place the backhoe attachment in the road travel posi-
tion.
7-98
7 - MAINTENANCE
18. Check the hydraulic oil level.

19. The oil must reach the middle of the gauge (4). If
necessary, add more oil.
NOTICE: Even when its level is insufficient, a small quan-
tity of hydraulic oil remains in the lower part of the gauge.
This does not mean that the level is sufficient.
RAIL15TLB0039AA 6

Use HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM, to refill
the hydraulic oil tank.
7-99
7 - MAINTENANCE
Power shuttle transmission - Oil change

port strut.
tion.
tions.
8. Unlock, open and raise the engine hood.
9. Remove the dipstick (1).
NOTE: Change the oil while the transmission is still warm;
the oil will flow more easily.
LEEN11T0356AA 1
10. Place a container with suitable capacity under the

transmission drain plug (2).
11. Loosen and remove the drain plug (2).
12. Let the transmission oil drain completely.
LEEN12T0690AA 2
NOTE: Change the transmission oil filter at this time.

13. Install the drain plug (2) and retighten it.
14. Fill the transmission with HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL - PREMIUM through the dipstick hole.
15. Reinstall the dipstick (1).
16. Check the oil level by means of the dipstick, and add
additional oil if necessary.
17. Drive the machine for a few minutes in first and second
gear, and then stop the machine with engine running,
and the direction-of-travel lever and the transmission
gearshift in the neutral position.
7-100
7 - MAINTENANCE

19. Check the oil level again by means of the dipstick and,
if necessary, add more oil.
attachment.

Capacities: 2WD Total System 18.5 L (19.5 US qt), Re-
fill with or without filter change 11.9 L (12.6 US qt).
7-101
7 - MAINTENANCE
Power shuttle transmission - Oil filter replacement

port strut.
tion.
tions.
9. Clean the area around the transmission oil filter and
filter head (1).
10. Place a container with suitable capacity under the filter
(1).
11. Loosen and remove the filter.
13. Install the new filter (1) and tighten it by hand until the
seal touches the filter head.
14. Tighten the filter an additional 2/3 of a turn.
NOTICE: Overtightening can damage the filter seal. LEEN12T0688AA 1
15. Start the engine and run the machine with the parking
brake engaged and the direction-of-travel lever and
gearshift lever in the neutral position.
17. Check the oil level, and add additional oil if necessary.
attachment.
LEEN11T0356AA 2

7-102
7 - MAINTENANCE
Power shuttle transmission - Screen filter cleaning

port strut.
tion.
tions.
9. Place a container with suitable capacity under the
screen filter.
10. Clean the area around the cover plate (2).
11. Loosen and remove the screws (1).
12. Remove the cover plate (2), check the conditions of
the O-ring (3) and replace it, if necessary.
13. Remove the screen filter (4).
14. Clean the screen filter with a detergent solution.
LEEN12T0691AA 1
15. CAUTION
Flying debris!
Compressed air can propel dirt, rust, etc. into
the air. Wear eye and face protection when
using compressed air.
Failure to comply could result in minor or mod-
erate injury.
C0049A
Carefully dry the screen filter (4) with compressed air

and reinstall it.
16. Reassemble the cover plate (2) and fasten it by means
of the screws (1). Tighten the screws to a torque of
23 N·m (16.96 lb ft).
17. Remove the dipstick (5) and top up the oil through the
dipstick hole. Then restore the dipstick (5) into place.
18. Start the engine and check for oil leaks.
19. Check the oil level by means of the dipstick and add
attachment.
LEEN11T0356AA 2
7-103
7 - MAINTENANCE

7-104
7 - MAINTENANCE
Powershift transmission - Oil change

port strut.
tion.
tions.
NOTE: Change the oil while the transmission is still warm;
the oil will flow more easily.
LEEN11T0356AA 1
10. Place a container with a suitable capacity under the

transmission drain plug (2).
11. Loosen and remove the drain plug (2).
12. Let the transmission oil drain completely.
LEEN11T0408AA_1 2
NOTE: Change the transmission oil filter at this time.

13. Install the drain plug (2) and retighten it.
14. Fill the transmission with HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION
OIL - PREMIUM through the dipstick hole.
7-105
7 - MAINTENANCE
15. Reinstall the dipstick (1).

16. Check the oil level by means of the dipstick, and add
LEEN11T0356AA 3
17. Drive the machine for a few minutes in first and second
gear. Then stop the machine with the engine running,
and the direction-of-travel lever and the transmission
19. Check the oil level again by means of the dipstick, and
add additional oil if necessary.
attachment.

7-106
7 - MAINTENANCE
Powershift transmission - Oil filter replacement

port strut.
tion.
tions.
9. Clean the area around the oil filter and filter head (1).
10. Place a container with suitable capacity under the filter
(1).
11. Loosen and remove the filter.
13. Install the new oil filter (1).
14. Tighten the new filter by hand until the seal touches
the filter head.
15. Tighten the filter by hand an additional 2/3 of a turn.
NOTICE: Overtightening can damage the filter seal. LEEN11T0407AA_4 1
16. Start the engine and run the machine with the parking
brake engaged and the direction-of-travel lever and
18. Check the oil level, and add additional HYDRAULIC
TRANSMISSION OIL - PREMIUM as necessary.
attachment.
LEEN11T0356AA 2

7-107
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

tion.
Differential oil change - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

1. Place a container with suitable capacity under the drain
plug (1) of the front axle differential.
2. Loosen and remove the drain plug (1) and the fill plug
(2).
3. Completely drain the oil through the hole of the drain
plug (1).
4. Install and tighten the drain plug (1).
5. Refill the axle with new PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-
140 through the fill hole (2) until the level reaches the
hole.
6. Install and tighten the fill hole plug (2). LEEN11T0375AA 1

Use PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140. 4WD Differen-
tial Capacity: 6.5 L (6.9 US qt)
Reduction gear oil change - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)

1. Use the loader attachment to raise the front part of the
machine slightly until the front wheels are no longer in
contact with the ground.
2. Place a suitable support under the front axle.
3. Manually turn the wheel until the hole of the plug (1) is
in the lowest possible position.
4. Place a container with suitable capacity under the plug
(1).
5. Loosen and remove the plug (1).
6. Completely drain the oil from the reduction gear
through the plug hole (1).
LEEN11T0409AA_1 2
7-108
7 - MAINTENANCE
7. When the oil has drained, manually turn the wheel until
the hole of the plug (1) is in horizontal position.
8. Fill the reduction gear with new Ambra Transaxle Fluid
(MS-1317) through the hole (1) until the level reaches
the hole.
9. Install and retighten the plug (1).
10. Repeat the same operations, previously described, for
the reduction gear on the opposite side of the ma-
chine.
11. Lower the machine to the ground.
LEEN11T0384AA 3

12. Use PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140. 4WD Capac-
ity (Each Wheel Hub): 0.7 L (0.7 US qt)
7-109
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear axle
Rear axle - Oil change
tion.
4. Place the direction-of-travel lever and the gearshift
lever in the neutral position.
7. Place a container with suitable capacity under the drain
plug (1).
8. Loosen and remove the drain plug (1) and the fill and
level check plug (2).
9. Wait for the oil to drain completely from the axle through
the drain plug hole of the axle (1).
10. When the oil has completely drained, install the drain
plug (1).
11. Fill the axle with PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140
through the hole of the fill and level check plug (2) until
the level reaches the hole.
LEEN11T0386AA 1
12. Install and retighten the plug (2).

Use PREMIUM TRANSAXLE OIL 80W-140. Capacity
21.2 L (22.4 US qt)
7-110
7 - MAINTENANCE
Machine inspection and cleaning

Inspection
Externally check the machine and its working attach-
ments, checking for possible breaks or damage of the
components or the structure.
If you find any problems, contact an authorized work-
shop to have the necessary repairs carried out.
Replace the damaged or excessively worn parts with
original spare parts.
Check the conditions of the hydraulic lines and make
sure there are no leaks. In this case, immediately elim-
inate them.
LEEN12T0640AA 1
Cleaning
A correctly performed periodical maintenance helps
preserving the value of the machine and the warranty
rights in case of possible corrosion damage.
The necessary products for machine care can be pur-
chased from the Service Department or Spare Part Ser-
vice. Carefully observe all instructions on the packag-
ing.
NOTICE: In respect of the environment, the machine
should be washed only at specially provided washing sta-
tions equipped with oil and grease separators, if possible.
Washing machines outside these stations may be even
forbidden in some regions or countries.
NOTICE: When washing the machine, do not direct the wa-
ter jet onto electrical or electronic components or assem-
blies. Water sprays or jets may cause malfunctions or the
failure of the entire electrical and electronic system.
7-111
7 - MAINTENANCE
Brake pedal lever - Greasing

1. Grease the brake pedal levers (1) by introducing the
new clean grease and expelling the exhaust grease
until the new grease starts coming out.
2. Clean all the grease that come out with a cloth.
LEEN11T0411AA_1 1
Use MULTI -PURPOSE GREASE EXTREME PRESSURE AND
ANTI-WEAR NLGI 2 ( MAT 3550) or a grease which
meets the following standard:
• NLGI 2
NOTE: MULTI -PURPOSE GREASE EXTREME PRESSURE AND
ANTI-WEAR NLGI 2 can also be used.
7-112
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic cylinders
The hydraulic cylinders must not show any kind of
leaks.
The cylinder rods must have a slightly oily aspect in
order to guarantee a long life and a good operation.
Cylinder tightness
A tightness check must be performed after a certain
working period and when the hydraulic system is at nor-
mal operating temperature.
Check by performing the following operations:
1. Clean the rod and the bearing of the cylinder to be
inspected;
2. Work normally for 5 to 10 minutes;
3. Extend the cylinder rod;
4. Check for leaks.
Cylinder rod inspection

ROD APPEARANCE TEST CONCLUSION
Slight traces of oil when a sheet of paper is
Dry Normal
rubbed on 200 mm (7.87 in) of the rod.
The paper sheet remains stuck when rubbed
Slightly oily Normal
on the rod.
A sheet of paper placed on the rod remains
Oily Normal
stuck.
A ring of oil is clearly visible on the rod after
Very oily or weeping
each rod extension.
Consult your Dealer
Oil drips from the bearing each time the
Leak
cylinder rod is retracted.
7-113
7 - MAINTENANCE
Alternator - check
NOTICE: Do not use steam cleaning devices nor cleaning solvents to clean the alternator.
Have the alternator (1) checked by your Dealer.
NOTE: Make sure the terminal protectors are correctly in-
stalled.
RAIL15TLB0041AA 1
7-114
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine breather filter

Change the engine breather filter every 1500 h or annually, whichever comes first.
1. With cold engine, remove the ventilation pipe (1) from

the cover (2) after removing the retaining clamp.
2. Loosen the fastening nuts (3) and remove the cover (2).
LEEN11T0398AA 1
3. Remove the filter (4) from the housing and replace it

together with the gasket.
4. Clean and restore the cover into position on the engine
by using a new seal and tighten the fastening nuts (3).
LEEN11T0399AA 2
7-115
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 3000 hours
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® supply module filter

1. To access the supply module, remove the corner
shroud.
RAIL15TLB0023AA 1
2. Remove the DEF/AdBlue® tank cover plate.
RAIL15TLB0022AA 2
3. Remove the fuel tank step plate.
RAIL15TLB0020AA 3
7-116
7 - MAINTENANCE
4. Remove the three bolts from the panel to the right-hand

side of the step, in front of the rear tire.
RAIL15TLB0019AA 4
5. These bolts attach to a bracket that hold the supply

module in place.
RAIL15TLB0018AA 5
7-117
7 - MAINTENANCE
NOTICE: Pay attention to the location of each tube in the

supply module. Also take care not to damage or loosen
the connectors on the lines. Tubes and connector that have
damage or fit loosely will not connect properly to the supply
module causing leaks and issues with the Selective Cata-
lyst Reduction (SCR) system.
6. Remove three tube quick connectors that attach to the
supply module.
NOTE: You will not be able to pull the supply module com-
pletely out to disconnect the tubes. You will need to reach
behind the supply module and disconnect the tubes.
RAIL14TLB0967BA 6
RAIL14TLB0968BA 7
7. Remove the filter cover.
RAIL14TLB0969BA 8
7-118
7 - MAINTENANCE
8. Remove the equalizing element.
RAIL13GEN0027AA 9
9. Remove the filter tool from the new filter element.

Check the color of the filter (Grey or Black). Based on
the color of your filter element, insert the correct end
of the filter tool into the filter element.
NOTE: The filter tool comes with the new filter element.
RAIL13GEN0028AA 10
10. Insert the tool completely until a click is felt or heard.

This indicates that the tool is completely inserted.
RAIL13GEN0029AA 11
11. Pull the tool with the filter element out of the supply
module.
RAIL13GEN0030AA 12
7-119
7 - MAINTENANCE
12. Clean the supply module filter housing and threads

with distilled water.
RAIL13GEN0031AA 13
13. Oil the O-rings on the new filter element. Insert the
filter element fully into the supply module.
RAIL13GEN0032AA 14
14. Install the new equalizing element.
RAIL13GEN0027AA 15
15. Install the filter cover. Torque to 15 – 25 N·m (11 –

18 lb ft)
RAIL13GEN0026AA 16
7-120
7 - MAINTENANCE
16. Connect the three connections back to the supply

module. you will hear them snap in place.
RAIL14TLB0968BA 17
17. Install the bracket and secure the supply module in

place.
RAIL15TLB0018AA 18
RAIL15TLB0019AA 19
7-121
7 - MAINTENANCE
Every 4000 hours
Engine coolant
CAUTION
Burn hazard!
Hot coolant can spray out if you remove the filler cap while the system is hot. After the system has
cooled, turn the filler cap to the first notch and wait for all pressure to release before proceeding.
C0043A
NOTICE: NEVER mix OAT coolant with conventional coolant. Under no circumstances should you top off a cooling
system with only water. You can use a refractometer to check the concentration level. Supplemental Coolant Additives
(SCA) should not be used when using OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE.
Drain, flush, and replace the engine coolant every 4000 h of operation or every year, whichever comes first.
Coolant fluid specification: OAT EXTENDED LIFE COOLANT/ANTIFREEZE
Coolant fluid capacities:
24.0 L (25.4 US qt)
1. Park the machine on level ground.

2. Raise the loader arm and engage the safety support.
3. Shut down the engine and place a 'Do Not Operate' tag
on the key switch.
4. Allow time for the engine and the coolant to cool.
5. Remove the front grille.
6. Place a piece of hose onto the radiator drain valve and
drain into a suitable container.
7. WARNING
Service when cool.
ous injury.
W1187A
Open the filler cap on the de-aeration reservoir. Open

the filler cap by slowing turning the cap counter-clock-
wise until it is removed. It is not necessary to remove
the hoses in order to remove the cap.
RAIL14TLB0983BA 1
8. Remove the bolts that secure the coolers.

9. Swing the coolers out and clean of dirt and debris.
10. Check the hoses, elbows, and system components for
wear or damage.
11. After cleaning, swing the coolers back in and replace
the bolts.
12. After all the coolant has been drained, close the drain
valve. Do not detach the drain hose.
13. Pour approximately 24.0 L (25.4 US qt) of clean water
into the de-aeration reservoir until full.
7-122
7 - MAINTENANCE
NOTE: In some situations air pockets in the coolant system

may prevent you from filling the system to capacity. If this
occurs remove the de-aeration valve cap this allows the air
to escape during the fill procedure. The de-aeration valve
cap is on the top right-hand side of the engine below the
air filter housing.
NOTE: Do not over fill the coolant system.
RAIL14TLB1164AA 2
14. Secure the filler cap on the de-aeration reservoir. If

applicable attach the de-aeration valve cap.
15. Start the engine and run for at least 30 min.
NOTE: Make sure that you activate the heating system (if
equipped) to circulate fluid through the heater core.
16. Remove the de-aeration filler cap.
17. Drain the water from the system.
18. Repeat Steps 13– 17 for a clean system flush.
19. After the radiator flush, close the radiator drain valve,
and detach the drain hose.
20. Pour coolant into the de-aeration reservoir until the
level reaches between the COLD MIN mark and the
HOT MAX mark on the tank.
21. Install the filler cap.
23. Run the engine for a few minutes and stop the engine
before it reaches operating temperature.
24. Check the system for leaks.
25. Start up the engine again and allow the engine to
reach operating temperature.
26. Shut down the engine.
27. Check the fluid level in the de-aeration reservoir.
28. If necessary, allow the components to cool and add
coolant to the reservoir.
7-123
7 - MAINTENANCE
As required
Drive belt
Replace the fan drive belt as needed.
Removal
1. Remove the air conditioning compressor belt, if
equipped.
2. Loosen the lower alternator bolt (2).
3. Loosen the pivot bolt (1).
83118121 1
4. Loosen the adjustment bolt lock nut (1).

5. Turn the adjustment bolt (2) counter-clockwise, to
loosen the belt tension.
RAIL11TLB0004AA 2
6. Slide the belt (1) off of the water pump pulley (2) and
remove the belt.
83118121 3
7-124
7 - MAINTENANCE
Install
1. Route the drive belt on the pulleys as shown.
83118087 4
2. Setting and securing the fan belt tension:

A. Turn the adjustment bolt (1) clockwise, until the
pivot bolt (2) is at the end of the tension bracket
slot (3).
NOTE: Special belt design will adjust to the proper tension.
83118121 5
B. Tighten the adjustment bolt lock nut (1) securing the

adjustment bolt (2) in position.
RAIL11TLB0004AA 6
3. Torque to 45 – 55 N·m (33 – 41 lb ft):

• Pivot bolt (1)
• Lower alternator bolt (2)
4. Reinstall the air conditioning compressor belt, if re-
moved earlier.
83118121 7
7-125
7 - MAINTENANCE
Air-conditioning compressor drive belt

1. Visually check the condition of the belt (1). Replace it
if it is worn or damaged.
2. To release the belt, loosen the mounting hardware of
the tensioner (3) and loosen the tensioner adjusting
screw (2).
3. Install a new belt.
4. Adjust the belt tension with the tensioner adjusting
screw (2).
LEEN11T0368AA 1
5. Check the belt at the center line of the belt (1) with a belt
tension gauge. Specification is 122 – 149 N·m (90.0 –
109.9 lb ft)
NOTICE: After replacing the drive belt, make an adjustment after the first 10 operating hours.
NOTICE: The belt must not be too tensioned (premature bearing wear) not too slack (premature belt wear).
7-126
7 - MAINTENANCE
Turbocharger - Check
NOTICE: Observe the following recommendations on the adequate lubrication to avoid serious damage to the tur-
bocharger bearing.
The following procedure must be observed in order to
prevent the turbocharger bearings from deteriorating.
1. Disconnect the inlet and outlet oil pipes from the tur-
bocharger and pour some clean engine oil into the oil
inlet port, taking care that no contaminants enter the
turbocharger.
2. Remove the air inlet tube from the turbocharger and
spin the compressor wheel by hand to pre-lubricate the
bearings.
3. Reconnect the oil inlet and air inlet tubes but not the oil
outlet.
4. Disconnect the electrical wire to the fuel injection pump
fuel shut-off solenoid.
5. Place a suitable receptacle below the oil outlet port and
crank the engine until oil flows from the outlet port.
6. Reconnect the oil outlet tube using a new gasket and
tighten the retaining bolts to the torque.
7. Reconnect the fuel injection pump fuel shut-off solenoid
wire.
8. Check the engine oil level and, if necessary, top up.
Start the engine and check for oil and air leaks.
9. Observe the oil pressure light. If the oil pressure lamp
does not turn off in the first few seconds of idling, im-
mediately stop the engine and consult your Dealer.
10. On every start-up the engine should be allowed to idle
( 1000 RPM maximum) for 60 s before operating un-
der load, to ensure an adequate oil supply to the tur-
bocharger bearing.
11. The engine should also be allowed to idle without load
for two minutes before shut-down to enable the oil to
dissipate the heat from the turbocharger bearing.
7-127
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuel system bleeding

WARNING
Pressurized system!
Only use the bleed screw to bleed air from the fuel system. DO NOT loosen the fuel or injector lines
to bleed air. Injury or damage can occur. Fuel or injector lines are under very high pressure.
W0285A

port strut.
tion.
neutral position.
7. Open and raise the engine tilt hood.
LEEN12T0566AA 1
8. From the bottom of the filter, remove the connector (3).

9. Place a container under the prefilter.
10. Open bleed screw (1) on prefilter only and activate
hand primer (2) until fuel flows freely from the bleed
screw.
11. This generally takes 35-45 pumps to fill the fuel lines
and the prefilter.
12. This can be done in about 30 s.
13. Tighten bleed screw.
14. Dry with cloth the prefilter. LEEN11T0355AA 2
15. Connect the electric connector under the prefilter.

16. Start the engine. Engine should start within 5 s.
17. Lower and lock the engine tilt hood.
attachment.
LEEN11T0370AA 3
7-128
7 - MAINTENANCE
Wheels and tires

NOTE: Depending on the manufacturing date of your machine the front wheel mounting hardware may be either lug
nuts or bolts with washers. Check the wheel torque that is applicable to your machine.
NOTICE: Small variations in the friction force between the wheel and the mounting hardware, such as lubricant, lack
of lubricant, paint, surface rust, thread variations, etc., will cause large variations in the clamping force. It has been
shown that the tension on fasteners or lug nuts is directly proportional to the angle of turn on a nut or bolt. Unlike
the automotive industry, our rims do not have a precision centering hub to locate and support the wheel and the low
length to diameter ratio of the studs make the preload even more critical.
NOTICE: Never use the minimum final torque value to set the torque for a wheel installation. Only use the torque
plus the additional degree angle turn provided in the procedure. The minimum final torque value is only for checking
the torque 10 h after a wheel installation or on a new machine.
Check the torque of the wheel nuts and bolts after the first 10 h of operation of a new machine or after a wheel install.
If the nuts and bolts are loose, tighten, and check after an additional 10 h of operation. Repeat until the nuts and bolts
remain tight.
Machine preparation
neutral position.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Slightly loosen (unlock) the wheel mounting hardware
when the tire is still holding the weight of the machine.
7. Use the loader attachment or the rear stabilizers to lift
the machine until the wheel that you will remove is just
off the ground.
9. Place wedges in front and rear of the tires that you will
not be removing.
10. If applicable, on both sides of the front axle wedge
blocks between the axle and the frame so the axle will
not swivel.
11. Remove all the wheel mounting hardware.
12. Remove the wheel.
13. Install a new wheel, observing the orientation of the
tread pattern.
7-129
7 - MAINTENANCE
Rear wheel
1. Tighten the five mounting nuts in the sequence
shown until the wheel is snug against the axle hub.
2. Tighten the nuts in sequence to a torque of
136 N·m (100 lb ft).
3. Tighten the nuts a second time, in sequence, to a
4. Tighten the nuts in sequence an additional 30° to
set the preload.
5. Repeat the procedure on the remaining five mount-
ing nuts.
RAIL14FRK0031BA 1
Rear wheel only

Torque
First sequence 136 N·m (100 lb ft)
Second sequence 271 N·m (200 lb ft)
Preload Additional 30°
Minimum final torque value for checking purposes only 813 N·m (600 lb ft)
Front wheels
NOTICE: Tighten wheel hardware in a crossing pattern (sequence), as shown.
1. Tighten the eight mounting bolts in sequence until
the wheel is snug against the axle hub.
2. Tighten the bolts in sequence to a torque of
122 N·m (90 lb ft).
3. Tighten the bolts in sequence an additional 20° to
set the preload.
RAIL14FRK0032BA 2
Front wheels – 2WD and 4WD

Tire size Torque Minimum final torque value
for checking purposes only
11 x 16
12 x 16.5 122 N·m (90 lb ft) plus
330 N·m (243 lb ft)
12.5/80 x 18 an additional 20° to set the preload
14 x 17.5
Wheel toe-in adjustment
Front wheel toe-in

1. The front wheel toe-in is preset and adjustment is not
normally necessary.
7-130
7 - MAINTENANCE
2. Periodical checks should be made to ensure the correct

toe-in is maintained.
Adjustment
3. Place the machine on a level ground presenting no el-
ements which could affect adjustments.
4. Steer the wheels to the front.
5. Measure the toe-in by checking the track width between
the front of the wheel rim (1) and the rear of the wheel
rim (2) at hub height.
6. The correct toe-in measurement is 0 – 6 mm (0 –
24 in).
LEEN12T0481AA 3
7. Loosen the lock nut (3) on each wheel tie rod and
tighten the nut (4) with a wrench, until the correct wheel
toe-in is obtained.
8. Tighten the locknut (3) and recheck the toe-in.
LEEN12T0482AA 4
Wheel steering angle adjustment screw

1. Four adjusting screws (1) are mounted on the axle, two
for each side.
2. The two rear screws are adjustable and set the mini-
mum steering angle.
3. The two front screws are adjustable and must be set to
avoid the contact of the tires with the machine in case
of maximum steering.
4. To adjust, slacken the locknut (2) and tighten the screw
(1) counterclockwise to reduce the steering angle of the
wheels or clockwise to increase the steering angle.
5. Tighten the locknut (2) once the adjustment is com-
LEEN12T0482AA 5
plete.
7-131
7 - MAINTENANCE
Hydraulic system - Release pressure

1. Park the machine on firm level ground.
2. Put all transmission controls in the Neutral position.
4. Lower the bucket to the ground but do not apply down
pressure; or raise the loader arm and engage the
loader arm safety support.
5. Rotate the operator seat into the backhoe operation
position.
6. Place the backhoe in the stowed position with swing
lock pin in the lock position. If applicable, insert the Ex-
tendahoe lock pin. You may choose to rest the backhoe LEEN12T0640AA 1
attachment on the ground.
7. Shut off the engine.
8. Turn the key switch to the ON position but DO NOT
start the engine.
9. Press the emblem end of the backhoe and stabilizer
control switch to activate all backhoe controls.
NOTE: When turning the backhoe and stabilizer control switch to the ON position, wait approximately half a second
before activating the stabilizers, extendahoe (if equipped) or bi-directional auxiliary hydraulics (if equipped). If an
operator attempts to operate the functions before the delay passes, the functions will not operate. Cycle the power
switch and wait for the delay to pass.
10. If equipped with combo auxiliaries, enable the bidirec-
tional switch on the right-hand side panel.
11. Cycle the bi-directional proportional control buttons on
the left-hand pilot control joystick.
12. Move each pilot backhoe control joystick in one com-
plete circle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.
LEEN12T0487AA 2
13. Deactivate the backhoe and stabilizer control switch.

14. Rotate the operator seat into the driving position.
7-132
7 - MAINTENANCE
15. Rotate the loader control joystick in one complete cir-

cle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.
RAIL18TLB0403BA 3
16. If applicable, operate the bucket control switch.

17. Turn the key switch to the Off position.
Releasing hydraulic pressure on machines with mechanical backhoe controls

1. Park the machine on firm level ground.
2. Put all transmission controls in the Neutral position.
4. Lower the bucket to the ground but do not apply down
pressure; or raise the loader arm and engage the
loader arm safety support.
5. Rotate the operator seat into the backhoe operation
position.
6. Place the backhoe in the stowed position with swing
lock pin in the lock position. If applicable, insert the Ex-
tendahoe lock pin. You may choose to rest the backhoe LEEN12T0640AA 4
attachment on the ground.
7. Shut off the engine.
8. Turn the key switch to the ON position but DO NOT
start the engine.
9. If equipped with combo auxiliaries, enable the bi-direc-
tional switch on the right-hand side panel.
10. Cycle the bi-directional control lever or pedal.
11. Cycle each backhoe control lever in each direction
and then release in the neutral position.
LEEN12T0486AA 5
12. Rotate the operator seat into the driving position.
7-133
7 - MAINTENANCE
13. Rotate the loader control joystick in one complete cir-

cle, stopping in the neutral (center) position.
RAIL18TLB0403BA 6
14. If applicable, operate the bucket control switch.

15. Turn the key switch to the Off position.
Hydraulic fittings and lines - Replace

1. Before replacing the hydraulic fittings and lines, drain
pressure from the hydraulic system.
2. Damaged or leaking lines must be replaced with new
lines.
3. Use original spare parts, specially provided to carry out
the necessary functions.
4. Never reinstall used lines or fittings.
5. The drained oil or the waste containing oil must be dis-
posed of in an environmentally friendly manner. Do not
release on the ground or in water.
6. The hydraulic lines should be replaced after six years of
use. In this way, serious failure dangers are prevented.
7. Tighten the fittings to the prescribed torque values.
7-134
7 - MAINTENANCE
Bulbs
NOTICE: Never touch a halogen bulb with your fingers.
Always use a clean cloth when handling halogen bulbs.
Operator’s compartment light

1. Remove the lens (1) unscrewing it by turning 90°
through its central slot.
2. Remove the bulb (2) and install a new bulb.
3. Reinstall the lens (1).
Bulb wattage: 10 W
LEEN12T0488AA 1
Switch lighting
1. Remove and disconnect the switch concerned.
2. Remove the bulb holder (1). Remove the bulb and
install a new bulb.
3. Install the bulb holder and the switch.
Bulb wattage: 1.2 W
LEEN12T0704AA 2
Beams and turn signals

1. Remove the four screws and remove the light assembly
(1).
2. Disconnect the socket from the bulb holder connector.
Fold back the clips, remove the defective bulb and re-
place it with a bulb of the same wattage.
3. Remove out the bulb holder on the outside of the re-
flector to replace the direction indicator bulb.
NOTE: To access the direction indicator bulb, remove the
beam cover fastening screw.
NOTE: The beam can be adjusted vertically and sideways
by adjusting the slotted screws.
LEEN12T0705AA 3
7-135
7 - MAINTENANCE
Front, side, and rear work lights

1. Remove the screws and take off the light assembly (1).
2. Remove the bulb and install a new bulb.
3. Install the light assembly and the screws.
Bulb wattage: 55 W
LEEN12T0706AA 4
Rotating beacon (optional)

1. Unscrew the lens, remove the bulb and install a bulb.
Install the lens.
Bulb wattage: 55 W
LEEN12T0550AA 5
7-136
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuses and relays – Powershift

NOTICE: NEVER replace a fuse with a fuse of a different rating.
Main fuse and relay panel

Remove the main fuse cover panel from the front right-
hand side console. The vehicle diagnostic connector
(1) and the four pin FleetForce™ (Telematics) diagnos-
tic connector (2) are also found in this area.
NOTE: There is a in-line 5 A fuse (F31) on the diagnostic
connector harness (1). You may need to access this fuse
by removing the side instrument cluster.
RAIL16TLB0532BA 1
RAIL15TLB0257BA 2
7-137
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuses
Fuse No. Rating Function
F1A 15 A Rear windshield wiper and rear windshield washer
F1B 7.5 A +15 Antitheft
F1C 10 A 4wd, automatic manual, TRAX, cut transmission and differential block
F2A 15 A Instrument power supply, switches lamps, seat
F2B 15 A Air-conditioning
F2C 15 A Pilot control
F3A 3A Rear right/front left side light, instrument illumination
F3B 3A Rear left/front right side lights, number plate light
F3C 10 A Glide Ride™, working light , hydraulic speed control , 4x1 clam bucket
F4A 7.5 A Stop lights switch
F4B 10 A Hand tool button, clam bucket level valve and sensor
F4C 10 A Rear excavator lock, side-shift lock, transport block
F5A 15 A External front inner working lights
F5B 10 A Traffic lights
F5C 15 A Main beam fuse
F6A 15 A Rotating beacon
F6B 7.5 A (+15) flasher warning
F6C 7.5 A Rapid attach
F7A 10 A (+30) warning, horn
F7B 10 A Current intake, radio, roof lamp
F7C 6A Front windshield wiper
F8A 15 A External rear outer work lights
F8B 15 A External front outer work lights
F8C 15 A External rear Inner work lights
Relays
Relay reference Designation
K10 Optional relay
K1A Flasher relay
K3 Starting relay
K4 Bucket level solenoid valve relay
K5 Traffic and main beam lights relay
K6 External front inner work light relay
K7 External rear Inner work light relay
K8 External front outer work light relay
K9 External rear outer work light relay
7-138
7 - MAINTENANCE
RAIL14TLB1180GA 3
7-139
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuse and relay module

Remove the side instrument cluster panel to expose the
mini relay and fuse panel.
NOTE: Four-Wheel Steer (4WS) machines will have less
relays then what is shown.
RAIL15TLB0258BA 4
RAIL15TLB0136AA 5
Fuse or relay reference Designation

K225 Parking brake relay X-225 (not applicable to 4WS)
K227 4WD warning light relay X-227
K230 Hand hammer relay X-230
K232 Glide Ride™ relay X-232
K231 Reset parking brake relay X-231 (not applicable to 4WS)
K228 Additional relay X-228 (not applicable to 4WS)
K14 Transmission cut-off relay X-14
F-001 +15 Switched fuse 5 A

K-464 Main relay X-464
X-520 Front working lamps – Diode 1 (D1)
Instrument lamp – Diode 2 (D2)
Rear working lamps – Diode 3 (D3)
NOTE: Relay K464 and connector X-520 are not attached to the fuse relay panel shown but are located in the general
area.
7-140
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine compartment fuse and relay panel

Open the engine hood and locate the fuse and relay
panel on the left-hand side of the engine.
• X-449 Fuse panel (1)
• X-448 Fuse and relay panel (2)
• Glow-Plug Control Unit (GCU) (3)
• Heater Control Unit (HCU) relay (4)
• Engine Control Unit (ECU) relay (5)
RAIL16TLB0366BA 6
X-449 fuse panel (1)

F-010 Glow-plug Control Unit (GCU) 60 A fuse
— not used
F-011 Heater Control Unit (HCU) 40 A fuse
F-012 Engine Control Unit (ECU) 20 A fuse
F-013 Spare 40 A fuse
F-014 Sensor power 25 A fuse

K-102 Starter pilot relay
K-103 Start interlock relay
K-104 Engine start relay
K-105 A/C compressor relay
K-106 AUX main relay
K-107 SCR main relay
F-003 SCR system ignition 7.5 A fuse
F-004 Engine Control Unit (ECU) 7.5 A fuse
F-005 Tank heater valve and purge module pump 10 A fuse
F-007 A/C 10 A fuse
F-008 Pump module 10 A fuse
7-141
7 - MAINTENANCE
If the machine is equipped with Air-Conditioning (A/C).

On the right-hand side of the engine near the alternator
is a 40 A in-line harness blower fuse (F953/X-953).
RAIL16TLB0369BA 7
Main power fuse module

Open the battery compartment door and locate the 80 A
main power fuse.
NOTE: There is a in-line 5 A +30 unswitched fuse (F515)
in the FleetForce™ (Telematics) harness near the positive
battery terminal.
RAIL15TLB0014AA 8
7-142
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuses and relays – Power shuttle

NOTICE: NEVER replace a fuse with a fuse of a different rating.
Main fuse and relay panel

Remove the main fuse cover panel from the front right-
hand side console. The vehicle diagnostic connector
(1) and the four pin FleetForce™ (Telematics) diagnos-
tic connector (2) are also found in this area.
NOTE: There is a in-line 5 A fuse (F31) on the diagnostic
connector harness (1). You may need to access this fuse
by removing the side instrument cluster.
RAIL16TLB0532BA 1
RAIL15TLB0257BA 2
7-143
7 - MAINTENANCE
Fuses
Fuse No. Rating Function
F1A 15 A Rear windshield wiper and rear windshield washer
F1B 7.5 A Fuel shut off, +15 antitheft, key switch +15 ECU, reset parking brake
F1C 10 A Stop lights switch
F2A 15 A Instrument side panel, switches lamps
F2B 15 A Air conditioning
F2C 15 A Pilot control
F3A 3A Rear right/front left side light, instrument illumination
F3B 3A Rear left/front right side lights, number plate light
F3C 10 A Glide Ride™ switch, rapid attach, working lights switch, 4x1grab ST3
F4A – not used
F4B 10 A Hand tool button, clam bucket level valve and sensor, clutch shut off button
and differential block button
F4C 10 A Rear excavator lock, side-shift lock ,working lights switch
F5A 15 A External front inner working lights
F5B 10 A Low beam fuse
F5C 15 A Main beam fuse
F6A 15 A Rotating beacon lamp
F6B 7.5 A (+15) emergency lights
F6C 7.5 A Hand tool, 4WD
F7A 10 A (+30) warning, horn
F7B 10 A Current intake, radio, off lamp
F7C 15 A Front windshield wiper
F8A 15 A External rear outer work lights
F8B 15 A External front outer work lights
F8C 15 A External rear inner work lights
Relays
Relay reference Designation
K1 Forward-reverse speed switch relay
K3 Starting relay
K4 Bucket level solenoid valve relay
K5 Traffic and main beam lights relay
K6 External front inner work light relay
K7 External rear inner work light relay
K8 External front outer work light relay
K9 External rear outer work light relay
K10 Reverse speed relay
K11 Forward speed relay
K12 Flasher unit relay
7-144
7 - MAINTENANCE
RAIL14TLB1183GA 3
7-145
7 - MAINTENANCE
Side relay and fuse module

Remove the side instrument cluster panel to expose the
mini relay and fuse panel.
RAIL15TLB0258BA 4
RAIL15TLB0138AA 5

K225 Parking brake relay X-225
K230 Hand hammer relay X-230
K232 Glide Ride™ relay X-232
K224 Differential gear lock relay X-224
K231 Reset parking brake relay X-231
K226 4WD relay X-226
K227 Additional relay X-227
F-001 +15 Switched fuse 5 A

K233 Neutral signal inversion for cluster relay X-233
K464 Main relay X-464
X-520 Front working lamps – Diode 1 (D1)
Instrument lamp – Diode 2 (D2)
Rear working lamps – Diode 3 (D3)
Transmission switch B+ 5 A fuse F520
NOTE: The relays or fuses in this table are not attached to the fuse relay panel shown.
7-146
7 - MAINTENANCE
Engine compartment fuse and relay panel

Open the engine hood and locate the fuse and relay
panel on the left-hand side of the engine.
• X-449 Fuse panel (1)
• X-448 Fuse and relay panel (2)
• Glow-Plug Control Unit (GCU) (3)
• Heater Control Unit (HCU) relay (4)
• Engine Control Unit (ECU) relay (5)
RAIL16TLB0366BA 6

F-010 Glow-plug Control Unit (GCU) 60 A fuse
— not used
F-011 Heater Control Unit (HCU) 40 A fuse
F-012 Engine Control Unit (ECU) 20 A fuse
F-013 Spare 40 A fuse
F-014 Sensor power 25 A fuse

K-102 Starter pilot relay
K-103 Start interlock relay
K-104 Engine start relay
K-105 A/C compressor relay
K-106 AUX main relay
K-107 SCR main relay
F-003 SCR system ignition 7.5 A fuse
F-004 Engine Control Unit (ECU) 7.5 A fuse
F-005 Tank heater valve and purge module pump 10 A fuse
F-007 A/C 10 A fuse
F-008 Pump module 10 A fuse
7-147
7 - MAINTENANCE
If the machine is equipped with Air-Conditioning (A/C).

On the right-hand side of the engine near the alternator
is a 40 A in-line harness blower fuse (F953/X-953).
RAIL16TLB0369BA 7
Main power fuse module

Open the battery compartment door and locate the 80 A
main power fuse.
NOTE: There is a in-line 5 A +30 unswitched fuse (F515)
in the FleetForce™ (Telematics) harness near the positive
battery terminal.
RAIL15TLB0014AA 8
7-148
7 - MAINTENANCE
Telematics system fuses (if equipped)

NOTE: If your machine is equipped with a Telematics system, your machine will have two additional 5 A fuse locations.
1. The first in-line fuse location.

A. Remove the side instrument cluster panel.
B. Locate the 5 A fuse in the harness.
C. Remove the fuse cover.
D. Check the 5 A fuse and replace if necessary.
2. The second in-line fuse location.
A. Remove the battery cover plate.
B. Locate the 5 A fuse in the harness.
C. Remove the fuse cover (1).
D. Check the 5 A fuse and replace if necessary.
RAIL15TLB0075AA 1
7-149
7 - MAINTENANCE
Battery removal and installation

WARNING
Electrical shock hazard!
Do not reverse battery terminals. Connect positive cable ends to positive terminals (+) and negative
cable ends to negative terminals (-).
W0262A
WARNING
Battery gas can explode!
To prevent an explosion: 1. Always disconnect the negative (-) battery cable first. 2. Always connect
the negative (-) battery cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal objects. 4. Do
not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery.
W0011A

tion.
7. Place the battery switch in the OFF position.
NOTE: Wait at least 60 seconds after key off before turning
battery switch to the off position. This allows the machine
controllers to shutdown properly.
8. Remove the fasteners (1) and the battery cover (2).
RAIL15TLB0073AA 1
7-150
7 - MAINTENANCE
9. Remove the terminal covers and disconnect the cables,

first from the negative terminal (3) then the positive ter-
minal (4).
10. Remove the nuts and washers (5), the clamping bar
(6) and the battery (7).
11. Install the battery (7).
12. Install the clamping bar (6) and the washers and nuts
(5).
13. Clean the cables and the connecting terminals and
coat them with grease.
14. Connect the cables, first to the positive terminal (4),
then the negative terminal (3) and install the terminal
covers. RAIL15TLB0075AA 2
15. Reattach the battery cover (2) and secure it with the
fasteners (1).
RAIL15TLB0073AA 3
7-151
7 - MAINTENANCE
Telescopic dipper (if equipped)

1. Ensure the drain port (1) in the end of the dipper is kept
clear to prevent accumulation of water inside the unit.
2. Check the hole for hydraulic oil traces, which would
indicate the presence of a pressure loss in the cylinder.
LEEN12T0501AA 1
7-152
7 - MAINTENANCE
Bucket teeth
Bucket - Loader attachment
2. Position the loader bucket so that the bucket teeth can
be replaced.
neutral position.
6. Loosen and remove the screws (2) with the nuts (3).
7. Extract the tooth (1).
1
8. Clean the area around the tooth. LEEN12T0502AA
9. Assemble the new tooth (1).

10. Screw in and tighten the screws (2) with the nuts (3).
Bucket - Backhoe attachment

12. Position the backhoe bucket so that the bucket teeth
can be replaced.
in neutral position.
14. Immobilize the machine by means of the parking
brake.
16. Remove the safety pin (2) using a hammer and a
punch or tooth tool.
17. Extract the tooth (1).
18. Clean the area around the tooth holder.
19. Assemble the new tooth (1).
20. Install the safety pin (2).
LEEN12T0695AA 2
7-153
7 - MAINTENANCE
Loader bucket - Self-leveling adjustment

1. The self-leveling linkage mounted on the right hand
loader arm and frame automatically controls the angle
of the loader bucket during the raising cycle of the lift
arms to maintain a constant bucket level. There is no
self-leveling during the lowering cycle.
2. Self-leveling begins when the tube (2) on the loader
arm contacts the bell crank (1) and lifts the vertical link-
age rod (3).
3. The tie rod then moves the bucket spool to the dump
position to level the bucket.
LEEN12T0696AA 1
Automatic self-leveling control and adjustment

2. Disconnect the vertical tie rod (3) at the lower bell
crank.
3. Raise the loader attachment so that the lower bucket
pin is 800 mm (31.5 in) above the ground, and fully turn
over the bucket to the rear.
LEEN12T0697AA 2
4. Rotate the bell crank (1) till it touches the tube (2) on
the loader arm. Make sure the lower bell crank arm is
directing upwards.
5. Adjust the length of the vertical rod (3) so that when
reconnected, the end of the loader arm tube remains in
contact with the bell crank.
6. Securely tighten the lock nuts on a vertical tie rod.
LEEN12T0698AA 3
7-154
7 - MAINTENANCE
Return-to-dig system
1. Return to dig is an electrically activated feature which
enables the operator to automatically return the bucket
to a level digging position for a further work cycle with
one simple movement of the loader control lever (3).
2. Whenever the bucket is rolled forward to dump the re-
turn to dig electrical circuit is completed and the sole-
noid on the bucket spool is energized.
3. When the loader bucket control lever (3) is moved di-
agonally left to the return to dig position (2) the electro-
magnet will hold the bucket spool in the roll back po-
sition until the bucket is in the level digging position at
which time the indicator on the rod of the bucket self-
leveling linkage will pass in front of the sensor which
de-energizes the electromagnet on the bucket spool
enabling the spool to return to the neutral position.
LEEN12T0699BA 4
Return to dig sensor - Adjustment

1. The return to dig system consists of an electromagnet
mounted on the bucket spool, a sensor (1) mounted on
top of the loader arm and a pointer attached to the tube
of the bucket self-leveling linkage.
2. Place the bucket on the ground in the preferred digging
position.
3. Adjust the position of the sensor such that when the
bucket is in digging position and loader arms are low-
ered, half 50% of the sensor face is obscured by the
self-leveling linkage pointer.
4. Ensure the face of the sensor (1) is 3 – 6 mm (0.12 –
0.24 in) from the pointer (2) on the self-leveling linkage. LEEN12T0700AA 5
5. As a visual aid for the operator, while seated in the cab,

the pointer mounted on the loader arm can be seen to
align with the pointer on the self-leveling linkage, when
the loader arms are lowered and the bucket is in the
level digging position.
7-155
7 - MAINTENANCE
Disable parking brake

For disabled machines, disable the parking brake whenever the parking brake fails to disengage.
1. Chock the wheels to prevent movement.

2. Remove the mat and floor plate.
3. Locate the solenoid block for the parking brake on the
transmission.
4. Clean the area of dirt and debris.
RCPH10TLB064AAF 1
5. Remove the two bolts that secure the solenoid block.
RCPH10TLB065AAF 2
6. Carefully lift up and rotate the solenoid block 90° (1).

7. Reinstall the bolts and tighten the bolts to a torque of
20 N·m (15 lb ft).
8. Attach a grease gun (use MULTI -PURPOSE MOLY
GREASE EXTREME PRESSURE AND ANTI-WEAR NGLI-2)
to the fitting (2) on the solenoid block and pump ap-
proximately 65 pumps.
NOTICE: Extreme pressure is NOT needed to release the
parking brake. Over pressurization may damage the seals.
Moderate effort is required on the grease gun.
RCPH10TLB070AAF 3
9. Carefully remove the wheel chocks, as the machine

may now be moved.
NOTICE: The machine should be free to roll. If the machine
does not roll, there may be an issue in the parking brake or
drivetrain. Contact your dealer.
NOTICE: After grease has been used to release the park-
ing brake it will be necessary to clean and flush the en-
tire system before placing the machine back into operation.
Contact your dealer for this procedure.
7-156
7 - MAINTENANCE
10. To enable the parking brake:

A. Slowly loosen and remove the two bolts that hold
the solenoid block in position. Grease trapped in
the parking brake will come out under the block.
B. Confirm that the three O-rings are in the correct
position and that all surfaces are free of contam-
ination.
C. Return the solenoid block to its original position.
D. Reinstall the bolts and tighten the bolts to a
E. Test the parking brake to ensure it functions
correctly. For example, the transmission is
de-clutched when the parking brake is applied.
7-157
7 - MAINTENANCE
STORAGE
Machine storage
If the machine is to be in storage for more than 30 days, park the machine inside a building. If a building is not
available, park the machine in a dry area on planks and cover the machine with a waterproof covering.
Geographic, environmental and actual storage conditions make it difficult to follow a set storage procedure for all
areas and conditions. The following procedure is for a storage period of six months or longer. This procedure is a
good starting point but may not be all inclusive. If you have questions about storing your machine, contact your dealer.
1. Inspect the machine for visible signs of wear, break-

age or damage. Order any parts required and make
the necessary repairs to avoid delays when starting the
next operating period.
2. Wash the machine.
3. Lubricate the machine at all grease fittings.
4. Paint any area where the paint has been damaged.
5. Drain the fuel tank.
6. Put approximately 8 l (2 US gal) of diesel flushing oil in
the fuel tank. Run the engine until the exhaust smoke
is blue white.
7. Drain the flushing oil from the fuel tank.
8. Fill the fuel tank and add diesel fuel conditioner by fol-
lowing the directions on the container.
9. Drain the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank.
10. Move all hydraulic controls to relieve any pressure in
the hydraulic circuits.
11. Change the engine oil and replace the oil filter.
12. Drain the cooling system. Leave the drain valves open
and do not tighten the radiator cap.
13. Put a Do Not Operate tag on the instrument panel.
14. Clean or replace the primary element for the air filter.
15. Cover the exposed cylinder rods, valve spools, and
any other bare metal parts with a rust and corrosion
preventive.
16. Charge the battery. Remove the battery from the ma-
chine and store in a cool dry area where the temper-
ature is above freezing 0 °C (32 °F). Make sure the
battery is clean.
NOTE: Check the battery periodically for the correct electrolyte level. Test the electrolyte with a hydrometer. When
the hydrometer reading is near 1.215, charge the battery.
7-158
7 - MAINTENANCE
Preparation for use after storage

Do not start the engine until Steps 1 through 12 have been done.
1. Change the fuel filters and fill the fuel take if required.
2. Tighten the cooling system drain valves.
3. Fill the engine cooling system.
4. Check the condition of the engine drive belt. Replace
if required.
5. Check the engine oil level.
6. Check the hydraulic oil level.
7. Check the transmission oil level.
8. Lubricate the machine at all grease fittings.
9. Use petroleum base solvent and remove the rust and
corrosion preventive from the hydraulic cylinder rods,
valve spools and any other location the preventative
was used.
10. Install a new battery or confirm the battery is charged.
11. Fill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank to
a minimum of 20% level.
12. If stored longer than four months, change the DEF
supply module filter as shown on 7-116.
13. Bleed the air from the fuel system. Refer to 7-128 in
this manual.
14. Start the engine. It is important that you review the
“STARTING THE UNIT” chapter on Page 4-5 in this
manual.
7-159
7 - MAINTENANCE
7-160
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING###_8_###
FAULT CODE RESOLUTION
Troubleshooting
Often failures are due to improper use or to an irregular
maintenance of the machine.
In case of failure, it is recommended to read the relevant

chapter in the manual.
In case no failure cause can be determined or if you are

not able to eliminate the problem, consult the Service De-
partment.
When contacting the Service Department, it is important

to describe the failure and all the factors related to it in
the most precise way possible. Precise information allows
quickly finding and eliminating the cause of the problem.
Never perform any operation if not sufficiently skilled for

the job.
These following tables are reported for your guidance

only.
These tables describe the failures already occurred, their

possible causes and the remedies to be adopted.
In exceptional cases, a failure described may also have

another cause.
NOTICE: If any repairs are required beyond routine maintenance, your machine must be returned to your Dealer who
has the correct tools, facilities and knowledge to perform repairs to the correct specification and safety standards.
Problem
Here the failure is described as the consequence of a pre-
viously performed observation or activity.
Therefore, observe with extreme care.
Carefully examine the problem.
Ask yourself the following questions:
What symptoms preceded the failure?
What repair or maintenance operations have been previ-

ously performed?
Had this failure already occurred?
Is this a single failure or are these more contemporary

failures?
Possible Cause
The possible causes of the detected failure are indicated.
They are arranged according to the probability degree:

the most probable cause is shown at first place.
8-1
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Correction
Here it is explained how to detect and eliminate the cause
of the problem.
8-2
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Engine - Troubleshooting
Problem Possible Cause Correction
The engine does not start. Partially discharged batteries. Check, charge the batteries and, if neces-
sary, replace them.
Corroded or loose connections to the bat- Clean, inspect, tighten the nuts and, if nec-
tery terminals. essary, replace the excessively corroded
terminals and nuts.
Dirt or water accumulations in fuel lines. Disconnect the lines and the injection pump
and carefully clean them; if necessary,
clean and dry the fuel tank.
No fuel in the tank. Fill the tank.
No supply to the injection pump. Check and, if necessary, replace the supply
pump.
Air in the fuel system. Check the lines, the fittings, the supply
pump, the filters and the injection pump for
the presence of air, then bleed the system.
Damaged starter motor. Repair or replace the starter motor.
The engine stops. Irregular delivery of the supply pump. Contact your dealer.
Dirt or water accumulations in fuel lines. Disconnect the lines and the injection pump
and carefully clean them; if necessary,
clean and dry the fuel tank.
Restricted fuel filters. Replace the filter cartridges.
Burned or cracked valves. Replace the valves.
Air in the fuel system. Check the lines, the fittings, the supply
pump, the filters and the injection pump for
the presence of air, then bleed the system.
Damaged injection pump controls. Replace the damaged parts.
The engine overheats. The centrifugal pump of the cooling system Contact your dealer.
is faulty.
Faulty temperature switch. Replace the temperature switch.
Radiator partially faulty. Eliminate possible scales by washing,
check and repair possible tube leaks.
Scales in coolant passage compartments Carefully wash.
in cylinder heads and crankcase.
Centrifugal pump drive belt and fan drive Check and adjust belt tension.
belt too slack.
Coolant (insufficient quantity). Restore the level in the expansion tank by
adding the prescribed fluid.
Incorrect timing of the engine. Check and correctly time the engine.
Restricted air filter. Clean the assembly and, if necessary, re-
place the filter element.
The engine has Partially obstructed or damaged injectors. Contact your dealer.
anomalous knocks.
Dirt accumulations in fuel lines. Clean the lines and replace the visibly
dented pipes; if necessary, clean the injec-
tion pump.
Drive shaft knocks caused by an exces- Contact your dealer.
sive clearance of one or more crankshaft
bearings or big end bearings or excessive
shoulder clearance.
Unbalanced drive shaft. Check the alignment and the balance of the
drive shaft and, if necessary, replace it.
Loose flywheel retaining screws. Replace the loose screws and tighten all
screws to the prescribed torque + angle.
Connecting rod axes not parallel. Straighten the connecting rods, check that
the axes are parallel and, if necessary, re-
place the connecting rods.
Cylinder knocks due to anomalous wear. Contact your dealer.
8-3
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Noisy cylinder pin due to excessive clear- Contact your dealer.
ance in hub and connecting rod bushing.
Bushings free in their seat on the connect-
ing rod.
Ticking due to noisy distribution. Contact your dealer.
Anomalous engine . Contact your dealer.
smoke.
Difficult starting and poor High-pressure pump faulty. Contact your dealer.
performance under all
conditions.
Difficult start, poor Injector with shutter or solenoid core (me- Contact your dealer.
performance, the engine chanical part) stuck open.
runs with one cylinder
less.
Starting takes tens of Injector (irreversibly) stuck open. Contact your dealer.
seconds, much white
exhaust smoke, smell of
fuel.
Broken high-pressure line Anomalous vibrations caused by a loose Contact your dealer.
from pump to Common line clamping.
Rail
The engine operates with Injector stuck closed. Contact your dealer.
a cylinder less, without
saving failures in the
control unit.
8-4
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Starter motor - Troubleshooting

The starter motor does Too low specific density and battery level. Inspect the battery.
not run.
Poor ignition switch circuit connection or Replace the wiring harness and the ignition
contact. switch or starter motor runs too slowly.
Malfunction of the coil or of the magnetic Replace the magnetic switch.
switch pull-in cylinder.
The starter motor running The pinion gear does not engage with the Repair or replace the clutch and the control
cannot crank the engine. ring gear. lever.
Sliding clutch. Replace the clutch.
Anomalous noise. Anomalous bushing wear. Replace starter.
Wear on pinion gear or ring gear tooth tips. For ring gear damage contact dealer.
Poor pinion gear sliding. Replace starter.
The pinion gear springs. Poor ignition switch return. Replace the ignition switch.
Field coil loss. Magnetic Pinion gear disengagement fault caused by Replace the magnetic switch.
switch coil burnt, etc. a coil short circuit in the magnetic switch.
8-5
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Alternator - Troubleshooting
Not recharged. Recharge circuit interrupted (warning lamp, Check the connections of the recharge cir-
fuse, connector, etc.). cuit, clean and tighten the alternator and
battery terminals.
Voltage regulator inefficient. Replace alternator.
Rotor winder interrupted. Replace alternator.
Worn brushes. Replace alternator.
Recharge insufficient. Slackened fan belt. Supply the correct tension.
Voltage regulator faulty. Replace alternator.
Excessive wear of rotor rings or brushes. Replace alternator.
Short-circuited diodes. Replace alternator.
Short-circuited stator winders or rotor Replace alternator.
winder.
Excessive recharge. Loose circuit connections. Check the connections of battery terminals,
starter motor terminals and alternator.
Voltage regulator inefficient. Replace alternator.
Ground connection faulty. Check connections for leaks.
8-6
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Transmission - Troubleshooting
The vehicle does not Control valve supply problem. Check and, if necessary, replace the con-
move. trol valves.
Damaged connections of transmission and Repair and, if necessary, replace the wiring
vehicle wiring harness. harness.
Oxidation in the contacts of the electric ca- Clean the contacts.
bles of the wiring harness.
Interruption of the electric cable. Replace the electric cable.
Damage to the solenoids/solenoid valves. Replace the solenoids.
Damage to sensors. Replace sensors.
Short circuits or bad contact. Check and, if necessary, replace the fuses.
EGM/ECU gearshift electronic control op- Replace the EGM/ECU gearshift electronic
eration fault (only for powershift models). control (only for powershift models).
Incorrect oil level. Restore the oil level.
Check for possible oil leaks. Eliminate the leaks and restore the oil level.
Suction strainer restriction. Clean the suction strainer.
Damaged oil pump. Replace the oil pump.
Damaged oil pump pressure relief valve. Replace the oil pump.
Damaged/restricted filter. Replace the filter.
Damaged / stuck control valve. Replace the control valve.
Damaged converter. Replace the converter.
Oil temperature below 0 °C (32 °F). Wait for the operating temperature to be
reached (stall test).
Damaged rotating seals. Replace the rotating seals.
Damaged synchronizers (only for power Replace the synchronizers (only for power
shuttle models). shuttle models).
Stuck shuttle lever. Repair the shuttle lever.
Excessively worn-out clutch assembly. Repair and, if necessary, replace the clutch
assembly.
Lack of motion transmission (broken gears, Check, repair and, if necessary, replace.
shafts, bearings, etc.).
The brake does not release. .
• Check the general pressure of
transmission.
• Check voltage.
• Check the operation of the solenoid
valve.
• Check the mounting of the brake
solenoid valve block after operating on
the brake.
• After the above-described verifications,
disassemble the brake cover and
check the condition of the parts for
unlocking/locking the brake (Teflon
seals, Belleville washers, brake disc
deformation, etc.).
The vehicle has a reduced Incorrect oil temperature. Wait for the operating temperature to be
power transmission. reached (stall test).
Transmission oil overheating. Restore acceptable temperature values.
Incorrect operating pressures. Check the hydraulic circuit and replace (oil
pump, filters, control valve).
Worn-out clutch assembly. Replace/repair.
4WD fails to engage. Repair/replace the 4WD shaft assembly.
Overheated solenoids/solenoid valves. Replace.
8-7
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Damaged connections of transmission and Repair and, if necessary, replace the con-
vehicle wiring harness (only for powershift nections (only for powershift models).
models).
Damaged logic of EGM/ECU gearshift Replace the EGM/ECU (only for powershift
electronic control (only for powershift mod- models).
els).
Damage to sensors. Replace sensors.
Overheating. Damaged cooling system. Repair the cooling system.
Dirty heat exchanger. Clean the heat exchanger.
Unintentionally activated parking brake. Deactivate the parking brake.
Excessive soil deposit on axle wheel hubs. Clean the axle wheel hubs.
Seizure (broken gears, shafts, bearings, Check, repair and, if necessary, replace.
etc.).
Braking force external to transmission: axle Check and repair the axle.
operating problem.
Dragging of clutch disks. Repair and, if necessary, replace the clutch
disks.
Damaged oil thermostat. Replace the oil thermostat.
Worn-out oil pump. Replace the oil pump.
Wheel rotation with lifted Dragging of clutch disks. Repair and, if necessary, replace the clutch
vehicle disks.
Low oil temperature (high oil viscosity). Wait for the operating temperature to be
Incorrect oil gradient. Change oil and filters.
Damaged control valve. Replace the control valve.
Stuck shuttle lever. Repair and, if necessary, replace the shut-
tle lever.
Abnormal noise Damaged converter. Replace the converter.
Damaged oil pump. Replace the oil pump.
Ventilation/Cavitation. Check the oil level. Check the oil gradient.
Seizure (broken gears, shafts, bearings, Check, repair and, if necessary, replace.
etc.).
Worn-out clutch disks. Replace the clutch disks.
Worn-out synchronizer connection (only for Replace the synchronizer connection (only
power shuttle models). for power shuttle models).
Worn-out 4WD connection (only for power Replace the 4WD connection (only for
shuttle models). power shuttle models).
Irregular connection. Damaged hydraulic control valve. Replace the control valves.
Electrical system fault. Repair the electrical system.
Worn-out clutch disks. Replace the clutch disks.
Low oil temperature (high oil viscosity). Wait for the operating temperature to be
Overheating. See “overheating”.
EGM/ECU gearshift electronic control op- Replace the EGM/ECU (only for powershift
eration fault (only for powershift models). models).
Damaged hydraulic system. Repair the hydraulic system.
The gear remains Damaged/stuck shuttle lever. Repair and, if necessary, replace the shut-
engaged. tle lever.
Damaged hydraulic system. Repair the hydraulic system.
Damaged clutch assembly. Repair and, if necessary, replace the clutch
assembly.
Damaged travel control rod (only for power Replace the travel control rod (only for
8-8
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Lack of 4WD power Damaged 4WD connection assembly. Replace the 4WD connection assembly.
transmission.
Hydraulic system fault. Repair the hydraulic system.
Braking sensor fault. Check and, if necessary, replace the brak-
ing sensors.
Gear fails to engage. Damaged gear control rod (only for power Replace the gear control rod (only for
Damaged clutch connection assembly Replace the clutch connection assembly
(only for powershift models). (only for powershift models).
Damaged hydraulic system (only for pow- Repair the hydraulic system (only for pow-
ershift models). ershift models).
Damaged control valve (only for powershift Replace the control valve (only for power-
models). shift models).
Damaged pressure sensors (only for pow- Check and, if necessary, replace the sen-
ershift models). sors (only for powershift models).
Electrical system fault (only for powershift Repair the electrical system (only for pow-
models). ershift models).
8-9
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Axles - Troubleshooting
Wheel vibrations. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
Defective axle. Inspect and repair the axle.
Wrong weight distribution. Distribute the weight differently.
Overload. Remove the excessive load.
Incorrect tire rotation radius. Replace the tire or adjust pressure on both
tires.
Bent axle beam. Replace the axle beam.
Tire resistance. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
Defective axle. Inspect and repair.
tires.
Broken axle shaft. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
tires.
Difficult steering; the Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
machine travels in
a straight line while
steering.
tires.
Bent or broken axle shaft. Replace the axle beam.
No differential action; Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
jamming while steering.
Excessive noise. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
tires.
Incorrect wheel alignment. Check that the structure and the bearings
are in good conditions.
Excessive wear of the tire. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
tires.
Blocked differential. Check the installation.
Excessive steering angle. Reduce the steering angle.
Incorrect wheel alignment. Check that the structure and the bearings
are in good conditions.
Friction noise. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
Damaged or worn axle parts. Replace the damaged axle parts.
Incorrect axle part installation. Check the installation.
Incorrect adjustment of the bevel gear set. Adjust the bevel gear set.
8-10
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Vibrations during travel. Incorrect installation. Correct the installation.
Break towards the outer Excessive gear load compared to the pre- Replace the bevel gear.
end of the ring gear tooth. scribed one.
Incorrect gear adjustment (excessive back- Carefully follow the recommended adjust-
lash). Loose pinion nut. ment operations for ring gear and pinion
backlash and for tooth mark detection.
Break towards the inner Load crash. Replace the bevel gear.
end of the ring gear tooth.
Incorrect gear adjustment (insufficient Carefully follow the recommended adjust-
backlash). Loose pinion nut. ment operations for ring gear and pinion
backlash and for tooth mark detection.
Worn-out or scored Pinion Insufficient lubrication. Replace the bevel gear.
teeth and ring gear teeth.
Contaminated lubricant. Incorrect lubricant Replace the pinion bearings, paying atten-
or poor additives. tion to correctly position the ring gear, the
pinion and the bearing preloading.
Worn-out pinion bearings that cause an Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
incorrect pinion axial backlash and wrong level and change at recommended inter-
contact between pinion and ring gear. vals.
Overheated ring gear Prolonged operation at high temperature. Replace the bevel gear.
teeth or pinion teeth.
Check if gear teeth have
faded.
Unsuitable lubricant. Low oil level. Con- Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
taminated lubricant. level and change at recommended inter-
vals.
Pitted drive pinion teeth. Extremely intense use. Replace the bevel gear.
Insufficient lubrication. Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
level and change at recommended inter-
vals.
Bent axle beam body. Overloaded vehicle. Vehicle’s accident. Replace the axle beam body.
Load crash.
Worn-out or pitted Insufficient lubrication. Replace bearings.
bearings.
Contaminated lubricant. Extremely intense Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
use. Normal wear. Loose pinion nut. level and change at recommended inter-
vals.
Gaskets leak oil. Prolonged operation at excessive oil tem- Replace the gasket and matching surface
perature. if damaged.
Oil gasket wrongly installed. Gasket edge Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
cut or scored. Contaminated lubricant. level and change at recommended inter-
vals.
Excessive wear of input Intense use. Replace the flange.
flange spline.
Loose pinion nut. Check that the pinion spline is not exces-
sively worn out.
Axial backlash of pinion. Replace the bevel gear, if necessary.
Fatigue break of pinion Intense use. Continuous overload. Replace the bevel gear.
gear tooth. Check if the
fracture line is wavy or
clearly delineated (stop
line).
Break of pinion teeth and Crash load of differential components. Check and/or replace other differential
ring gear teeth. components.
Splines of planetary Intense use. Replace differential gear assembly. Re-
gear worn-out (excessive place the axle beam, if necessary
backlash).
8-11
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Worn or scratched washer Insufficient lubrication. Replace all scratched washers and those
surfaces. with a thickness by 0.1 mm (0.004 in)lower
than the new ones.
Incorrect lubrication. Contaminated lubri- Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
cant. level and change at recommended inter-
vals.
Worn-out inner diameter Intense use. Replace bearing.
of pinion tapered roller
bearing.
Excessive pinion axial play. Check pinion axial backlash.
Unsuitable lubrication. Contaminated lubri- Use proper lubricant, fill up to the correct
cant. level and change at recommended inter-
vals.
Twisted or broken axle Intense vehicle operation, overload. Replace the axle beam.
beam.
Broken axle beam at Loose wheel support. Replace the axle beam.
wheel flange.
Bent axle beam body. Check the bending of the axle beam body.
Make sure that the wheel support is not
worn out or wrongly adjusted.
Noise during travel. Excessive backlash between ring gear and Adjust the backlash between the ring gear
pinion. and the pinion.
Worn-out pinion and ring gear. Replace pinion and ring gear.
Worn-out pinion bearings. Replace pinion bearings.
Loose pinion bearings. Adjust pinion bearings.
Excessive pinion axial play. Adjust the axial play of the pinion.
Worn-out differential bearings. Replace differential bearings.
Loose differential bearings. Adjust the bearings.
Ring gear excessively off-set. Replace the ring gear.
Low lubricant level. Restore the level.
Poor or incorrect lubricant grade. Change lubricant.
Noise during idling. Noises emitted by the axle when the ve- Adjust the backlash between the ring gear
hicle is moving are usually heard during and the pinion or replace pinion and ring
idling, even though they are not too loud. gear.
Incorrect backlash between pinion and ring Adjust the backlash between the pinion and
gear (the noise heard while decelerating the ring gear.
disappears when speed is increased).
Worn-out pinion spline or input flange. Replace the pinion.
Intermittent noise. Damaged ring gear. Replace the bevel gear.
Loose differential box screws. Tighten the screws to torque.
Constant noise. Damaged ring gear teeth or pinion teeth. Replace the bevel gear.
Worn-out bearings. Replace the bearings.
Worn-out pinion splines. Replace the pinion.
Noise while steering. Worn-out differential planetary gears. Replace the planetary gears.
Worn-out differential box and/or pins. Replace the differential box.
Worn-out differential washers. Replace the washers.
Worn-out axle beam splines. Replace the axle beam.
8-12
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Steering system - Troubleshooting

No steering or excessive Incorrect oil level in the tank. Fill with the correct oil type and quantity.
effort required to steer. Check for loose connections or damaged
lines. Bleed the system.
Air in the system. Check the system pressure.
Pump relief valve faulty. Replace the relief valve.
Worn pump. Replace the pump.
Leaking power cylinder. Eliminate the leak.
Damaged valve spool. Replace the spool.
Broken or damaged steering column. Inspect and repair.
Damaged or worn metering element. Replace the metering element.
The steering wanders. Excessive clearance in the ball joints of the Inspect and replace.
steering connecting rods.
Leaking power cylinder. Eliminate the leak.
Control valve spool stuck or worn. Replace the spool.
Front wheels oscillating Leaking power cylinder. Eliminate the leak.
when steering.
Control valve spool stuck. Replace the spool.
Noisy pump. Incorrect oil level in the tank. Fill with the correct oil type and quantity.
Air in the system. Check for loose connections or damaged
lines. Drain the oil from the system.
Water in oil. Drain and change the oil.
Worn pump. Replace the pump.
8-13
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Hydraulic systems - Troubleshooting

All circuits fail to operate. Pump drive inoperative. Check and repair as necessary.
Low oil level. Check the level and top up.
Restricted pump suction line. Inspect the suction line and the tank and
repair as necessary.
Slow operation or loss of Worn pump. Make a pump performance test, replace
power in all circuits. and reseal as necessary.
Restricted pump suction line. Inspect the suction line and the tank and
repair as necessary.
Load sensing pressure relief valve incor- Make a system pressure test.
rectly adjusted.
Hydraulic speed solenoid valve inopera- Make a system pressure test.
tive.
8-14
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Loader attachment - Troubleshooting

The lifting circuit fails to Valve spool leaking. Inspect the spool and check it for wear or
operate, is slow or loses scratches.
power.
Cylinder seals leaking or cylinder barrel Inspect and reseal the cylinder.
damaged.
The bucket fails to The relief valves are stuck open, set to a Check the bucket circuit relief valve.
operate, is slow or loses too low value or there is a leak in the seat.
power.
Valve spool leaking. Inspect the spool and check it for wear or
scratches.
damaged.
Cylinder leak (spools in Damaged cylinder barrel. Inspect and reseal the cylinder.
neutral).
Internal valve leak. Inspect the spool and check it for wear or
scratches.
Hesitation in the raising Load check valve between control valve Disassemble and inspect.
movement of the loader sections damaged.
attachment or of the
bucket cylinders when
the control is initially
actuated.
8-15
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Backhoe attachment - Troubleshooting

The lifting system is The lifting circuit relief valve is stuck open, Test the pressure of the lifting circuit relief
inoperative, is too slow, set to a too low value or there is a leak in valve.
loses power or does not the seat.
hold.
scratches.
damaged.
The digging control fails The digging circuit relief valve (cylinder Test the pressure of the digging circuit relief
to operate, is slow or end) is stuck open, set to a too low value valve.
loses power. or there is a leak in the seat.
scratches.
damaged.
The bucket fails to The bucket relief valve (rod end) is stuck Test the pressure of the bucket relief valve.
operate, is slow or loses open, set to a too low value or there is a
power. leak in the seat.
scratches.
damaged.
The telescopic dipper The telescopic dipper circuit relief valve Test the pressure of the telescopic dipper
fails to operate, is slow or (cylinder end) is stuck open, set to a too relief valve.
loses power. low value or there is a leak in the seat.
scratches.
damaged.
Stabilizer pads leaking. Stabilizer safety valve leaking. Inspect and overhaul the stabilizer safety
valve.
damaged.
8-16
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Swing - Troubleshooting
Right or left swing is The swing circuit relief valves are not seat- Test the swing circuit relief valve.
inoperative, is too slow or ing, set to a too low value or there is a leak
loses power. in the seat.
scratches.
Cylinder seals leaking or cylinder barrel Inspect and reseal the cylinder and the ring
damaged. nut.
The swing fails to slow Built-in sliding limiter damaged. Disassemble and inspect.
down (bearing stop) at
stroke end.
damaged.
The swing does not stop The circuit relief valve (return side) is stuck Test the swing circuit relief valve.
when the control lever open, set to a too low value or there is a
returns to neutral (one leak in the seat.
direction only).
scratches.
Cylinder leak (spools in Internal valve leak. Inspect the spool and check it for wear or
neutral). scratches.
damaged.
A circuit temporarily Load check valve between control valve Disassemble and inspect.
lowers when given the sections damaged.
control to lift.
8-17
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Hydraulic pump - Troubleshooting

Noisy system. Worn or damaged pump gears or pressure Make a hydraulic pump performance test.
plates.
Aeration: air entering the systems at: suc- Make a hydraulic pump performance test.
tion tube, pump shaft, fittings or cylinder
ring nuts.
Cavitation: system restrictions in the suc- Make a visual check and/or a hydraulic
tion line or in the tank filter. pump performance test.
Water in the system. Check for possible leaks and eliminate
them.
The system relief valve vibrates. Check the system relief valve; adjust and
overhaul, if necessary.
Vibrations in the lines. Visually check.
Cold hydraulic oil. Check the hydraulic oil operating tempera-
ture.
Wrong oil type. Change the hydraulic oil.
Hydraulic oil drain Tank overfilled. Check the hydraulic oil level.
through tank breather.
Aeration: air entering the system at: suc- Make a hydraulic pump performance test.
tion tube, pump shaft, fittings or cylinder
ring nuts.
Cavitation: Restriction of the suction filter Make a visual check and/or a hydraulic
in the tank. pump performance test.
Oil heating. Low oil quantity. Fill the tank.
Contaminated oil. Drain the tank and refill with clean oil.
Too high/low setting of the relief valve. Drain the tank and refill with clean oil. Test
relief valves.
Oil in system too light. Drain the tank and refill with oil with the
correct viscosity.
Oil cooler fins obstructed. Clean the oil cooler.
Oil leaks through the shaft Worn shaft seal. Replace the shaft seal and inspect the
seal. pump.
Foamy oil. Low oil level. Fill the tank.
Air in the suction system. Check and tighten the suction lines.
Wrong oil type. Change the hydraulic oil.
8-18
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Electrical systems - Troubleshooting

The electrical system is Loose or oxidized battery connections. Check that the battery voltage with open
inoperative. circuit is at least 12.6 V.
Clean and tighten the connections. Sul- Check the electrolyte level and density.
fated batteries.
Battery isolator switch off. Restore the battery isolator switch.
The main connection fuse of the machine Find the reason of the failure and replace
is blown. the connection fuse.
Starter motor speed too Loose or corroded connections. Clean and tighten loose connections.
low, the engine cranks
slowly.
Low battery output voltage. Check that the battery voltage with open
circuit is at least 12.6 V. Check the elec-
trolyte level and density.
Incorrect viscosity of the engine oil. Use an oil with correct viscosity for the tem-
perature conditions.
Starter motor inoperative. Transmission gearshift lever engaged. Move gearshift lever to neutral.
Loose or corroded connections. Clean and tighten loose connections.
Dead batteries. Charge or replace the batteries.
The charge indicator lamp Low engine idle speed. Increase idle speed.
stays on with the engine
running.
Loose belt. Check belt tension.
Malfunctioning battery. Check that the battery voltage with open
Malfunctioning alternator. Check the alternator and repair, if neces-
sary.
Batteries will not charge. Loose or corroded battery connections. Clean and tighten the connections.
Sulfated batteries. Check that the battery voltage with open
Loose or worn belt. Check the automatic belt tensioner. If nec-
essary, replace the belt.
The charge indicator Malfunctioning alternator. Check the alternator and repair, if neces-
flashes, indicating sary.
excessive charging
voltage.
8-19
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Cab - Troubleshooting
Dust enters the cab. Improper seal around the filter. Check the seal condition.
Restricted filter. Clean or replace the filter.
Defective filter. Replace the filter.
The blower motor Restricted air filter(s). Clean or replace the filter(s).
revolves too slowly.
8-20
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting

The system does not cool. Condenser obstructed. Clean the radiator, the oil cooler and the
condenser.
Insufficient coolant. Check sight glass for bubbles. Consult
your Dealer.
Belt slipping or damaged. Check the automatic belt tensioner and belt
condition.
The heater control is in the ON position. Turn the temperature control knob fully
counterclockwise for maximum cooling.
8-21
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
ALARM(S)
Display screen messages

Display Description Action
Warning machine fault is present Contact your dealer for assistance.
Stop the machine a critical error is present. Contact your dealer for assistance
Engine de-rate Contact your dealer for assistance.
Parking brake not released Disengage the parking brake.
Engine oil pressure too low Check the engine oil level. If level is okay and
the warning continues, contact your dealer for
assistance.
Hydraulic oil filter blocked Replace the oil filter. See “Hydraulic filter (s)” 7-27
Alternator charging failure Contact your dealer for assistance.
Engine air filter blocked Clean or replace the engine air filters. See “Engine
air filters” 7-25.
Transmission oil pressure too high Contact your dealer for assistance.
Transmission oil temperature too high Check the transmission fluid level. If level is okay
and the warning continues, contact your dealer for
assistance.
Engine coolant temperature too high Check the coolant level. If level is okay and
the warning continues, contact your dealer for
assistance.
Low fuel Fill the fuel tank with ASTM D975 GRADE NO. 2-D
S15.
Water in fuel Check the water separator. See 7-29.
Low Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® level Fill the SCR tank with DEF/AdBlue®.
Power Lift™ is not available for use. Make sure the engine is warm, the directional control
lever is in Neutral, and the operator seat is locked in
the backhoe operation position. If problem continues
contact your dealer for assistance.
8-22
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
Display Description Action

Controller Area Network (CAN) malfunction Contact your dealer for assistance.
Fuel level sensor or transmission temperature Contact your dealer for assistance.
sensor error
Throttle fault Contact your dealer for assistance.
Battery voltage too high or too low Contact your dealer for assistance.
Air conditioner pressure too high or air conditioning Contact your dealer for assistance.
not functioning
Validation restarts depleted. Contact your dealer for service.
At key on, indicates a validation restart is required. Contact your dealer for assistance.
After the engine is running, validation restart Contact your dealer for assistance.
warm-up.
After the engine is running, ATS validation in Contact your dealer for assistance.
progress and remaining time.
Number of validation restarts remaining. The Contact your dealer for assistance.
system will allow up to three validation restarts
before service is required..
Validation restart information screen. Contact your dealer for assistance.
DEF/AdBlue® quality is poor.
See “Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust

After Treatment System (ATS) failure. treatment - Overview” 3-37.
Low Idle Increase Recommended – The engine

control module desires to increase the engine speed
when operating at lower temperatures or with lighter
engine loads in order to elevate SCR temperatures. See the “Hydrocarbon management” in the
Low Idle Increase Active – The engine low speed “Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust
has been increased to elevate exhaust temperatures treatment - Product overview” 2-41.
in the SCR catalyst.
SCR Catalyst Full – The SCR catalyst has become
clogged wit hydrocarbon accumulation.
8-23
8 - TROUBLESHOOTING
8-24
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
9 - SPECIFICATIONS###_9_###
Capacities - B95C, B95C LR, and B95C TC
Engine crank case
Specification:
Capacity:
Fuel tank
Specification:

Specification:
Cooling system
Specification:
Capacity:
Hydraulic system
Specification:
Capacity:
Total system 142 L (38 US gal)
Transmission
Specification:
Capacity:
Powershift
9-1
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Specification:
Capacity:

Specification:
9-2
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Capacities – B110C
Engine crank case
Specification:
Capacity:
Fuel tank
Specification:

Specification:
Cooling system
Specification:
Capacity:
Hydraulic system
Specification:
Capacity:
Total system 142 L (37.5 US gal)
Transmission
Specification:
Capacity:
Powershift
9-3
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

Specification:
Capacity:

Specification:
9-4
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Engine
B95C, B95C LR, and B95C TC
Model Diesel, F5BFL413B*B003, Tier 4B (Final) emissions
compliant (base engine F5BFL413A*B007)
Type Four cylinder, turbocharged
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Bore and stroke 99 mm x 110 mm( 3.90 in x 4.33 in)
Displacement 3.4 l (207.5 in³)
Compression ratio 17 to 1
Fuel injection Direct HPCR
Horsepower - rated at 2200 RPM
Gross 72 kW (98 Hp)
Net with viscous fan 71 kW (97 Hp)
Peak torque at 1400 RPM
Gross 459 N·m (339 lb ft)
Net with viscous fan 458 N·m (338 lb ft)
Maximum torque rise 45% ± 5 RPM
Engine speeds (with gear pump) First and second gear Third and fourth gear
Rated speed, full load 2200 RPM
Low idle 900 – 1000 RPM
High idle, no load 2320 – 2440 RPM
Converter stall 1870 – 2040 RPM 1900 – 2065 RPM
Backhoe stall 2150 – 2300 RPM
Loader stall 2150 – 2300 RPM
Combined stall
with unloading 1625 – 1825 RPM 1630 – 1855 RPM
without unloading 1350 – 1600 RPM
Engine speeds First and second gear Third and fourth gear
(with variable volume displacement
pump)
Combined stall 1850 – 2060 RPM 1890 – 2090 RPM
9-5
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B110C
Model Diesel, F5BFL413A*B006, Tier 4B (Final) emissions
compliant (base engine F5BFL413A*B007)
Type Four cylinder, turbocharged
Firing order 1-3-4-2
Bore and stroke 99 mm x 110 mm( 3.90 in x 4.33 in)
Displacement 3.4 l (207.5 in³)
Compression ratio 17 to 1
Fuel injection Direct HPCR
Horsepower - rated at 2200 RPM
Gross 82 kW (111 Hp)
Net with viscous fan 81 kW (110 Hp)
Peak torque at 1400 RPM
Gross 467 N·m (344 lb ft)
Net with viscous fan 466 N·m (344 lb ft)
Maximum torque rise 30% ± 5 RPM
Engine speeds (with gear pump) First and second gear Third and fourth gear
Engine speeds First and second gear Third and fourth gear
(with variable volume displacement
pump)
9-6
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Powertrain
TRANSMISSION - POWER SHUTTLE
Model CARRARO TLB2
Type (4x4) 4 forward and 4 reverse travel gears
Torque converter ratio 2.38
Transmission ratios:
1st gear forward travel 5.603:1 — reverse travel 4.643:1
2nd gear forward travel 3.481:1 — reverse travel 2.884:1
3rd gear forward travel 1.585:1 — reverse travel 1.313:1
TRANSMISSION - POWERSHIFT
Model CARRARO TLB2
Type (4x4) 4 forward and 3 reverse travel gears
Torque converter ratio 2.38
Transmission ratios:
1st gear forward travel 5.533:1 — reverse travel 4.549:1
2nd gear forward travel 3.359:1 — reverse travel 2.762:1
4rd gear forward travel 0.811:1
9-7
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Brakes and controls - General specification

FRONT AXLES
FRONT AXLE
Model CNH 26.17
Type steering
REAR AXLES
REAR AXLE
Model (B95C - B95C TC - B95C LR) CARRARO 28.44
Model (B110C) CARRARO 28.50
Type rigid
Differential lock electrical
BRAKES
SERVICE BRAKES
Type Hydraulic foot operated, two disc per side.
Total braking surface 1236 cm² (192 in²)
PARKING BRAKE
Type Spring Applied Hydraulic Release (SAHR) on
transmission output shaft. Electronic console switch.
POWER STEERING
Gear pump Hydrostatic, relief valve integrated to pump - LS
operated priority valve on pump outlet.
Relief valve setting 172 – 180 bar (2494 – 2610 psi)
Capacity 125.0 cm³/rev (7.6 in³/rev)
Variable volume displacement pump Hydrostatic, LS relief valve located in steering unit.
Dynamic LS operated priority valve located in loader
control valve inlet.
Relief valve setting 170 – 175 bar (2465 – 2538 psi)
Capacity 125.0 cm³/rev (7.6 in³/rev)
9-8
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Hydraulics
GEAR PUMP
72 kW - 97 HP PUMP (B95C - B95CTC - B95CLR)
Model CASAPPA
Type double gear pump
Flow rate 35.427 + 35.427 cm3/rev (2.16 + 2.16 in3/rev)
82 kW - 110 HP PUMP (B110C)

Model CASAPPA
Type double gear pump
Flow rate 40.258 + 35.427 cm3/rev (2.45 + 2.16 in3/rev)
VARIABLE-FLOW-RATE PUMP
72 kW - 97 HP PUMP (B95C - B95CTC - B95CLR)
Model DANFOSS
Type with axial pistons
Flow rate 71 cm3/rev (4.33 in3/rev)
82 kW - 110 HP PUMP (B110C)

Model DANFOSS
Type with axial pistons
Flow rate 75 cm3/rev (4.57 in3/rev)
9-9
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Front counterweight
COUNTERWEIGHT
Small 159 kg (351 lb)
Medium 326 kg (719 lb)
Large 442 kg (974 lb)
9-10
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Noise and vibration levels

Noise level
Internal noise level (LpA) 77 dB
External noise level (LwA) (B95C - B95C TC - B95C LR) 102 dB
External noise level (LwA) (B110C) 103 dB
Vibration level inside the cab

Upper limbs level lower than 2.5 m/s² (8.20 ft/s²)
Abdomen level lower than 0.5 m/s² (1.64 ft/s²)
9-11
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Buckets
Loader buckets
0.88 m³ (31.08 ft³)
Type 1 m³ (35.3 ft³) standard 4x1 6 x 1 (with forks)
standard
Heaped
0.88 m³ (31.08 ft³) 1.0 m³ (35.3 ft³) 1.0 m³ (35.3 ft³) 1.0 m³ (35.3 ft³)
capacity
Width 2250 mm (88.58 in) 2250 mm (88.58 in) 2250 mm (88.58 in) 2250 mm (88.58 in)
Weight 310 kg (683 lb) 400 kg (882 lb) 750 kg (1653 lb) 950 kg (2094 lb)
Backhoe buckets
Width 305 mm (12 in) 457 mm (17.99 in) 610 mm (24.02 in) 762 mm (30 in) 910 mm (35.83 in)
Capacity 0.067 m³ (2.37 ft³) 0.108 m³ (3.81 ft³) 0.149 m³ (5.26 ft³) 0.190 m³ (6.71 ft³) 0.231 m³ (8.16 ft³)
Heaped
0.081 m³ (2.86 ft³) 0.137 m³ (4.84 ft³) 0.198 m³ (6.99 ft³) 0.260 m³ (9.18 ft³) 0.323 m³ (11.41 ft³)
capacity
9-12
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Tires
Inflating pressure and allowed carrying capacity table
NOTE: The following tables give the approximate carrying capacity at the indicated tire pressures when traveling at
a maximum speed of 30 km/h (19 mph).

1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.0 3.3 3.8 4.0 4.2
(21.7) (29.0) (31.9) (37.7) (42.0) (43.5) (47.8) (55.1) (58.0) (60.9)
Front Tire size Profile
2WD 11L–16 F3
700 845 900 985 1065 1120 1185 1250 1350 1400
(1543) (1862) (1984) (2171) (2347) (2469) (2612) (2755) (2976) (3086)

0.8 1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4
(11.6) (14.5) (23.2) (31.9) (40.6) (49.3)
Front Tire size Profile
4WD 12–16.5 L5
690 790 1040 1250 1440 1610
(1521) (1741) (2292) (2755) (3174) (3549)

0.8 1.0 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.5
Tire size (11.6) (14.5) (23.2) (31.9) (40.6) (50.7)
Front Profile
14–17.5
4WD R4
Beefy B. MAX LOAD PER TIRE kg (lb)
850 975 1090 1180 1320 1450
(1873) (2149) (2403) (2601) (2910) (3196)

0.8 1.6 2.0 2.8 3.1 3.5
Tire size (11.6) (23.2) (29.0) (40.6) (44.9) (50.7)
Front Profile
14–17.5
4WD R4
Const. MAX LOAD PER TIRE kg (lb)
940 1410 1605 1960 2080 2655
(2072) (3108) (3538) (4321) (4585) (5853)

1.4 1.5 1.7 2.1 2.5
(20.3) (21.7) (24.6) (30.4) (36.2)
Tire size Profile
Rear
16.9–24 EZ R4
2200 2325 2450 2910 3300
(4840) (5115) (5390) (6402) (7260)

1.2 1.4 1.5 1.9
(17.4) (20.3) (21.7) (27.5)
Tire size Profile
Rear
19.5–24 L4
2520 2740 2875 3410
(5555) (6040) (6338) (7517)
9-13
9 - SPECIFICATIONS

1.2 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.2
(17.4) (20.3) (21.7) (27.5) (31.9)
Tire size Profile
Rear
16.9–28 EZ R4
2300 2490 2620 3110 3410
(5070) (5489) (5776) (6856) (7517)

1.2 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.2 3.4
(17.4) (20.3) (21.7) (27.5) (31.9) (49.3)
Tire size Profile
Rear
21L–24 EZ R4
2455 2840 3005 3165 3760 4030
(5412) (5467) (6624) (6977) (8289) (8884)
9-14
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions and performance

Dimensions
LEEN12T0742FA 1
Front tires 12.5/18

Rear tires 18.4–26
Standard loader bucket 1 m³ (35.31 ft³)
Standard backhoe bucket 914 mm (36.0 in)
A Overall machine length 7030 mm (276.4 in)

B Loader bucket reach 1870 mm (73.6 in)
C Wheel base 2175 mm (86.0 in)
D Backhoe bucket dimensions 2985 mm (117.5 in)
E Rear wheel base - backhoe attachment swing support 1120 mm (44.1 in)
F Maximum machine height 3875 mm (152.6 in)
G Stabilizer width 2300 mm (90.6 in)
H Cab height 2950 mm (116.1 in)
I Loader bucket width 2250 mm (88.6 in)
9-15
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Loader attachment performance
B95C TC with standard bucket 1 m³ (35.3 ft³)
LEEN12T0743FA_1 2
A. Maximum height/dimensions
B. Maximum height of loader bucket pin/pivot
C. Maximum dumping height
D. Digging depth
E. Loader attachment reach when raised in dumping position
α. Angle of lowered closed bucket
β. Angle of closed bucket at maximum height
χ. Dumping angle
Front tires 12.5 - 18 SLR4

Rear tires 16.9 - 28 SLR4
A 4233 mm (166.7 in)
B 3433 mm (135.2 in)
C 2606 mm (102.6 in)
D 166 mm (6.5 in)
E 844 mm (33.2 in)
α 42.9°
β 39.9°
χ 45°
9-16
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B95C and B110C with standard bucket 0.88 m³ (31.1 ft³)
LEEN12T0743FA_1 3
D. Digging depth
χ. Dumping angle
Front tires 12.5 - 18

Rear tires 16.9 - 28
A 4278 mm (168.4 in)
B 3502 mm (137.9 in)
C 2756 mm (108.5 in)
D 102 mm (4.0 in)
E 759 mm (29.9 in)
α 39.2°
β 43.1°
χ 44.5°
9-17
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B95C and B110C with standard bucket 1 m³ (35.3 ft³)
LEEN12T0743FA_1 4
D. Digging depth
χ. Dumping angle

A 4329 mm (170.4 in)
B 3502 mm (137.9 in)
C 2714 mm (106.9 in)
D 102 mm (4.0 in)
E 811 mm (31.9 in)
α 39.2°
β 37.7°
χ 44.1°
9-18
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B95C and B110C with 4x1 bucket 1 m³ (35.3 ft³))
LEEN12T0743FA_1 5
D. Digging depth
χ. Dumping angle

A 4478 mm (176.3 in)
B 3502 mm (137.9 in)
C 2728 mm (107.4 in)
D 153 mm (6.0 in)
E 780 mm (30.7 in)
α 40.8°
β 40.3°
χ 41.3°
9-19
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions and performance – 6 in 1 bucket

B95C and B110C
LEEN12T0744FA 1
* Front counterweight
A. Maximum height of loader bucket pin/pivot with lifted forks
B. Fork maximum height
C. Height of loader bucket pin/pivot with lowered forks
D. Fork reach when raised
E. Fork reach when lowered

A (6 x 1 bucket) 3502 mm (137.9 in)
B (6 x 1 bucket) 3074 mm (121.0 in)
C (6 x 1 bucket) 470 mm (18.5 in)
D (6 x 1 bucket) 2250 mm (88.6 in)
E (6 x 1 bucket) 2726 mm (107.3 in)
9-20
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Backhoe attachment performance

B95C, B95C TC, and B110C (with short standard dipper)
LEEN12T0745FA_1 1
Front tires 11L-16F3

Rear tires 17.5L-24
A Maximum digging height 5443 mm (214.3 in)
B Maximum height at full load 3613 mm (142.2 in)
C Maximum digging depth 4426 mm (174.3 in)
D Digging depth [Length = 2438.4 mm (96.00 in)] 4034 mm (158.8 in)
E Digging reach at maximum height 1759 mm (69.3 in)
F Maximum reach when loaded 1395 mm (54.9 in)
G Maximum digging reach with lowered bucket 5186 mm (204.2 in)
α Bucket digging angle 204°
9-21
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B95C LR and B110C (with long standard dipper)
LEEN12T0745FA_1 2

Rear tires 17.5L-24
9-22
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B95C, B95C TC, and B110C (with short telescopic dipper)
LEEN12T0745FA_1 3
Retracted dipper
Rear tires 17.5L-24
Extended dipper
Rear tires 17.5L-24
9-23
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
B95C LR and B110C (with long telescopic dipper)
LEEN12T0745FA_1 4
Retracted dipper
Rear tires 17.5L-24
Extended dipper
Rear tires 17.5L-24
9-24
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Backhoe attachment lifting capacity

Lifting capacity - B95C and B95CTC (Short dipper – 14ft in-line cylinder)
Lifting capacity in normal operating mode - SAE rated

The following table reports the lifting capacities of the dip-
per “A” and the boom “B”.
NOTE: The capacities indicated may slightly vary from
one machine to another, according to the accessories
mounted, the pressure settings and the market require-
ments.
Lifting capacities are given in kg (lb) for a standard dipper

and a telescopic dipper.
MOLI12LBB0543AB 1
Standard dipper Telescopic dipper (retracted) Telescopic dipper (extended)

Height/depth
Dipper A Boom B Dipper A Boom B Dipper A Boom B
1624 kg 838 kg +4.9 m
(3580 lb) (1847 lb) (16 ft)
1701 kg 1389 kg 950 kg +4.6 m
(3750 lb) (3062 lb) (2094 lb) (15 ft)
1829 kg 1589 kg 1642 kg 1142 kg +4.3 m
(4032 lb) (3503 lb) (3620 lb) (2518 lb) (14 ft)
2520 kg 1881 kg 2249 kg 1635 kg 1789 kg 1174 kg +3.7 m
(5556 lb) (4147 lb) (4958 lb) (3605 lb) (3944 lb) (2588 lb) (12 ft)
2423 kg 1850 kg 2645 kg 1609 kg 1762 kg 1179 kg +3.0 m
(5342 lb) (4079 lb) (5831 lb) (3547 lb) (3885 lb) (2599 lb) (10 ft)
2472 kg 1797 kg 2645 kg 1556 kg 1783 kg 1169 kg +2.4 m
(5450 lb) (3962 lb) (5831 lb) (3430 lb) (3931 lb) (2577 lb) (8 ft)
2710 kg 1734 kg 2645 kg 1504 kg 1864 kg 1153 kg +1.8 m
(5975 lb) (3823 lb) (5831 lb) (3316 lb) (4109 lb) (2542 lb) (6 ft)
1677 kg 3645 kg 1451 kg 2043 kg 1132 kg +1.2 m
(3697 lb) (8036 lb) (3199 lb) (4504 lb) (2496 lb) (4 ft)
1624 kg 1399 kg 2450 kg 1116 kg +0.6 m
(3580 lb) (3084 lb) (5401 lb) (2460 lb) (2 ft)
1577 kg 1357 kg 1095 kg
0 (ground)
(3477 lb) (2992 lb) (2414 lb)
1530 kg 1315 kg 1079 kg -0.6 m
(3373 lb) (2899 lb) (2379 lb) (-2 ft)
1499 kg 1279 kg 1069 kg -1.2 m
(3305 lb) (2820 lb) (2357 lb) (-4 ft)
1472 kg 1252 kg 1058 kg -1.8 m
(3245 lb) (2760 lb) (2332 lb) (-6 ft)
1467 kg 1242 kg 1058 kg -2.4 m
(3234 lb) (2738 lb) (2332 lb) (-8 ft)
1520 kg 1273 kg 1074 kg -3.0 m
(3351 lb) (2806 lb) (2368 lb) (-10 ft)
1624 kg 1404 kg 1121 kg -3.7 m
(3580 lb) (3095 lb) (2471 lb) (-12 ft)
1300 kg -4.3 m
(2866 lb) (-14 ft)
1603 kg -4.9 m
(3534 lb) (-16.1 ft)
9-25
9 - SPECIFICATIONS
Lifting capacity - B95CLR and B110C (Long dipper – 15ft in-line cylinder)
Lifting capacity in normal operating mode - SAE rated

The following table reports the lifting capacities of the dip-
per “A” and the boom “B”.
NOTE: The capacities indicated may slightly vary from
one machine to another, according to the accessories
mounted, the pressure settings and the market require-
ments.
Lifting capacities are given in kg (lb) for a standard dipper

and a telescopic dipper.
MOLI12LBB0543AB 2
Standard dipper Telescopic dipper (retracted) Telescopic dipper (extended)

Height/depth
Dipper A Boom B Dipper A Boom B Dipper A Boom B
840 kg +5.2 m
(1852 lb) (17 ft)
1530 kg 1095 kg +4.9 m
(3373 lb) (2414 lb) (16 ft)
1630 kg 1440 kg 1125 kg +4.6 m
(3594 lb) (3175 lb) (2480 lb) (15 ft)
1810 kg 1695 kg 1540 kg 1185 kg +4.3 m
(3990 lb) (3737 lb) (3395 lb) (2612 lb) (14 ft)
2085 kg 1865 kg 1960 kg 1740 kg 1505 kg 1215 kg +3.7 m
(4597 lb) (4112 lb) (4321 lb) (3836 lb) (3318 lb) (2679 lb) (12 ft)
2010 kg 1845 kg 1890 kg 1720 kg 1485 kg 1230 kg +3.0 m
(4431 lb) (4068 lb) (4167 lb) (3792 lb) (3274 lb) (2712 lb) (10 ft)
2035 kg 1700 kg 1910 kg 1570 kg 1500 kg 1215 kg +2.4 m
(4486 lb) (3748 lb) (4211 lb) (3461 lb) (3307 lb) (2679 lb) (8 ft)
2175 kg 1605 kg 2040 kg 1475 kg 1550 kg 1165 kg +1.8 m
(4795 lb) (3538 lb) (4497 lb) (3252 lb) (3417 lb) (2568 lb) (6 ft)
2575 kg 1555 kg 2420 kg 1425 kg 1675 kg 1135 kg +1.2 m
(5677 lb) (3428 lb) (5335 lb) (3142 lb) (3693 lb) (2502 lb) (4 ft)
1535 kg 1400 kg 1905 kg 1120 kg +0.6 m
(3384 lb) (3086 lb) (4200 lb) (2469 lb) (2 ft)
1545 kg 1410 kg 2250 kg 1120 kg
0 (ground)
(3406 lb) (3109 lb) (4960 lb) (2469 lb)
1585 kg 1445 kg 1140 kg -0.6 m
(3494 lb) (3186 lb) (2513 lb) (-2 ft)
1575 kg 1415 kg 1150 kg -1.2 m
(3472 lb) (3120 lb) (2535 lb) (-4 ft)
1560 kg 1395 kg 1145 kg -1.8 m
(3439 lb) (3075 lb) (2524 lb) (-6 ft)
1560 kg 1385 kg 1150 kg -2.4 m
(3439 lb) (3053 lb) (2535 lb) (-8 ft)
1605 kg 1415 kg 1165 kg -3.0 m
(3538 lb) (3120 lb) (2568 lb) (-10 ft)
1855 kg 1630 kg 1210 kg -3.7 m
(4090 lb) (3594 lb) (2668 lb) (-12 ft)
1325 kg -4.3 m
(2921 lb) (-14 ft)
1910 kg -4.6 m
(4211 lb) (-15 ft)
9-26
10 - ACCESSORIES
10 - ACCESSORIES###_10_###
Mechanical loader bucket quick coupler
It is possible to install a quick coupler (1) for the loader
bucket on the loader attachment, using the standard
mounting pins (2).
Quick removal and installation of the loader

bucket
Make sure the bucket to be installed is in a safe area, on
a level and firm ground and with the upper pins in place.
Use the control lever (dumping position) to bring the quick

coupler hooks under the bucket pins (3).
Use the control lever (digging position) to swing the bucket

down onto the lower part of the quick coupler.
Stop the engine and remove the starter switch key.
Install the pins (4) and retaining hardware.

NOTICE: Make sure the loader bucket is correctly in-
stalled with all its pins and locking rings before using the
loader.
MOLI12LBB0507BB 1
10-1
10 - ACCESSORIES
Mechanical backhoe bucket quick coupler

WARNING
Use only authorized auxiliary hydraulic attachments. Always read and understand the manual or in-
structions supplied by the manufacturer to avoid injury or damage. Understand the operation and
safety instructions before you attach, remove, or operate the attachment.
W0231A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Always use approved attachments. Make sure the attachment is compatible with the machine mount-
ing system.
W0183A
Removing an attachment with a mechanical quick coupler

1. Make sure that all unauthorized workers or bystanders
are away from the machine.
2. Park the machine on a level surface.
3. Lower the stabilizers to the ground.
4. Level the machine.
5. Roll the bucket outward.
6. Extend the boom and dipper.
NOTE: For easier access to the bucket pins later, prop
up the bucket pin side (3) on a suitable support de-
vice (4) capable of evenly supporting the weight of the
bucket. Make sure that the bucket pin side is higher
then the bucket teeth side.
7. Lower the backhoe until the bucket is just touching the
ground or support. Do not apply down force on the RAIL16TLB0537BA 1
bucket.
8. Turn off the engine and remove the key.
9. Insert the handle (2) into the mechanical coupler (1).
10. Pull the handle towards the bucket to release the top
of the quick coupler from the bucket.
11. Release and remove the handle from the quick cou-
pler.
NOTE: Store the handle in the tool box.
13. Use the backhoe controls to rotate the quick coupler
out away from the lower bucket pin.
14. Make sure that you raise the stabilizers before mov-
ing the machine.
10-2
10 - ACCESSORIES
Installing an attachment with a mechanical quick coupler

1. Make sure that all unauthorized workers or bystanders
are away from the machine.
2. Position the backhoe so that you will be able to extend
the backhoe and reach the lower bucket pin (4).
NOTICE: The bucket must have a pin in the maximum
power position (3) otherwise you will not be able to
attach the bucket.
3. Lower the stabilizers to the ground.
4. Level the machine.
5. Extend the backhoe quick coupler to the lower pin (4) RAIL16TLB0536BA 2
of the bucket.
6. Rotate the quick coupler pin hook (5) over the lower
pin (4) on the bucket.
7. Pivot the quick coupler upward and engage the upper
pin (3) on the bucket.
NOTE: The pin of the bucket will force open the spring
of the quick coupler latch (2). After engagement the
spring will release the latch around the bucket pin and
secure the bucket to the quick coupler.
WARNING
Falling object hazard!
Always visually inspect coupler locking pins
for proper engagement. An improperly locked
attachment could release and fall.
rious injury.
W0930A
8. Stop the engine and visually inspect the coupler con-

nection is fully engaged.
9. Start the engine and use the backhoe controls.
Slowly rotate the bucket through its full stroke to
confirm the bucket is secure. Rotate the bucket
attachment again this time with more of a quick jerky
movement.
10. Proceed with work operations.
10-3
10 - ACCESSORIES
Backhoe attachment auxiliary hydraulic tools

WARNING
W0231A
Before using auxiliary tools (3), it is mandatory to

proceed as follows:
1. Place the direction-of-travel control lever to neutral
position.
2. Place the gearshift lever in the neutral position.
4. Position the backhoe so that you may easily make
any required connections.
5. Apply the parking brake to prevent the machine from
moving.
6. Shut down the engine, release all pressure in the
auxiliary circuit.
7. Remove the auxiliary hose plugs and connect the tool
hoses to the couplings (1) at the end of the boom.
8. Start the engine and place the accelerator knob/lever
in full speed position.
9. Press down the control pedal (2) to operate the tool.
10. Release the control pedal (2) to stop the tool.
MOLI12LBB0509BB 1
Flow selection
It is up to the operator to decide which flow should
be used by consulting the manufacturer’s operating
instructions. Make sure to respect the prescribed
delivery. Excess flow can damage some equipment.
1. If necessary, adjust the flow regulator on the chassis
in front of the rear axle. Consult your Dealer for assis-
tance.
MOLI12LBB0510AA 2
10-4
10 - ACCESSORIES
Hand held auxiliary hydraulic tools

WARNING
W0231A
Before using auxiliary tools (3), it is mandatory to

proceed as follows:
1. Place the direction-of-travel control lever to neutral
position.
2. Place the gearshift lever in the neutral position.
4. Apply the parking brake to prevent the machine from
moving.
5. Shut down the engine, release all pressure in the
auxiliary circuit.
6. Place the manual auxiliary hydraulic tool switch (1) in
the OFF position.
7. Stop the engine, remove the plugs and connect the
tool hoses to the couplings in front of the fuel tank.
Coupling (3) is for the hydraulic oil supply line and
coupling (2) is for the hydraulic oil return line.
8. Start the engine and place the accelerator knob/lever
in full speed position.
9. Place the manual auxiliary hydraulic tool switch (1) in
the ON position (lamp on), now it is possible to use
the tool.
10. When the tool is no longer required, place the manual
auxiliary hydraulic tool switch (1) back to the OFF
position (lamp off).
LEEN11T0287BA 1
Flow selection
It is up to the operator to decide which flow should
be used by consulting the manufacturer’s operating
instructions. Make sure to respect the prescribed
delivery. Excess flow can damage some equipment.
1. If necessary, adjust the flow regulator on the chassis
in front of the rear axle. Consult your Dealer for assis-
tance.
MOLI12LBB0512AA 2
10-5
10 - ACCESSORIES
Backhoe attachment safety valves

The function of the safety valves (1) is to prevent the at-
tachment from falling because of oil leaks in the control
valve (spool in neutral) or hoses accidentally breaking, as
well as to guarantee a smooth and controlled lowering of
the attachment in the event of a hose or pipe accidentally
breaking.
MOLI12LBB0513AB 1
10-6
10 - ACCESSORIES
Reversible stabilizer pads

These stabilizer pads are intended for use in the street
or on the job site. They may be turned around 180°, as
required.
NOTICE: When these pads are used, there is a danger of
them hitting the cab windows.
Slightly lower the stabilizers before opening the windows,
to prevent damage.
MOLI12LBB0515AA 1
10-7
10 - ACCESSORIES
Telematics - Overview with New Holland FleetForce™

NOTE: The NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTIONFleetForce™ website (www.newhollandfleetforce.com) will not be
accessible until the NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTIONFleetForce™ subscription for this machine is registered by
an authorized NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION dealer. Contact an authorized NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTION
dealer for details.
This machine may be equipped with a Telematics system. This is an asset-monitoring system that combines Internet,
cellular, and GPS technologies. A transponder unit is mounted on the equipment that wirelessly communicates with
the user interface NEW HOLLAND CONSTRUCTIONFleetForce™ at www.newhollandfleetforce.com. Using cellular
technology, the transponder can send equipment data, including location, on/off status, usage and production metrics,
diagnostic data, movement alarms, unauthorized usage and monitor machine maintenance to the user interface NEW
HOLLAND CONSTRUCTIONFleetForce™. The system will help cut costs and keep accurate records.
10-8
Index
###_Index_###
A
Access to operator’s platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Air-conditioning compressor drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126
Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21
Alternator - check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-114
Alternator — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Alternator - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Assisted starting (Jump-starting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Auto engine protection shutdown setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Auto engine shutdown time-out adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) – Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Auto-Glide Ride™ (AGR) speed thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Auto powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Axles - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
B
Backhoe attachment auxiliary hydraulic tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Backhoe attachment hydraulic controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83
Backhoe attachment lifting capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-25
Backhoe attachment mechanical controls version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-73
Backhoe attachment performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
Backhoe attachment safety valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Backhoe attachment - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
Backhoe bucket – Digging angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-49
Backhoe bucket – Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Backhoe bucket – Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Backhoe danger area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Ballasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-50
Basic instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29, 6-32
Battery master switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Battery removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-150
Battery terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Before operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Before using the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Brake pedal lever - Greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112
Brakes and controls - General specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Bucket teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-153
Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135
C
Cab air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
Cab air louvers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93
Cab and platform - Control identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Cab protection system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80
Cab - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20
Capacities – B110C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7, 9-3
Capacities - B95C, B95C LR, and B95C TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 9-1
Checks at start-up and before each workshift (10 hours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Cold temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Component identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
D
Detent position for loader control auxiliary hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Diagnostic/Service tool port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®/ARLA tank - Filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® in-line filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® supply module filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue® tank filler screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-90
Differential lock button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Dimensions and performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
Dimensions and performance – 6 in 1 bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20
Disable parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156
Display brightness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Display screen messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22
Door hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124
Drive belts - check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Drive shaft lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59
E
Ecology and the environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
Electrical systems - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Engine air filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Engine breather filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-122
Engine coolant — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Engine cooling system — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-60
Engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Engine oil level — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Engine - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
F
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
Forward-Neutral-Reverse (F-N-R) shift sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) control switch (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Front axle and reduction gear oil level (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65
Front axle breather (4WD) - Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64
Front axle fluid - Four-Wheel Drive (4WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-108
Front axle king pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
Front axle system - Check — (2WD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
Front axle trunnion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Front controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Front counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-87
Fuel prefilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-88
Fuel pre-filter - draining condensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Fuel system bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128
Fuel system water separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Fuel tank - Drain fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Fuses and relays – Powershift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-137
Fuses and relays – Power shuttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143
G
General specification - Biodiesel fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
General specification - Diesel fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Glide Ride™ - Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
H
Hand held auxiliary hydraulic tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Hand signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Heater and evaporator (Air-conditioning system) - Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
Heating and air-conditioning controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-89
Hot temperature operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Hydraulic cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-113
Hydraulic diagnostic test ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Hydraulic filter(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Hydraulic hoses, tubes, and fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Hydraulic oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15, 7-97
Hydraulic oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-95
Hydraulic oil level — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Hydraulic oil tank breather / filler cap - cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62
Hydraulic pump - Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Hydraulic system - Release pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132
Hydraulic systems - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14
Hydrocarbon management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
I
Instrument cluster. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Instrument cluster panel – Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22
Intended use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
J
Job layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
Job site travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
K
Key start switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
L
Lifting loads with backhoe attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-53
Lifting loads with the loader attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Lifting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Loader attachment control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54
Loader attachment controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Loader attachment – Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Loader attachment safety strut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Loader attachment - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15
Loader bucket Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Loader bucket Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
Loader bucket - Self-leveling adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154
Loader bucket with forks (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-25
Loader bucket with quick coupler (B95CTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Loader digging force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
M
Machine inspection and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111
Machine orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Machine storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158
Maintenance chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Maintenance safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Maximum throttle/Cold start idle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Mechanical backhoe bucket quick coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Mechanical loader bucket quick coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
Menu screen display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
N
Noise and vibration levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Normal engine starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Note to the owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
O
Operating the backhoe attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-41
Operating the loader attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Operating the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Operating the machine in high altitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Operating the machine in water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Operator's manual storage on the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Operator's seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Organic Acid Technology (OAT) coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18
P
Parking the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Pedal controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Personal safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12, 6-29
Place the backhoe in the stowed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Powershift transmission - Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105
Powershift transmission - Oil filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107
Power shuttle transmission - Oil change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-100
Power shuttle transmission - Oil filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102
Power shuttle transmission - Screen filter cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103
Powertrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7
Precautions for road travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Preparation for use after storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-159
Preparing the machine for road travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Product identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
R
Radiator, oil cooler, and condenser — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Radiator and condenser - cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Read the operator's manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110
Rear axle breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Rear axle oil level - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68
Recommended engine oil for operating temperature ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17
Remove the backhoe from the stowed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Reversible stabilizer pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Right-hand side control lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Rotating beacon (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
Run in period of a new machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
S
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety rules and signal word definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety rules - Ductile iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Safety rules - Fuel handling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Safety rules - Specific precautions to this machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Safety rules - Utility precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Safety signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Seat and seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Basic instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Setting the backhoe attachment in working position – center pivot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-33
Shutting down the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Stabilizer pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-39
Starter motor - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Steering column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Steering system - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
Support strut for loader lift arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Swing lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Swing - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17
T
Telematics - Overview with New Holland FleetForce™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
Telematics system fuses (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149
Telescopic dipper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Telescopic dipper (if equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-152
Throttle sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Transmission controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Transmission oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
Transmission - Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Transporting on a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Traveling on a hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Turbocharger - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127
W
Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-129
Wheels - Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Windshield washer fluid level — Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Work hours and intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Working attachments — Backhoe attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Working attachments - greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Working attachments — Loader attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Dealer’s stamp
CNH Industrial America LLC reserves the right to make improvements in design and changes in specifications
at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation to install them on units previously sold.
Specifications, descriptions, and illustrative material herein are as accurate as known
at time of publication, but are subject to change without notice.
Availability of some models and equipment builds varies according to the country
in which the equipment is being used. For exact information about any particular product,
please consult your New Holland dealer.
© 2020 CNH Industrial America LLC. All Rights Reserved.

New Holland is a trademark registered in the United States and many other countries,
owned or licensed to CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates.
Any trademarks referred to herein, in association with goods and/or services of companies, other than owned by or licensed to
CNH Industrial N.V., its subsidiaries or affiliates, are the property of those respective companies.

Operator'S Manual: B95C B95C TC B110C Tier 4B (Final)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operator'S Manual: B95C B95C TC B110C Tier 4B (Final)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Operator'S Manual: B95C B95C TC B110C Tier 4B (Final)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ORIGINAL INSTRUCTIONS

Part number 90453215

3 CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

RIGHT-HAND SIDE CONTROLS

CAB CONTROLS AND ADJUSTMENTS

LOADER ATTACHMENT CONTROLS

BACKHOE ATTACHMENT CONTROLS

STARTING THE UNIT

STOPPING THE UNIT

PARKING THE UNIT

PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT

Every 250 hours

Every 500 hours

Every 1000 hours

Every 1500 hours of operation or annually

Every 3000 hours

Every 4000 hours

Backhoe loaders B95C - B95C LR - B95C TC - B110C

If you use this machine for duties involving the use of

Any modifications or adaptations which are not approved

Electro-Magnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Locate the Product Identification Number (PIN) plate on

NOTE: The PIN is also stamped on the right-hand side

The PIN plate is located on the left-hand side of the oil

Power shuttle transmission

The PIN plate is on the lower right-hand side of the trans-

The PIN plate is on the lower right-hand side of the trans-

The PIN plate is on the right-hand back side of the axle.

The PIN plate is on the right-hand front side of the axle.

Canopy with a certified Roll Over Protective Structure

The PIN plate is on the inside of the upper canopy frame.

Read the operator's manual

Operator's manual storage on the machine

Operator and seat in the driving and loader operation position

Operator and seat in the backhoe operation position

1. Loader bucket 8. Left-hand side stabilizer

1. Right-hand side stabilizer 6. Battery compartment

Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) exhaust treatment - Product

How does Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) work?

What is Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) and how does it work?

EGR works by recirculating a portion of the engine ex-

What is Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®?

Finding Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)/AdBlue®

New Holland Construction Customer Service:

Storage, handling, and transport

If the machine will exceed a four month shut down period:

Machine start-up after extended shutdown:

Handling and supply of additives, if any.

Constant ambient storage temperature Minimum shelf life

Low Idle Increase Recommended

Low Idle Increase Active

The Engine Control Module (ECU) will allow automatic

SCR Catalyst Full

US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Warranty Statement

Fuel injection system Air induction system

Emissions warranty does not cover

California Emission Control Warranty Statement

Your warranty rights and obligations

MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY COVERAGE: